BỘ TRẮC NGHIỆM TIẾNG ANH 10 THÍ ĐIỂM 2 BẢN HS, GV VÀ KIỂM TRA CẢ NĂM - 2021 CÓ ĐÁP ÁN CHI TIẾT

BỘ TRẮC NGHIỆM TIẾNG ANH THÍ ĐIỂM

vectorstock.com/31086119

Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú eBook Collection

BỘ TRẮC NGHIỆM TIẾNG ANH 10 THÍ ĐIỂM 2 BẢN HS, GV VÀ KIỂM TRA CẢ NĂM - 2021 CÓ ĐÁP ÁN CHI TIẾT WORD VERSION | 2022 EDITION ORDER NOW / CHUYỂN GIAO QUA EMAIL TAILIEUCHUANTHAMKHAO@GMAIL.COM

Tài liệu chuẩn tham khảo Phát triển kênh bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đơn vị tài trợ / phát hành / chia sẻ học thuật : Nguyen Thanh Tu Group Hỗ trợ trực tuyến Fb www.facebook.com/DayKemQuyNhon Mobi/Zalo 0905779594

Unit 1. FAMILY LIFE

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

LANGUAGE FOCUS Phonetics Consonant clusters /tr/, /kr/ and /br/: trash, create, breakfast ...

Grammar Review: the present simple Vs the present continuous I am thinking about grandmother. We hardly ever visit her. Let's visit her tomorrow.

Why are you smelling the food? Do you think it has gone off?

Vocabulary Words to talk about household chores and roles in the family: homemaker, nurture, lay the table...

I. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.

1. A. aunt B. daughter C. laundry D. automatic 2. A. homecare B. nanny C. cabin D. natural 3. A. chores B. charity C. chemist D. chair 4. A. rubbish B. suburb C. community D. lunch 5. A. brothers B. cousins C. works D. areas II. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.

1. A. breadwinner B. stepfather C. housemaid D. homemade 2. A. breakfast B. hometown C. supper D. dinner 3. A. contribute B. generous C. homemaker D. meaningful 4. A. grocery B. enormous C. consumption D. financial 5. A. relationship B. collaborate C. responsible D. generation III. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following sentences.

1. Everyone can play an important role by always doing their best to help their families flourishes.

A B C D 2. Each family member need to develop certain traits and skills and then practice being a strong and supportive A B C member of the family.

D 3. There are many different ways that family members show their love for one other.

A B C D 4. People feel secure when they know that their physical needs are being made and that they are protected and A B C safe from harm.

D 5. Of all the billions of people in the world, no two are exactly like.

A B C D IV. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following sentences.

1. A family is made up ____ people who care about one another.

A. by B. from C. of D. with 2. All members of a family give and receive love and support ____ the others.

A. of B. about C. for D. from

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

3. Family members reach out to one another and share ____ happy and sad time together.

A. between B. both C. either D. whether 4. The family is ____ basic unit of society and is important to both individuals and communities.

A. a B. an C. the D. no article 5. Strong families are the foundation of strong communities, ____ a strong foundation needed to construct a sturdy building.

A. as B. like C. for D. since 6. You should realize ____ it is important to know more about family life and how to strengthen your families A. what B. how C. why D. which 7. Think of society as the building, the family as the foundation of that building, and individuals and the community as ____ of building material.

A. pieces B. block C. layer D. bricks 8. You are important to your family, because you fill a special place in your family ____ no one else can fill.

A. which B. that C. who D. where 9. Part of ____ up is learning to accept and respect yourself and others.

A. grow B. growth C. growing D. grown 10. Each person has some talents, gifts, or strengths that make him or her ____.

A. unique B. uniquely C. uniqueness D. more unique 11. Everyone doing their share in the family will help make things ____ more smoothly.

A. to run B. run C. ran D. that run 12. A good way to show your responsibility and commitment to your family is to do your chores without ____ or being asked.

A. complain B. complaint C. complaining D. complains 13. When you carry ____ your responsibilities in the family, you are letting the family members know that you love them and that they can depend on you.

A. on B. away C. along D. out 14. A good way ____ family communication is to send clear messages.

A. to improve B. improve C. improving D. improvement 15. The more each family member cooperates by participating in the management of the home, ____.

A. the more smoothly things will go B. the more things will go smoothly C. the more things smoothly will go D. things will go the more smoothly 16. In ____ to your regular duties, you can do many other things around the home that would benefit your family.

A. reply B. response C. addition D. return 17. Take time to do what needs to be done ____ that the family will have time to do fun things together, too.

A. so B. such C. now D. given 18. Scheduling a family meeting ____ a regular basis is a good way to make sure this activity happens.

A. on B. in C. with D. by 19. To be an effective father, one must have a good ____ with his wife, be ready to parent, and really want to have children.

A. relative B. relation C. relationship D. relating 20. Research shows that children with ____ fathers do much better in live, have better self-esteem and fewer problems in school.

A. involve B. involving C. involved D. involment 21. The family remains ____ to US society, and more than half of unmarried adults between the ages of 18 and 24 still live with their parents.

A. centre B. centered C. centrering D. central

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

22. In many households ____ both the husband and wife work outside the home, men are expected to share household duties.

A. that B. which C. where D. when 23. In western cultures, and ____ in European American culture, families typically follow a nuclear model comprised of parents and their children.

A. particular B. particularly C. particulars D. particularity 24. It is very common for families in collectivist cultures to establish multi-generational ____.

A. house B. household C. households D. houses 25. In traditional Asian families, it is the oldest male in the family who ____ his bride to live with his parents.

A. bring B. brings C. bringing D. brought 26. Shared and recorded stories help keep memories ____ so future generations will know something about their family members and their roots.

A. live B. lively C. alive D. lived 27. The sharing of a family's life stories can be thought provoking and ____ for children, helping them learn, formulate a sense of identity, and put their own experiences into perspective.

A. benefit B. beneficial C. beneficiary D. benefits 28. ____ will start at different times for each person, and, on average, will last about three years between their childhood and adulthood.

A. Puberty B. Teenage C. Nursery education D. School time 29. "Are chores assigned to children in your family?" – “____” A. Sure, we all contribute to doing the housework.

B. My mom will do the shopping and my dad does the cooking.

C. We have to stay at school until late in the afternoon.

D. I have to take the garbage out and clean the floor.

30. "Do you get along well with your brothers?" – “____” A. He's not living with us, he's living in the town.

B. We have never got into fight but sometimes in quarrel.

C. He likes swimming, and I like reading when free.

D. Mon and Dad always help us with our school work.

V. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following sentences.

1. All families have ups and downs, but strong families know the importance of sticking together - especially during the tough times.

A. fun and sorrows B. bread and butter C. risks and benefits D. rises and falls 2. Examples of crisis in the family can include a death, a damaging storm, or a burglary and many other stressful events that can affect the entire family.

A. time of hardship B. time of fun C. time of gathering D. time of reunion 3. It is disruptive and discourteous to carry on a phone conversation during dinner or while the family is watching a program on TV. A. being impolite and showing little respect B. being polite and showing respect C. being uneducated and causing offence D. being polite and offering assistance 4. Although the younger children tended to use a family email address teenagers demanded greater privacy.

A. by themselves B. of their own C. one's personality D. being alone 5. A father will be his child's role model. He will be the example for his child of what husbands and fathers are like.

A. someone that others admire and follow B. someone that others share interest with C. someone that others love and live with D. someone that others are fond of with

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following sentences.

1. Receiving encouragement, guidance, and training from the family makes family members feel secure.

A. Family members feel secure as they receive encouragement, guidance, and training from the family.

B. The family feel secure because they have received encouragement, guidance, and training from the family.

C. The family members feel secure only after receiving encouragement, guidance, and training from the family.

D. The family members feel secure to be receiving encouragement, guidance, and training from the family.

2. You can show your love for your family through special words and actions.

A. Through special words and actions can you show your love for your family.

B. Your love for your family through special words and actions can be shown.

C. Special words and actions can be shown through your love for your family.

D. It can be shown through special words and actions that your family is loved.

3. Family members share fun as well as sorrow and help heal one another's hurts.

A. As family members share fun as well as sorrow, they also help heal one another's hurts.

B. Family members share fun as well as sorrow so that they can help heal one another's hurts.

C. Not only do family members share fun as well as sorrow, but they also help heal one another's hurts.

D. Family members do not share only fun as well as sorrow, but they also help heal one another's hurts.

4. Effectively managing a family requires balancing time and money.

A. To effectively manage a family requires balancing time against money.

B. Time and money in balance is a requirement for an effective family manager.

C. Balancing time and money is required to effectively manage a family.

D. An effective family manager must be able to balance time and money.

5. It is important that family members talk and listen to one another.

A. Family members should always talk and listen to one another.

B. Talking and listening to family members is important to everyone.

C. Family members always find it important to talk and listen to one another.

D. Talking and listening to one another must be done among family members.

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences given.

1. Security refers to physical and psychological safety. Families can provide security.

A. Families can provide security that refers to physical and psychological safety.

B. The security that families can provide refers to physical and psychological safety.

C. Referring to physical and psychological safety is the security provided by families.

D. Provided by families, security refers to physical and psychological safety.

2. There is no one like you. Without you, your family would not be the same.

A. Your family would not be the same if there were no one like you.

B. If there were someone like you, your family would be the same.

C. There is no one like you, without whom, your family would not be the same.

D. Because there is no one like you, then your family would never be the same.

3. Single people are more likely than married couples to be in touch with friends, neighbors, siblings and parents. Many good studies have shown this.

A. That single parents are more likely than married couples to be in touch with friends, neighbors, siblings and parents has been shown in many good studies.

B. Many good studies have shown that single parents are more likely than married couples to be in touch with friends, neighbors, siblings and parents.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

C. Single parents are more likely than married couples to be in touch with friends, neighbors, so they have been shown in many good studies.

D. Many good studies have shown why single parents are more likely to be in touch with friends, neighbors, siblings and parents.

4. The nuclear household is an ideal many strive for. A nuclear household consists of one or two parents and some kids under one roof.

A. The nuclear household, which consists of one or two parents and some kids under one roof, is an ideal many strive for.

B. Even though a nuclear household consists of one or two parents and some kids under one roof, it is an ideal many strive for.

C. The nuclear household is an ideal many strive for, but a nuclear household consists of one or two parents and some kids under one roof.

D. The nuclear household is an ideal many strive for because a nuclear household consists of one or two parents and some kids under one roof.

5. All families have disagreements from time to time. There may be times when you feel that others in your family don't understand you.

A. All families have disagreements from time to time, but there may be times when you feel that others in your family don't understand you.

B. All families have disagreements from time to time, which makes you feel that others in your family don't understand you.

C. There may be times when you feel that others in your family don't understand you and all families have disagreements from time to time.

D. Because all families have disagreements from time to time, there may be times when you feel that others in your family don't understand you.

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

Each family forms its own set of values and decides what is most important to them. Discipline also (1) ____ among families. Families have different ways of dealing with different issues. In some families, one or both parents make all the decisions with no input from the children, (2) ____ other families may encourage input from all family members before decisions are (3) ____. Perhaps you know of a family (4) ____ there is equal decision making among family members.

There is no one family style for everyone. A family's style (5) ____ based on each family's individual situation and the values they care about. For example, your family may be laid-back, while another family is very active and (6) ____. Many different ways of living together can (7) ____. What makes a family strong is not just the number of people in it, (8) ____ its members are related, or their pace of life; people caring for one another and sharing their lives is what really matters.

Many families also share faith are religious activities (9) ____ one another. As a Scout, part of your duty is to do your (10) ____ to make your family strong and help your family thrive. By doing this, you are helping to lay the foundation for a stronger community and society.

1. A. changes B. alters C. varies D. adjusts 2. A. when B. while C. during D. for 3. A. made B. taken C. done D. decided 4. A. which B. that C. when D. where 5. A. develop B. develops C. developing D. developed 6. A. hurry B. hurries C. hurrying D. hurried 7. A. come B. work C. make D. go 8. A. whether B. either C. when D. that 9. A. among B. for C. with D. between

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

10. A. best B. hard C. heart D. full IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

The family in Britain is changing. The once typical British family headed by two parents has undergone substantial changes during the twentieth century. In particular there has been a rise in the number of singleperson households, which increased from 18 to 29 per cent of all households between 1971 and 2002. By the year 2020, it is estimated that there will be more single people than married people. Fifty years ago, this would have been socially unacceptable in Britain.

In the past, people got married and stayed married. Divorce was very difficult, expensive and took a long time. Today, people's views on marriage are changing. Many couples, mostly in their twenties or thirties, live together (cohabit) without getting married. Only about 60% of these couples will eventually get married.

In the past, people married before they had children, but now about 40% of children in Britain are born to unmarried cohabiting) parents. In 2000, around a quarter of unmarried people between the ages of 16 and 59 were cohabiting in Great Britain. Cohabiting couples are also starting families without first being married.

Before 1960 this was very unusual, but in 2001 around 23 per cent of births in the UK were to cohabiting couples.

People are generally getting married at a later age now and many women do not want to have children immediately. They prefer to concentrate on their jobs and put off having a baby until late thirties.

The number of single-parent families is increasing. This is mainly due to more marriages ending in divorce, but some women are also choosing to have children as lone parents without being married.

1. Which of the following could be the best title for the passage?

A. Changing Values and Norms of the British Family B. Changes in Marriage among British Young Generations C. Changing Insights into and Ideas of the British Family D. Changes in Viewpoints and Lifestyles of British Couples 2. The word "which" in the passage refers to ____.

A. the family in Britain B. substantial changes C. typical British family D. single-parent households 3. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?

A. In the past, British people had to pay a lot if they wanted to get divorced.

B. Half of the children in Britain now are born to unmarried couples.

C. Women in Britain now do not want to have children right after marriage.

D. There are more and more single-parent families in Britain these days.

4. The phrase "put off" in the passage mostly means ____.

A. do not want B. delay C. start D. do not intend 5. Which of the following best describes the overall tone of the passage?

A. informative B. positive C. negative D. predictive X. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

Family life education (FLE) is the educational effort to strengthen individual and family life through a family perspective. The objective of family life education is to enrich and improve the quality of individual and family life by providing knowledge and skills needed for effective living.

FLE emphasizes processes to enable people to develop into healthy adults and to realize their potential.

Family life education helps people to work together in close relationships and facilitates the ability of people to function effectively in their personal lives and as members of society. While various professionals assist families, it is the family life educator who incorporates a family-systems, preventive, and educational approach to individual and family issues.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Family life education includes knowledge about how families work; the inter-relationship of the family and society; human growth and development throughout the life span; both the physiological and psychological aspects of human sexuality; the impact of money and time management on daily life; the importance and value of education for parenting: the effects of policy and legislation on families; ethical considerations in professional conduct; and a solid understanding and knowledge of how to teach and/or develop curriculum for what are often sensitive and personal issues.

A professional code of ethics provides guidelines when confronted with challenging and difficult ethical dilemmas. They serve notice to the public, and profession, as to the principles and values that will guide decision making under such circumstances. The ethical principles put forth in this Code of Ethics are standards of conduct in which Family Life Educators consider in ethical and professional decision making.

1. According to paragraph 1, which is NOT truc about Family Life Education EXCEPT ____.

A. improving the quality of individual and family life B. providing knowledge needed for effective living C. trying to strengthen individual and family life D. offering professional skills for individual and family 2. The word "objective" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. effort B. aim C. cause D. scope 3. The word "incorporates" in the passage can be best replaced with ____.

A. applies B. practices C. combines D. explains 4. Which of the followings is true according to the passage?

A. Family Life Education focuses on exploring individuals' potential.

B. Family Life Education teaches people how to work professionally.

C. Family Life Education applies preventive, and educational approach.

D. Family Life Education teaches people how to manage their families.

5. According to the passage, the knowledge provided by Family Life Education is NOT concerned with ____.

A. ethical considerations in professional conduct B. how people should do exercises to stay healthy C. how the family and society are interrelated D. how money and time management impacts daily life 6. The word "parenting" in the passage mostly refers to ____.

A. the act and skills of looking after the children B. the process of taking care of the young children C. the best way parents teach their young children D. the method of feeding parents feed their children 7. Which of the followings can be inferred from the passage?

A. Receiving family life education can help individuals understand themselves.

B. Those having family life education will surely become the most successful parents.

C. Each family should always have a family life educator to assist other family members.

D. Family life education programs can train the most knowledgeable teachers.

8. The word "They" in the passage refers to ____.

A. code of ethics B. guidelines C. ethical dilemmas D. circumstances 9. The phrase "put forth" in the passage almost means ____.

A. suggested B. established C. described D. stated 10. The best title of the passage could be ____.

A. Family Life Education: An Educational Effort B. Family Life Educators: Best Family Managers C. Family Life Education: Code of Ethics D. Family Life Educators: Most Successful Parents

Y

DẠ M

KÈ QU Y ƠN

NH

FI CI A

OF

L

Unit 2. YOUR BODY AND YOU

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

LANGUAGE FOCUS Phonetics Consonant clusters /pl/, /pr/, /gl/, /gr/: preview, pleasure, gradually, glucose ...

Grammar - The future simple with will Vs be going to I'm afraid the doctor will not be able to see you this afternoon. He will be busy operating on a patient.

The goods are all here. We are going to send them tomorrow morning.

- The passive Each one of the children in the class has been given a piece of paper and a crayon.

They are drawing pictures in the painting room.

The patients were carefully examined, and then they received treatment.

Vocabulary Words and phrases about health and illnesses: oxygenate, respiratory system ...

I. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.

1. A. brain B. waist C. hair D. tail 2. A. digestive B. flesh C. system D. energy 3. A. blood B. tattoo C. food D. tooth 4. A. circulate B. cane C. capable D. capillary 5. A. nervous B. eyes C. organs D. shoulders II. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.

1. A. skeletal B. intestine C. digestion D. dioxide 2. A. oxygen B. memory C. exercise D. internal 3. A. acupuncture B. alternative C. temperature D. complicated 4. A. recommend B. stimulate C. evidence D. harmony 5. A. stomach B. digest C. body D. forehead III. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following sentences.

1. Properly intake of water, salt and minerals can prevent chronic illnesses and even reverse the damage already A B C D done.

2. The pharmaceutical industry would lose billions in profits if people relied on the natural healing properties of A B C water other than expensive and toxic drugs.

D 3. The reasons why lack of water causes the body to become stressed and diseased, as well as very simple A B C methods to ensure your own vibrant health, are all explained in details.

D 4. In dehydration, even the body has a lot of water in it, it is the lack of free water that constitutes dehydration.

A B C D

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

5. You need to replace the water loss from your body with fresh intake of water in order to supply the body with A B C D free water to perform new functions.

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following sentences.

1. Dehydration is the underlying cause ____ many chronic diseases."

A. to B. for C. of D. by 2. Any time you want to perform a function that requires water to perform that function, you had better give that water to the body in ____ of the event.

A. case B. accordance C. prior D. advance 3. If you want to eat, give your body the water that is needed ____ digest food.

A. in order to B. in order that C. in order of D. in order for 4. If you want to exercise and sweat, give the body the water that it has to shed in ____.

A. sweat B. sweating C. sweated D. sweater 5. It is free water shortage in the body ____ constitutes dehydration.

A. who B. whom C. it D. that 6. The human brain is the body's ____ receiving and sending signals to other organs through the nervous system and through secreted hormones.

A. control center B. controlled center C. central controller D. center control 7. The human heart is responsible for pumping blood ____ the body.

A. through B. throughout C. in D. along 8. The liver has many functions, ____ detoxifying of harmful chemicals, breakdown of drugs, filtering of blood, secretion of bile and production of blood-clotting proteins.

A. include B. that includes C. which includes D. including 9. The lungs are responsible for removing oxygen from the air we ____ and transferring it to our blood where it can be sent to our cells.

A. breathe B. inhale C. absorb D. exhale 10. Studies have shown that physical activity reduces stress; a ____ effect was observed when this took place outdoors.

A. double B. doubled C. doubled D. doubles 11. A healthy balanced diet ____ fiber, vitamins, minerals, fresh fruit and vegetables, as well as protein, carbohydrate and fats.

A. sticks to B. consists of C. goes on D. follows up 12. Salt is essential in order to regulate the blood sugar, it's essential to ____ hydro-electricity.

A. power B. create C. do D. manufacture 13. The structure of bones depends on salt for fullness, because 27 percent of the salt reserve in the body ____ in crystallized form in the actual bone structure, in the shaft of the bone.

A. is B. are C. has been D. have been 14. You need daily exercise because your brain ____ depends on how you move your muscles.

A. chemist B. chemical C. chemistry D. chemicals 15. When you use your muscles, you burn the branched-chain amino acids, ____ are competitors to tryptophan passage across the blood-brain barrier.

A. who B. which C. that D. those 16. To reverse any of the diseases produced by dehydration, it is essential to ____ supplement the body with intracellular minerals.

A. adequate B. adequately C. adequacy D. inadequate 17. The human brain is responsible for our thoughts, feelings, memory storage and ____ perception of the world.

A. general B. generate C. generating D. generally

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

18. The kidneys take urea out of the blood and combine it with water and other substances ____ urine.

A. to make B. make C. making D. that make 19. The respiratory system allows us ____ in vital oxygen and expel carbon dioxide in a process we call breathing.

A. take B. to take C. taking D. taken 20. The urinary system helps eliminate a waste product called urea ____ the body, which is produced when certain foods are broken down.

A. of B. off C. from D. out 21. The skin, or integumentary system, is the body's largest organ, which protects us from the outside world, and is our first defense ____ bacteria, viruses and other pathogens.

A. of B. upon C. to D. against 22. Our bodies are supported by the skeletal system, which consists of 206 bones ____ tendons, ligaments and cartilage.

A. that connect to B. that are connected by C. which connects to D. which is connected by 23. The job of ____ circulatory system is to move blood, nutrients, oxygen, carbon dioxide, and hormones, around the body.

A. a B. the C. its D. whose 24. The digestive system consists of a series of ____ organs that together, allow the body to break down and absorb food, and remove waste.

A. connect B. connecting C. connected D .connective 25. The pharmaceutical industry would lose billions in profits if people relied on the natural healing ____ of water rather than expensive and toxic drugs.

A. features B. characteristics C. properties D. matters 26. Once you're dehydrated, you also become mineral ____, which is the foundation for all diseases in the human body.

A. deficient B. deficiently C. deficiency D. deficiencies 27. The lymphatic system includes lymph nodes, lymph ducts and lymph vessels, and also ____ a role in the body's defenses.

A. takes B. does C. acts D. plays 28. The nervous system controls both voluntary action (like conscious movement) and involuntary actions (like breathing), and sends ____ to different parts of the body.

A. signs B. signals C. signatures D. signers 29. A: "I need to stop eating such unhealthy foods."

B: “____” A. That sounds delicious and nutritious.

B. I know what you mean. I've started eating better myself.

C. I mainly eat baked chicken, because there's not a lot of fat.

D. Are you sure that's how you want me to make it?

30. A: "Doctor, can you give me some suggestions on how to stay healthy?"

B: “____” A. Well, first of all, you need to make sure that you eat the right foods.

B. It is very confusing to know what to eat.

C. As long as you don't overdo it, a glass of wine a day should be OK. D. If you smoke, you need to stop.

V. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following sentences.

1. Each day, the kidneys process about 200 quarts (50 gallons) of blood to filter out about 2 quarts of waste and water.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. remove B. take in C. take off D. separate 2. Though the tongue may seem like a simple organ, it has a wide range of purposes, such as licking, breathing, tasting, swallowing and articulating speech.

A. making B. delivering C. giving D. broadcasting 3. The acid also works to kill harmful microbes that may have made their way into the body along with food and drink.

A. attended B. entered C. touched D. attacked 4. To survive and reproduce, the human body relies on major internal body organs to perform certain vital functions.

A. private B. personal C. inside D. inner 5. The major organ in the body of human beings is the brain which is primarily responsible for performing all the functions and actions of the body.

A. having B. fulfilling C. working D. showing VI. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following sentences.

1. Low salt diets actually cause osteoporosis, not calcium deficiency.

A. Low salt diets do not cause calcium deficiency, but actual osteoporosis.

B. It is neither calcium deficiency nor osteoporosis that is actually caused by low salt diets.

C. Actually, it's not calcium deficiency but osteoporosis that is caused by low salt diets.

D. Low salt diets are an actual cause of osteoporosis, not calcium deficiency.

2. Many people say that salt causes the body to hold water.

A. It is said that salt caused the body to hold water.

B. Salt is said to have caused the body to hold water.

C. The body is said to cause water to hold with salt.

D. The water hold in the body is said to be salty.

3. A balanced healthy diet helps keep cholesterol levels down.

A. Cholesterol levels are kept down with a balanced healthy diet.

B. A healthy diet helps keep cholesterol levels balanced.

C. Keeping cholesterol levels down is helped with a balanced diet.

D. A balanced healthy diet is key to keeping cholesterol levels down.

4. Water makes up more than 50 percent of the average adult's body weight.

A. Making up more than 50 percent on average of the adult's body weight is water.

B. On average, the adult's body weight is composed of up to 50 percent of water.

C. More than 50 percent of the average adult's body weight is made up of water.

D. The average percentage of 50% of adult's body weight produces water.

5. The main disease of skin which is caused by the deficiency of Vitamin A is pre-mature ageing.

A. Causing deficiency of Vitamin A is the main disease of skin known as pre-mature ageing.

B. The deficiency of Vitamin A is the main cause of pre-mature aging, a disease of skin.

C. Pre-mature aging, a disease of skin is mainly caused by the deficiency of Vitamin A. D. Pre-mature aging is the main disease of skin caused by the deficiency of Vitamin A. VII. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences given.

1. Salt is vital. It extracts and gets rid of acids.

A. It's vital for salt to extract and get rid of acids.

B. Salt is vital as it extracts and gets rid of acids.

C. Extracting and get rid of acids is vital to salt.

D. Salt extraction and getting rid of acids are vital.

2. The teeth are part of the skeletal system. However, they aren't considered bones.

A. The teeth are part of the skeletal system, but they aren't considered bones.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

B. Being also part of the skeletal system, the teeth aren't considered bones.

C. As not being considered bones, the teeth are also part of the skeletal system.

D. Although considered bones, the teeth are not part of the skeletal system.

3. Humans have five vital organs that are essential for survival. These are the brain, heart, kidneys, liver and lungs.

A. Five vital organs that are essential for humans to survive are the brain, heart, kidneys, liver and lungs.

B. The brain, heart, kidneys, liver and lungs are at least five organs that are essential for human survival.

C. Being essential and vital for humans to survive, the five organs are called the brain, heart, kidneys, liver and lungs.

D. The brain, heart, kidneys, liver and lungs are not only vital but essential for humans to survive.

4. There are almost 78 organs in a human body. They vary according to their sizes, functions or actions.

A. There are almost 78 organs in a human body who varies according to their sizes, functions or actions.

B. There are almost 78 organs in a human body which vary according to their sizes, functions or actions.

C. According to their sizes, functions, or actions, almost 78 organs in a human body vary.

D. Their sizes, functions, or actions have made almost 78 organs in a human body vary.

5. Our skin not only provides protection to the internal body parts. It also gives us our sense of touch.

A. Our skin not only provides protection to the internal body parts, but also gives us our sense of touch.

B. Because our skin provides protection to the internal body parts, it also gives us our sense of touch.

C. Providing protection to the internal body parts, the skin gives us our sense of touch.

D. To provide protection to the internal body parts, the skin gives us our sense of touch.

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

You need a balanced vegetable and protein (1) ____, a ratio of 20 to 80, 80 percent vegetables and fruits, not very much starch, and 20 percent protein. Do this and (2) ____ the right amounts of water and cut out sodas, I can (3) ____ you, I guarantee no disease (4) ____ occur in you for a long time. You need your water before your food. First thing in the morning when you wake up, two glasses of water to offset the (5) ____ of overnight. Then you need a glass of water half an hour before food (6) ____ if you expect to digest the food, you better give the water beforehand. You need also a glass of water two-and-a-half hours after food, to (7) ____ up the process of digestion, and hydrate the areas that lost water to the circulation. You need (8) ____ every quart or liter of water a quarter teaspoon of salt, you also need the other minerals (9) ____ regulate the volume of water that is held inside the cells. You need a balanced protein; eggs are very good, cottage cheese is excellent, to give you all the amino acids and (10) ____ structure.

1. A. meal B. dining C. food D. diet 2. A. exchange B. absorb C. take D. convert 3. A. assure B. make sure C. ascertain D. make certain 4. A. will B. would C. may D. might 5. A. dehydrate B. dehydrating C. dehydrator D. dehydration 6. A. as B. even C. because D. only 7. A. end B. put C. finish D. wrap 8. A. with B. for C. in D. at 9. A. in order to B. in order that C. in order for D. in order of 10. A. balance B. balancing C. balanced D. balances IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

Health is the greatest wealth and the most precious thing that an individual can have in this world. In case of ill health, all the luxuries and pleasures of life lose their true charm and become meaningless to you. The poorest but healthy person can enjoy life better than the one who is the richest man of the world but is physically or mentally ill. To provide yourself with the necessities of life, you have to bear the pains of hard

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

work. But if you are in tone, all the strenuous activities can be made really pleasant and fun-yielding! At the same time, there is also significant increase in your productivity at work. Such are the people who make great achievements in their short lifespan that startle the globe.

Do you know the easiest means of maintaining the fitness of mind and body? Availing the treasure of health does not require as much labor as accumulating heaps of money. It is so simple but requires optimum level of determination, consistency and regularity. The first important thing, in this regard, is to get at least basic knowledge of the structure and functioning of different organs and organ systems in the body. You must know what your body needs and what it doesn't. Secondly, take nutritious and balanced diet in right quantity and at the right time. Thirdly, the importance of regular exercise, particularly in the morning, has to be duly emphasized.

Smoking, excessive drinking and the use of drugs leave drastic effects on the overall performance of your body. Besides intense suffering, the efficiency at work is adversely affected. So, you have to avoid all these things only for your own health's sake. Any diseased person can realize the worth of health, but the wise thing is to value this treasure while you are healthy.

1. It is stated in paragraph 1 that ____.

A. People's greatest wealth is their own health B. The poorest people are normally the healthiest C. The richest people are also the wealthiest D. The poorest can enjoy their lives better 2. The word 'necessities' in the passage almost means ____.

A. things that are indispensable B. things that are luxurious C. everything that people want to have D. anything that attract people's attention 3. The phrase 'in tone' almost means ____.

A. with a strong ambition B. having good health C. with good responses D. maintaining a good mood 4. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as a means of maintaining people's physical and mental health according to the passage?

A. Knowing the structure and functioning of organs and organ system in the body B. Taking nutritious and balanced diet in right quantity and at the right time C. Laying emphasis on doing regular exercise, particularly in the morning D. Building relationships with people who share the same interest and hobby 5. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as what leaves negative effect on human body's performance?

A. smoking B. hard work C. excessive drinking D. use of drugs X. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

A virus is a tiny germ that can infect the body. Different kinds of viruses can also infect animals and plants. There are thousands of kinds of viruses. There are about 100 kinds of viruses that cause colds. Viruses are much too small for scientists to see even with an ordinary microscope. Scientists must use a powerful electron microscope to see viruses. A virus is a pretty simple thing. It has two basic parts. It has an outer part called a protein coat. Inside the coat, it has genes. Genes are tiny structures that tell plants and animals how to grow and what shape to be.

Each kind of virus infects, or attacks, a different type of cell. All parts of your body are made of units called cells. Cold viruses head for the lining of your nose or throat. Sometimes the cold virus spreads to the air passages that lead to your lungs. When a cold virus gets into your nose cells, it tries to take over. First, it takes off its protein coat. Next, it lets its genes go free. The genes command your nose cells to make more of the virus. The virus actually uses part of you to make copies of itself. More and more viruses grow in the cells that make up the lining of your nose. They burst out of one nose cell and head for other nose cells. This is how the infection spreads. An infected nose cell dies after the new viruses burst out. As your nose cells die, your head feels stuffy. Your nose starts to run. Dying cells make you feel sick.

You can give your cold virus to someone else. You send out viruses when you cough or sneeze. Another person can breathe in the virus from the air near you. The virus gets on your hands when you blow your nose.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Other people can get the virus by touching what you have touched and then touching their nose, eyes, or lips.

You can help keep a cold virus from spreading by covering your mouth when you cough or sneeze. You should also wash your hands often.

Different viruses spread in other ways. The rabies virus is in the saliva (spit) of an infected dog. The dog spreads the virus when it bites. Mosquito bites can also spread viruses. West Nile Virus goes from birds to mosquitoes when the mosquitoes bite the birds. The mosquitoes then spread the virus when they bite humans and other animals.

The virus that causes AIDS is in blood and other body fluids. The viruses that cause cold sores and chicken pox get in through the skin. Other viruses live in food and get into people who eat the food.

1. The passage discusses all of the following EXCEPT ____.

A. what a virus is B. what forms a virus C. how a virus attacks D. how viruses spread 2. The author starts the passage mainly by ____.

A. defining virus B. warning about virus infection C. describing a virus D. mentioning an example of virus 3. Which of the following is NOT true about a virus according to the passage?

A. The inner part of a virus is a gene.

B. Viruses attack both animals and plants.

C. Each type of virus affects a different type of cells.

D. Viruses can be seen with powerful electron microscopes.

4. The word "passages" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. column B. circle C. way D. bag 5. The word "it" in the passage refers to ____.

A. protein coat B. nose cells C. cold virus D. the infection 6. The phrase "burst out of" in the passage mostly means ____.

A. get in and destroy B. run away from C. get in and out D. break open 7. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?

A. Cold viruses attack the nose before getting into the lung.

B. When the cells are dying, people will feel sick.

C. A virus can spread via animals infected with the virus.

D. Viruses can infect people through the food people eat.

8. Which of the following could be most likely the reason for the writer to describe cold viruses?

A. Cold viruses attack humans' nose before the lung.

B. Cold viruses cause one of the most common diseases.

C. It's very easy to prevent cold viruses from spreading.

D. Cold viruses are actually beneficial to the human body.

9. What can you most likely infer from the passage?

A. Eating various food types and keeping balance in nutrition is the key to a healthy body.

B. Eating safe food and get vaccinated to prevent different diseases will help you keep fit.

C. Eating healthy food and staying clean can help protect people from infection of viruses.

D. Eating good food and staying away from animals will make humans free from diseases.

10. The overall tone of the passage is ____.

A. argumentative B. narrative C. informative D. creative

Unit 3. MUSIC

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

LANGUAGE FOCUS Phonetics Sounds /est/, /ent/, and /eit/: contest, achievement, commemorate ...

Grammar - Compound sentences We are having a small surprise party at home today, so make sure you come back by 7p.m.

She sings beautifully and she also plays the flute and piano fairly well.

- to-infinitives and bare infinitives Andrew earns money by singing at the bar every night to pay for his study.

Surely the girl has believed in fairies for long enough. Let's tell him the truth.

Vocabulary - Words and phrases related to music phenomenon, global smash hit ...

- Adjectives current, talented ...

I. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.

1. A. composer B. process C. pop D. post 2. A. rhythm B. heavy C. highlife D. hardcore 3. A. metal B. accidental C. gospel D. techno 4. A. listened B. danced C. composed D. played 5. A. writes B. songs C. records D. albums II. Mark the letter A, B, C, or to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.

1. A. syncopation B. accompanist C. incidental D. composition 2. A. musical B. melody C. performance D. improvise 3. A. musician B. soloist C. composer D. performer 4. A. perform B. number C. rhythm D. music 5. A. classical B. popular C. digital D. electric III. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following sentences.

1. The music industry has undergoing significant change over the past few years, with declining volumes of A B music sold through an ownership model (such as downloads) and rapid growth in usage models (such as C D streaming).

2. Music has been used as a mean of communication and healing since the beginning of mankind.

A B C D 3. Music Therapy, that involves the music therapist, the client and the music in an ever-evolving relationship, A B is rooted in the ancient literate societies.

C D 4. The conductor stands in the front of the orchestra, on a podium, and conducts by using hand and body A B C D

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

motions.

5. Technology became an increasingly important tool for composers, which have known to use recording tape as A B C a compositional tool.

D IV. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following sentences.

1. Melody is a musical line that is the "tune" of the piece. ____ is the part you will probably be humming when you leave the concert!

A. which B. There C. This D. What 2. Accompaniment is a musical line that is secondary ____ the melody; and accompaniment parts support the melody.

A. of B. in C. with D. to 3. Unison is the sounding of the same note by two or more ____. In a unison piece of music, the players do not have different parts, but all play together.

A. player B. players C. the player D. the players 4. Folk Music refers to any music that comes from a common culture, and it is most often passed on ____ from generation to generation.

A. oral B. orally C. oratorical D. oratory 5. Stringed instruments are played by drawing a bow ____ the strings or by plucking the strings with the fingers.

A. from B. away C. across D. over 6. Woodwind players produce sound by blowing air into ____ mouthpiece. Most woodwind instruments have reeds, which vibrate very quickly to produce the sound of the instrument.

A. an B. a C. the D. his 7. Brass players make sound by "buzzing" their lips ____ blowing into the mouthpiece, they change notes with the help of valves or slides.

A. while B. during C. before D. by 8. Music is an art form and cultural activity ____ medium is sound organized in time.

A. that B. in which C. where D. whose 9. The conductor gives the musicians non-verbal signals ____ with his hands or by using a small stick called a baton.

A. whether B. either C. neither D. both 10. The concertmaster/concertmistress is the first violin player in the orchestra, the leader of the string section and ____ most solos for the violin.

A. play B. that play C. will play D. to play 11. Electronically created sounds are used in combination with other electronic sounds or played together with traditional music ____.

A. instrument B. instruments C. instrumental D. instrumentally 12. The ballet Hoedown tells the story of a cowgirl who is in love with a cowboy, but can't get him ____ her.

A. notice B. to notice C. noticing D. noticed 13. Woodwind instruments produce sound when players blow air into them; they were originally made out of wood, ____ is why they are called woodwinds!

A. which B. that C. the reason D. for which 14. The flute has a very high, light and beautiful sound much like ____ of a bird.

A. it B. this C. which D. that 15. The OBOE makes its sound when the player blows air through a mouthpiece containing cut pieces of bamboo ____ a "reed."

A. calls B. call C. calling D. called

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

16. The OBOE is a very important instrument, as the oboist is ____ player who tunes the whole orchestra before every concert.

A. a B. the C. who D. that 17. The clarinet can play very high and very low, very soft or very loud, so they are used for many types of music, ____ classical, jazz and folk.

A. includes B. include C. including D . included 18. The brass instruments are long brass tubes curled and bent into different shapes and flare out at one end into ____ is called a bell.

A. it B. that C. what D. where 19. The ____ of the brass instruments is produced by the vibration of the player's lips as they blow through the mouthpiece.

A. sound B. sounds C. sounding D. sounder 20. ____ the TRUMPET is the smallest brass instrument, it can play the highest notes of all the brass instruments and often plays in marches or fanfares.

A. Because B. Although C. However D. Since 21. The TROMBONE is the only brass instrument that does not use valves; ____ the player moves a curved tube, called a "slide," back and forth in order to change notes.

A. rather B. other C. instead D. but 22. YouTube claims that not only does it return money directly to creators, but also that it has a ____ effect on music.

A. promote B. promoting C. promoted D. promotional 23. Additional evidence for universal musical tendencies ____ from archaeological discoveries of musical instruments and scores from thousands of years ago.

A. come B. comes C. came D. had come 24. If music were purely a cultural invention, one might expect ancient music to be dramatically ____ modern music, given the huge cultural differences between then and now.

A. differ from B. different from C. differed to D. differing from 25. At present the earliest example of what may be a musical instrument is a bone "flute" that dates ____ approximately 50,000 years ago, during the middle Paleolithic.

A. back B. away C. at D. to 26. At ____ level, infants as young as 8 months seem to perceive melodic pitch contours much as adults do.

A. most basic B. the most basic C. mostly basically D. the most basically 27. One way to reveal innate constraints on music perception is to show that certain musical stimuli are represented or remembered more accurately than others, independent ____ experience.

A. on B. to C. with D. of 28. Every musical instrument, needless to say, requires a long period of development - usually trial-and-error experimentation by generations of craftsmen - before arriving at ____ final perfected form.

A. its B. their C. that D. which 29. A: "Can you concentrate on other things when you are listening to music?"

B: ‘____” A. I prefer to work in a quite area.

B. I'm keen on listening to dance music.

C. I often share my favorite albums with friends.

D. I don't think music can help with this.

30. A: "Do you think music can heal sick people?"

B: “____” A. I can't agree with you more.

B. The sooner, the better.

C. At least they can feel better.

D. Doctors cannot do so.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

V. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following sentences.

1. Although infants clearly have not learned as much from their limited exposure to music as adults have from a lifetime of listening, it is nonetheless difficult to explain the effects of the exposure that occurs both in the womb and in the first few months of life.

A. presentation B. contact C. interaction D. knowledge 2. Although it is often said that music, like dance, exists since the beginning of the human race, the music industry emerged relatively late.

A. occurred B. appeared C. came D. developed 3. The record business by using marketing tools, to record, reproduce, promote and distribute the author's work, in reality alters the author's passion towards musical art for financial gains.

A. worry B. concern C. love D. excitement 4. Albums and individual songs can now be bought in digital format (iTunes), and downloaded onto one's computer, and from there onto a USB-stick, CD-R, iPod, mobile telephones and the like.

A. electric appliances B. electronic instruments C. digital devices D. mechanical products 5. The introduction of television marked the turning point in many areas, as was the case with the music industry.

A. new era B. new program C. final stage D. finishing line VI. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following sentences.

1. Music was created out of man's need to communicate with the outside world.

A. Man created music to meet their need to communicate with the outside world.

B. With the need to communicate with the outside world, man has created music.

C. The outside world need to be communicated by music created by man.

D. Man, after creating music, needed to communicate with the outside world.

2. The conductor tells the musicians when and what to play.

A. When and what to play was told by the conductor to the musicians.

B. The musicians are told when and what to play by the conductor.

C. It is told by the conductor that the musicians know when and what to play.

D. The musicians are told that the conductor knows when and what to play.

3. It is no longer necessary to have physical possession of music to enjoy it.

A. To have physical possession of music to enjoy it is no longer necessary.

B. Having physical possession of music to enjoy it makes it no longer necessary.

C. It used to be unnecessary to have physical possession of music to enjoy it.

D. There was no necessary physical possession of music to enjoy it in the past.

4. The emergence of the Internet opened up great new possibilities for the distribution of music.

A. The distribution of music has been opened up with great new possibilities of the emergence of the Internet.

B. Great new possibilities for the distribution of music have been opened up with the emergence of the Internet.

C. Opening up great new possibilities for the distribution of music, the Internet has emerged.

D. Great possibilities for music has been openly distributed by the emergence of the Internet.

5. Percussion instruments make sound when the percussionist strikes or shakes them.

A. The percussionist makes sound by striking or shaking percussion instruments.

B. Striking and shaking percussion instruments make the percussionist produce sound.

C. The percussionist makes sound by striking and shaking the percussion instrument.

D. Sound is made if percussion instruments are stricken and shaken by the percussionist.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences given.

1. Beethoven's first teacher was his father. He often pulled Beethoven out of bed to practice until morning.

A. As Beethoven's father often pulled him out of bed to practice until morning, he became Beethoven's first teacher.

B. Beethoven's first teacher was his father who used to pull him out of bed to practice until morning.

C. To be Beethoven's first teacher, Beethoven's father used to pull him out of bed to practice until morning.

D. Being his first teacher, Beethoven's father had to pull Beethoven out of bed to practice until morning.

2. There are many places to go where you will be a member of an audience. However, audiences do not act the same at every type of event.

A. Although there are many places to go where you will be a member of an audience, audiences do not act the same at every type of event.

B. At different places where you will be a member of an audience, audiences do not act the same at every type of event.

C. At every type of event at many different places where you will be a member of an audience, audiences do not always act the same.

D. Audiences do not act the same at every type of event because there are many places where they can be a member of an audience.

3. The evolution of marketing in the music industry has been carried out. At the same time, the evolution of technology in music has also been carried out.

A. The evolution of marketing in the music industry has been carried out, resulting in the evolution of technology in music.

B. The evolution of marketing in the music industry has been carried out thanks to the evolution of technology in music.

C. The evolution of marketing in the music industry has been simultaneously carried out with the evolution of technology in music.

D. The evolution of marketing in the music industry has been carried out, thanks to the evolution of technology in music.

4. We are now in an exciting era. Now, streaming is making the depth and richness of every kind of music available to hundreds of millions of people.

A. We are now in an exciting era in which streaming is making the depth and richness of every kind of music available to hundreds of millions of people.

B. As we are now in an exciting era, streaming is making the depth and richness of every kind of music available to hundreds of millions of people.

C. Although we are now in an exciting era, streaming is making the depth and richness of every kind of music available to hundreds of millions of people.

D. If we are now in an exciting era, streaming is making the depth and richness of every kind of music available to hundreds of millions of people.

5. Consumers have created a new revenue stream for music companies. They upload their favourite music video clips or remixed versions to platforms such as YouTube.

A. Consumers have created a new revenue stream for music companies, hence uploading their favourite music video clips or remixed versions to platforms such as YouTube.

B. Consumers have created a new revenue stream for music companies by uploading their favourite music video clips or remixed versions to platforms such as YouTube.

C. Consumers have created a new revenue stream for music companies after uploading their favourite music video clips or remixed versions to platforms such as YouTube.

D. Consumers have created a new revenue stream for music companies, so they upload their favourite music video clips or remixed versions to platforms such as YouTube.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

The string family is the largest (1) ____ of the orchestra. The four main stringed instruments look similar but are all different sizes. Each can be played by plucking the strings with the fingers or with a bow, which is pulled (2) ____ across the instrument's four strings.

The VIOLIN is the smallest of the string instruments and can play the highest (3) ____. The violin often plays the melody - this is the tune you will be humming after you leave (4) ____ performance.

The VIOLA is slightly larger than the violin. Because it is bigger, it can play lower notes. (5) ____ the viola is only a little bit bigger than the violin, it can be hard to tell them (6) ____ apart. The viola plays many beautiful melodies just like the violin.

The CELLO is much larger than the violin and the viola. It is so large (7) ____ the cellist must sit on a chair (8) ____ the cello between his or her knees in order to play. The cello often plays accompaniment parts.

Because it is the largest (9) ____ the stringed instruments, the DOUBLE BASS plays the lowest notes.

This instrument is so large that the bass players have to stand up or sit on tall stools to play it. The bass often plays (10) ____ parts with the cello.

1. A. section B. sectioning C. sector D. sectional 2. A. now and then B. back and forth C. again and again D. high and low 3. A. notes B. noting C. notable D. noted 4. A. a B. the C. that D. each 5. A. Although B. However C. Whereas D. Since 6. A. away B. from C. of D. apart 7. A. as B. so C. that D. than 8. A. to hold B. hold C. holding D. held 9. A. in B. to C. of D. with 10. A. companion B. companionship C. accompany D. accompaniment IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

Beethoven was born in Bonn, Germany, in 1770. His childhood was unhappy. His father drank too much. Beethoven's musical talent was obvious from childhood. He quickly became a talented performer on the piano. In 1792, he moved to Vienna, Austria, to study with Austrian composer Joseph Haydn. Soon Beethoven was playing music that he wrote himself. Many people admired his powerful, dramatic music.

Beethoven was often ill or depressed. He was unable to find a woman who would marry him. Just as he was becoming very successful, he started to lose his hearing. Deafness is the worst fate for a musician.

Beethoven's performing career was over.

Despite Beethoven's hearing loss, he still wrote music. The music he wrote became even better. His music was richly expressive and revealed feelings such as joy and sadness. He created one bold masterpiece after another. Besides piano music, Beethoven wrote string quartets (pieces for four stringed instruments) and other kinds of chamber music. Chamber music is written for small groups, and people can play it in their homes or in small halls. Beethoven also wrote songs, two masses, an opera, and nine outstanding symphonies.

Beethoven studied works by Haydn, German composer Johann Sebastian Bach, and Austrian composer Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart. Then he broke their rules and made music that was like no one else's. It was emotional and challenging. Beethoven wanted his music to express ideas as well as emotions. He wanted it to praise freedom and equality and other high ideals.

Some of Beethoven's well-known achievements are the Moonlight Sonata for piano, the Fifth Symphony, and the Ninth Symphony. The Fifth Symphony has a famous four-note opening, da-da-da-dum. The Ninth Symphony ends with a triumphant chorus called "Ode to Joy." Beethoven's music set a standard that later composers measured their work by.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Crowds loved him and adored his music. Beethoven was famous, although not happy. In 1827, he got pneumonia and died in Vienna.

1. Which of the following best describes Beethoven's life according to the passage?

A. talented, powerful and challenging B. emotional, dramatic, and outstanding C. unhappy, stressful, but successful D. talented, outstanding, and successful 2. The phrase "was over" in the passage mostly means ____.

A. finished B. completed C. started D. remained 3. What happened after Beethoven lost his hearing according to the passage?

A. He became a famous talented performer on the piano.

B. He started writing music for his own performance only.

C. His music became more and more impressive and emotional.

D. His music was better, more impressive and varied in types.

4. Which of the following is true about Beethoven's music according to the reading?

A. It was strongly affected by that of other famous musicians.

B. It helped Beethoven enjoy a life with luxuries and comforts.

C. It expressed ideas and emotions, praised freedom and equality.

D. It set a standard by which all other composers measured their work.

5. The word "Crowds" in the passage mostly refers to ____.

A. music composers B. small groups C. audience D. performers X. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

Music can be happy, sad, romantic, sleepy, spine-tingling, healing - all kinds of things. But what is it?

Some people define it as an artful arrangement of sounds across time. Our ears interpret these sounds as loud or soft, high or low, rapid and short, or slow and smooth. The sounds need to continue for a time in some sort of pattern to become music.

Music, like language, is a uniquely human form of communication. As with language, there are many different kinds. In North America, people listen to jazz, rock, classical, folk, country, and many other kinds of music. Each kind of music has its own rules and “speaks” to us in its own way.

What we think of as music depends on where we live. What Americans are used to listening to might sound strange to someone from another culture, and vice versa. It might not even sound like music. In Indonesia, gamelan orchestras play music on gongs, drums, and xylophones. These aren't the instruments you'd find in a typical orchestra in North America.

Today, modern communications make it possible for us to listen to music from all over the world. Music from one part of the world influences music from another part. For example, gamelan music from Indonesia influenced 20th-century American composers such as John Cage.

No one knows for sure when music began. Perhaps while people were working, they began to chant or sing to make the work go faster. People who were repeating movements - picking crops or rowing boats, for example - could sing or chant in time to the work. Navajo Indians, for example, had corn-grinding songs. Many cultures developed work songs.

Over time, people developed musical instruments. They might have started by clapping their hands and stamping their feet. Sticks and objects that rattled could have replaced the human body as early instruments.

Both instruments and music became more complex with time.

Today, many cultures divide music into art music and music of the people. Art music, which we call classical music, is more complicated than the music of the people - folk music and popular music. Art music is generally harder to write and perform. Musicians who perform it need a lot of training. Popular and folk styles typically are easier to create, perform, and understand.

1. Which of the following is given a definition in paragraph 1?

A. music B. sounds C. patterns D. arrangement

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

L

FI CI A

2. The word "interpret" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. understand B. refuse C. treat D. explain 3. What has enabled music of one nation to influence that of another?

A. Languages B. Modern communications C. Typical rules D. Original instruments 4. Why is John Cage mentioned in paragraph 4?

A. To show how he has an influence on Indonesian music B. To represent famous music composers in the 20th century C. To illustrate how music from one region can influence that of another D. To suggest that Indonesian music is related to American music 5. According to paragraph 5, why did people sing to chant at work?

A. To repeat the movements B. To make the work go faster C. To compose work songs D. To make the work harder 6. The word "They" in the passage refers to ____.

A. hands B. instruments C. people D. feet 7. The word "rattled" in the passage mostly means ____.

A. made mistakes B. done harms C. made sounds D. done wonders 8. The word "complex" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. confusing B. simple C. advanced D. comprehensible 9. Which of the following is NOT TRUE according to the passage?

A. Music and language are forms of communication only used by human beings.

B. People's locations can influence on their concept of music.

C. People developed musical instruments before they chanted at work.

D. Ordinary people may find art music hard to understand.

10. Which of the following does the passage NOT discuss?

A. What music is B. When music began C. How music is categorized D. Who composed the first song

Unit 4. FOR A BETTER COMMUNITY

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

LANGUAGE FOCUS Phonetics Sounds /nd/, /n/, /nt/: recommend, income, comment...

Grammar - Irregular past tense verbs: choose → chose, wear → wore ...

- The past simple vs. the past continuous with when and while Jane was writing the last sentence of her homework when her friend asked her to do his as well.

I bought a magazine to read while I was waiting for the train.

Vocabulary - Words and phrases related to volunteers and voluntary work contribution, non-profit...

- Adjective suffixes: -ed Vs-ing: -ful Vs -less exciting, meaningful, hopeless ...

I. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.

1. A. obvious B. opportunity C. priority D. position 2. A. interact B. invalid C. chance D. narrow 3. A. hopeless B. useless C. unless D. meaningless 4. A. posted B. interacted C. donated D. concerned 5. A. applies B. obvious C. helps D. reports II. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.

1. A. newspaper B. commuter C. donation D. employment 2. A. community B. facility C. development D. disadvantage 3. A. handicapped B. fortunate C. interact D. meaningful 4. A. public B. martyr C. helpful D. apply 5. A. donor B. excite C. balance D. leader III. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following sentences.

1. Volunteer work, understood in its traditional meaning, as unpaid activity oriented to help others and to A B improve society, have existed throughout the history of humanity.

C D 2. In order to start doing volunteer work, many organizations require that prospective volunteers complete a A B background check, which usually includes reference checks and criminal history check.

C D 3. The connections between informal learning with volunteer work are rarely discussed, or even acknowledged.

A B C D 4. Volunteerism refers to all forms of voluntary activity, whether formally or informally, full-time or part-time, A B C at home or abroad.

D 5. An important aspect of the informal learning acquired through volunteering is their transferability to other A B C

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

dimensions of people's life, like paid employment or the civic sphere.

D IV. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following sentences.

1. Volunteer work includes activities that we ____ in beyond the realms of paid employment and household work, whether joining community-based organizations or just helping neighbours.

A. chose to engage B. choose to engage C. chose engaging D. choose engaging 2. Volunteer work has ranged from casual or regular assistance to community residents and family members in ____, to more collective and organized efforts to better the quality of life of the community.

A. request B. search C. need D. want 3. Informal learning and volunteer work are two dynamics ____ coexist every day in communities throughout the world.

A. they B. that C. those D. these 4. In some workplaces employees are expected to do volunteer work ____ part of corporate volunteer initiatives.

A. as B. like C. for D. in 5. Voluntary organizations are key players in the economy in their own right ____ employers and service providers.

A. as B. to C. for D. with 6. Volunteer activities bring together people who might not ____ have contact with one another.

A. likewise B. otherwise C. nonetheless D. unless 7. Many voluntary organizations share information ____ local government and community to push forward community services.

A. to B. for C. back D. with 8. The more satisfied employees are, ____ to the company.

A. the more likely they will remain loyal B. the more loyal they will remain likely C. the more they will likely remain loyal D. the likely they will remain more loyal 9. According to studies of AmeriCorps in 2008, service sector could increase people's capacities ____ a more cohesive community.

A. lead B. to lead C. led D. leading 10. Keely S. Jones (2006) conducted research on the distinct connection of volunteering ____ public life and civic engagement.

A. between B. with C. to D. for 11. Data from The Survey of Giving and Volunteering in the United States has indicated that greater volunteering is ____ promoted by community ties.

A. stronger B. strongest C. mostly strongly D. most strongly 12. Volunteers have the opportunity to serve in fields such as healthcare, education, and social services - fields that need visionary leaders, ____ are currently facing a severe shortage of qualified employees.

A. and B. but C. hence D. despite 13. Volunteering itself has been about people who step forward to help others ____ lives are very different from their own, without judgment or prejudice.

A. of who B. of which C. whose D. those 14. Schools and other educational institutions are one of the most popular areas to volunteer within and volunteers perform a number of vital functions within the education system, ____ to a range of outcomes.

A. contribute B. contributing C. to contribute D. contributed 15. In 2002 in UK, there were ____ 350 community recycling initiatives linked to the Community Recycling Network.

A. approximate B. approximation C. approximately D. approximated 16. Various volunteer programs mobilize the creativity and knowledge of local communities everywhere to ____ the challenges of global climate change.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. meet B. see C. share D. solve 17. Volunteer programs help address environmental threats and support communities ____ by natural disasters such as earthquakes and tsunami.

A. affect B. effect C. affected D. effected 18. According to reports from AmeriCorps 2008, during ____ year of service, many members develop teaching skills as they teach or tutor students.

A. a B. the C. their D. this 19. Volunteers may be required to obtain Red Cross ____ in order to serve through hospitals and healthcare organizations or provide disaster relief.

A. certificate B. certification C. certified D. certificated 20. If all these volunteers constituted the population of a country, it ____ be the eighth largest country in the world, behind Russia but ahead of Japan.

A. will B. shall C. would D. should 21. Even conservatively estimated, volunteers make a $400 billion ____ to the global economy.

A. contributing B. contributed C. contributive D. contribution 22. Data generated by the Johns Hopkins rescarchers revealed that, once converted into full-time- equivalent workers, volunteers account on average ____ 45 per cent of the nonprofit workforce in the 36 countries.

A. of B. to C. for D. at 23. Volunteer work and paid work are best viewed as complementary ____ mutually exclusive.

A. rather than B. other than C. instead of D. in spite of 24. In a speech ____ in October 2006 the United Nations Development Programme's Associate Administrator, Ad Melkerk, called attention to the "potential of volunteering and civil society" in advancing the Millennium Development Goals.

A. deliver B. delivering C. delivered D. delivery 25. Symbolic gifts, or other similar expressions of gratitude for volunteer work, ____ to the volunteer so long as they are not equal to the value of local market wages.

A. may give B. may be given C. may have given D. may have been given 26. Volunteers may receive non-monetary benefits from volunteering in the form of skills development, social connections, job contacts, social ____ and a feeling of self-worth.

A. stand B. standard C. standing D. standee 27. Student volunteer work required for graduation or continuation in a school or training programme violate the non-compulsory feature of the definition and should ____ not be considered as volunteer work.

A. thereafter B. thereby C. thereunder D. therefore 28. The long-term benefits of community development work are not ____ without the engagement of local people who are experts in the social problems and needs of their own communities.

A. possible B. impossible C. impossible D. impossibility 29. A: "Have you ever done any volunteer work?"

B: “____” A. I'm doing a part-time job to support my student life.

B. You see, earning money is difficult these days.

C. Sure. When I was a student, I helped in the hospital.

D. I have been trying to work with all my heart.

30. A student is talking to a volunteer organizer. Choose the best exchange to complete the conversation: Organizer: "Where do you want to volunteer?" Student: “____” A. I'm not really sure. What are my options?

B. You can either work in the garden or in the food pantry.

C. Thank you. I look forward to working with you.

D. What would I have to do?

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

V. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following sentences.

1. Companies that connect the dots between talent and volunteerism have an opportunity to strengthen relationships with young employees and will likely be rewarded with happier workers.

A. to narrow the gap B. to build a link C. to fill the hole D. to develop ties 2. A list of over one hundred community service examples is organized by category, so if you're particularly interested in working with, say, children or animals, you can easily find community service activities more related to your interests.

A. as listed B. such as C. mentioning D. speaking 3. As with other forms of philanthropy, the rewards for individuals who volunteer are not monetary but rather social and psychological.

A. valuable gift B. certification present C. financial aid D. substantial help 4. While volunteering is generally thought to be an activity undertaken without pay, it is not uncommon for some coverage of out-of-pocket expenses to be available to volunteers.

A. small B. tiny C. fine D. large 5. Community service is work done by a person or group of people that benefits others. It is often done near the area where you live, so your own community reaps the benefits of your work.

A. gains B. refuses C. accepts D. share VI. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following sentences.

1. No one solution matches the needs of all communities.

A. There exists no single solution to solve all communities' problems.

B. Not communities share the same problems, hence no single solution.

C. All communities have their own needs but require the same solution.

D. There is no one solution to meet the needs of all communities.

2. Volunteering has a considerable impact on the education system itself.

A. The education itself has been considerably impacted by volunteering activities.

B. The impact of volunteering on the education system itself is worth considering.

C. There is a considerable impact of volunteering on its education system itself.

D. It is the volunteering activities that have considerable impact on education.

3. Volunteering makes a significant contribution to the economy all around the world.

A. A contribution from volunteering to the economy has been significantly made.

B. The economy all around the world benefits significantly from volunteering.

C. Volunteers around the world have made significant contribution to the economy.

D. Volunteering has significantly contributed to the world economy in all sectors.

4. Drugs are tested in patient volunteers to monitor adverse reactions to long-term use.

A. Patient volunteers help test drugs to monitor their adverse reactions to long-term use.

B. Patient volunteers are tested by drugs to monitor adverse reactions to long-term use.

C. Volunteers test drugs for patients to monitor their adverse reactions to long-term use.

D. Adverse reactions to long-term use are monitored after being tested in patient volunteers.

5. Nine volunteers were recruited to take part in the study.

A. The study attracted nine volunteers to take part in.

B. They recruited nine volunteers to takepart in the study.

C. All the nine recruited volunteers took part in the study.

D. The recruitment of nine volunteers helped the study a lot.

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences given.

1. Volunteer work includes a wide range of activities. Among them are coaching children and youth.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. Coaching children and youth are the most common activities included in a wide range of volunteer working activities.

B. Coaching children and youth are included in a wide range of activities of volunteer work.

C. Including a wide range of activities, volunteer work involves coaching children and youth.

D. Volunteer work includes a wide range of activities, among which are coaching children and youth.

2. It is recognized that students' volunteer work will benefit communities. However, its primary purpose is to contribute to students' development.

A. Although it is recognized that students' volunteer work will benefit communities, its primary purpose is to contribute to students' development.

B. As it is recognized that students' volunteer work will benefit communities, its primary purpose is to contribute to students' development.

C. As the primary purpose of students' volunteer work is to contribute to students' development, its benefit to communities is recognized.

D. To recognize the benefit of students' volunteer work to communities, it is to note that its primary purpose is to contribute to students' development.

3. Volunteer work is a component of informal work. This has become a focus of increased attention by policymakers throughout the world.

A. Volunteer work is a component of informal work, which has become a focus of increased attention by policy makers throughout the world.

B. Policy makers around the world pay increase attention to volunteer work as it is a component of informal work.

C. Because it is a component of informal work, volunteer work has drawn attention of policy makers throughout the world.

D. Policy makers throughout the world now are paying increased attention to volunteer work as a focal component of informal work.

4. The lack of systematic data on volunteer work is not simply an academic matter. It also limits the ability to make the most effective use of this important resource.

A. Because the lack of systematic data on volunteer work is not simply an academic matter, it limits the ability to make the most effective use of this important resource.

B. The lack of systematic data on volunteer work is not only simply an academic matter, but it also limits the ability to make the most effective use of this important resource.

C. Due to the lack of systematic data on volunteer work, it is now not only a simple academic matter but also limits the ability to make an effective use of this important resource.

D. Because the lack of systematic data on volunteer work limits the ability to make the most effective use of this important resource, it is not simply an academic matter.

5. Some volunteers are not willing to travel. They prefer instead to seek opportunities nearer home.

A. Seeking opportunities nearer their homes makes some volunteers unwilling to travel.

B. Being able to seek opportunities nearer home, some volunteers are not willing to travel.

C. When volunteers are not willing to travel, they will try to seek opportunities nearer home.

D. Because some volunteers are not willing to travel, they seek opportunities nearer home.

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

With the support of volunteers, Mencap is able to help young people and adults live and engage in everyday life, enabling them to enjoy more fulfilling activities and live (1) ____. With this support young people and adults with a learning (2) ____ are able to engage in dedicated information and communication technology (ICT) training and activities (3) ____ empower them with increased (4) ____ and ability to use digital technology, have fun and improve their health and well-being. It has also created a community of individuals (5) ____ both mainstream and learning disability background (6) ____ would not usually be in the

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

same social circle. This has had a real and noticeable impact (7) ____ both groups, which includes enabling friendships to form and mutual understanding to be gained. A good example of (8) ____ this has been done is through the joint club in Lisnaskea where young people from the local community have joined the LiveNet club as peer mentors, helping young people to learn together and feel part of (9) ____ one community. Key topics (10) ____ as part of the club include e-safety and safe social networking, using ICT, having fun and keeping healthy.

1. A. independent B. independently C. independence D. dependent 2. A. ability B. disability C. abilities D. disabilities 3. A. which B. that C. these D. those 4. A. confident B. confidential C. confidence D. confide 5. A. in B. with C. for D. from 6. A. which B. that C. who D. whom 7. A. to B. in C. for D. on 8. A. what B. how C. where D. when 9. A. this B. that C. the D. its 10. A. to run B. running C. ran D. run IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

Clarissa Barton, called Clara, was born in 1821 in Oxford, Massachusetts. At a time when relatively few women worked outside the home, Barton built a career helping others. One of her greatest accomplishments was founding the American Red Cross. This organization helps victims of war and disasters.

Clara Barton taught school for many years. In 1854, she moved to Washington, D.C., and took a job in the government patent office. She was probably the first woman to hold a government job!

When the Civil War began in 1861, Barton volunteered. She gathered supplies to help feed and care for wounded soldiers. She also served as a nurse. Barton possessed excellent organizing skills and knew how to get things done. After the Civil War ended in 1865, Barton took on the job of locating soldiers who were missing.

She ran an office that tracked down information on nearly 22,000 men and contacted their families.

Barton took her organizational skills to Europe in 1869. She worked with the International Red Cross to set up hospitals during the Franco-Prussian War (1870-1871) between France and Germany. Barton returned to the United States in 1873.

The Red Cross was founded in Switzerland in the 1860s to care for wounded soldiers during wartime.

Nations agreed to follow its policies on the treatment of wounded soldiers by signing a treaty. Barton spent years pushing the United States Congress to approve the International Red Cross treaty. In 1881, she finally won support for creating the American Red Cross. Barton served as president of the organization until 1904.

In 1884, Barton attended an International Red Cross conference in Switzerland. As a result of her efforts, the Red Cross expanded its activities. From helping only victims of war, it began also to help victims of peacetime disasters, such as earthquakes and floods.

Barton's efforts comforted people around the world. Red Cross aid helped people in need during epidemics (outbreaks of disease), floods, famines, and war. Barton became famous for her work.

Clara Barton died in Maryland at the age of 91. She had spent her life helping others.

1. Which of the following could be the best title for the passage?

A. Clarissa Barton B. the American Red Cross C. The Red Cross D. wounded soldiers 2. What did Clara Barton NOT do when she was alive according to the passage?

A. founding the American Red Cross B. chairing Red Cross conferences C. holding a government job D. caring for wounded soldiers 3. The phase "tracked down" in the passage almost means ____.

A. gathered B. analyzed C. searched D. stored 4. How long did Clara Barton work for the American Red Cross?

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. 7 years B. 44 years C. 24 years D. 4 years 5. The word "comforted” in the passage almost means ____.

A. make someone feel less unhappy B. help someone feel less disappointed C. help someone realize their dreams D. make someone believe in themselves X. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

The grantees of the Community Food Projects Competitive Grants Program showed their strength by providing education, skills, food and resources to a diverse group of residents and food insecure communities across the nation.

Ten thousand farmers, many disadvantaged, were trained on sustainable agriculture and business management. Thousands of jobs and micro-businesses supporting the local food system were created, and customer bases for local agriculture were increased (3,000 + new buyers). Farm-to-cafeteria programs were created throughout the country providing markets for local farmers.

Nearly 19 million pounds of local, healthy food was distributed to over 2.5 million people, mostly in low-income neighborhoods across 39 states. With fast food available easily and cheaply for many Americans, the impact of providing healthy, fresh fruits and vegetables cannot be underestimated. Over 1.8 million children and youth in schools or summer programs ate fresh fruits and vegetables because of farm-to-cafeteria programs.

Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) and Women, Infants, and Children Program (WIC) recipients purchased local produce at farmers markets, and elder food recipients received seasonal fruit and vegetable shipments from local CSAs (Community Supported Agriculture). These healthy foods provide recipients with not only the nutrition to stay well, but also instill healthy eating habits that can last a lifetime.

This becomes especially important for young children who may be at risk for obesity through the bad habits learned from a sedentary lifestyle.

Farmland depletion was delayed and local food production enhanced by the CFPs (Community Food Project) where almost 60,000 acres of land was farmed or preserved. Youth and urban gardeners learned to grow and prepare their own food through 2,500 community gardens and more than 9,000 garden plots.

Community food system capacity and infrastructure was enhanced through community food assessments, the formation of food policy councils and networks and the implementation of new policies. More than 50 million residents lived in the communities where these community-wide changes were made.

Results from the first five years of this food security program could be just a taste of the opportunities to come for improving the health, environment and economy of this country, when residents of almost every age are taught about healthy food supply and when they have access to delicious, abundant locally produced fruits, vegetables and meat.

1. What is the passage mainly about?

A. Food shortages in the entire United States B. Achievements of several community programs C. Providing farmland to the needy in the United States D. The challenges confronted by participants of the community projects 2. On which of the following aspects were 10,000 farmers trained?

A. local food system B. sustainable agriculture C. farms and cafeterias D. customer bases 3. Which of the following is true about 2.5 million people to whom 19 million pounds was distributed?

A. 1.8 million of them are children.

B. They suffered from health problems.

C. They have travelled across 39 states.

D. They were from low income areas.

4. The word "distributed" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. shared B. saved C. consumed D. collected 5. According to the passage, why were the healthy foods provided important for young children?

A. They made children run the risk of obesity.

B. They supplied children with nutrients that can last a lifetime.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

C. They were supplied by trustworthy community projects.

D. They helped children kick bad habits formed by lack of physical exercise.

6. The word "sedentary" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. physically active B. physically passive C. mentally alert D. spiritually depressed 7. The word "depletion" in the passage mostly means ____.

A. expansion B. reduction C. enrichment D. shortage 8. The word "they" in the passage refers to ____.

A. fruits B. vegetables C. residents D. opportunities 9. The food security program is mentioned to benefit all of the following aspects of the country EXCEPT ____.

A. health B. environment C. economy D. education 10. What can be inferred about the food security program?

A. It has been carried out without success for five years.

B. It will gain more achievements in the years to come.

C. It has mainly benefited young residents in the community.

D. It calls for more funds raised from financially advantaged communities

Unit 5. INVENTIONS

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

LANGUAGE FOCUS Phonetics Stress patterns: compound nouns and noun groups: 'Greenhouse, light 'house, 'answering machine ...

Grammar - Gerunds and infinitives You can use a backup to retrieve your data in the event malfunction.

Blankets are needed for keeping warm since heating is no use.

- The present perfect He has left three messages on my answering machine but I'm not home, so please tell him to call me at my grandparents' house.

Vocabulary Words and phrases related to inventions economical, patent...

I. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.

1. A. economical B. laptop C. collapse D. obvious 2. A. interested B. processed C. compounded D. extended 3. A. Velcro B. consume C. telephone D. composer 4. A. invention B. patent C. portable D. imitate 5. A. principles B. headphones C. earbuds D. contests II. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.

1. A. bulky B. tablet C. release D. fabric 2. A. portable B. submarine C. principle D. imitate 3. A. automatic B. accidential C. discovery D. innovation 4. A. innovative B. development C. original D. experiment 5. A. popularity B. manufacturer C. technological D. imagination III. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following sentences.

1. Joseph Priestley was 18th-century clergyman and scientist fascinated by chemistry, electricity, optics and A B C many other subjects.

D 2. The first fully operational telegraph ran from 1839 between Paddington and West Drayton railway station in A B C London, but at first it was slow to catch on.

D 3. Carbon fibre is one of many inventions developed by military that are incredibly useful for us all.

A B C D 4. After the invention of the electric motor - which transforms rotation into electrical power - the next step was A B C D to find a device to drive it.

5. Invention of penicillin is credited to Scottish scientist Alexander Fleming in 1928, when he discovered that A B

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

certain mold could kill bacterias.

C D IV. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following sentences.

1. In 1886 in the United States, a pharmacist named Dr. John Pemberton tried to invent a medicine because he wanted a cure for ____.

A. headache B. headaches C. a headache D. the headaches 2. Both inventors and engineers look for ways to improve things in areas like health, food, safety, transportation, aerospace, electronics, ____, and the environment.

A. communication B. communicative C. communicator D. communicating 3. The European Patent Convention, which was implemented in 1977, created a European Patent Office that can issue ____ European patent.

A. a B. an C. the D. no article 4. The first American ____ the propelling of a boat by steam was William Henry, a gunsmith of Lancaster, Pennsylvania.

A. attempt B. to attempt C. attempting D. attempted 5. ____ with the internet, which is a system of linked computer networks, the worldwide web was invented by British computer scientist Tim Berners-Lee. A. Not to confuse B. Not to be confused C. To be not confused D. Confused not to be 6. The carbon dioxide gas given ____ by the fermenting vat was known as "fixed air".

A. off B. away C. out D. up 7. In 1772, Priestley published ____ description of how to make carbonated water, using sulphuric acid and chalk.

A. an B. its C. a D. each 8. Priestley found he could dissolve the gas in the water and that it ____ a refreshing drink - of a kind that met the approval of his clean-living, religious-minded friends.

A. makes B. made C. has made D. was made 9. ____ was Giovanni Luppis, an officer in the army of the Austrian empire, who first came up with the idea of a self-propelled anti-ship weapon.

A. That B. There C. It D. He 10. The bicycle as we know it today was originally developed as the "safety bicycle", because other bikes ____ were extremely dangerous.

A. at the time B. at a time C. for a time D. for the time 11. Charles Macintosh, an amateur chemist, was experimenting with coal-tar naphtha, a chemical waste product, and realized that it was a powerful solvent that ____ a solution from rubber.

A. will make B. would made C. can make D. could make 12. The invention of the telephone ____ the beginning of a new era in communication technology.

A. mark B. marks C. marked D. marking 13. It is the classical Athenians who can probably lay claim ____ the invention of commercial advertising as we know it today.

A. to B. for C. of D. with 14. Ever ____ the invention of the hydrogen bomb, attempts have been made to harness the power of nuclear fusion for peaceful purposes.

A. from B. since C. with D. for 15. The late 1800s and early 1900s ____ excitement over a wide array of inventions and developments.

A. brought B. have brought C. used to bring D. would bring 16. The invention of printing on paper provided a technology ____ which information could be stored over the long term.

A. under B. with C. for D. in

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

17. In the late 1970s, James Dyson designed a bagless vacuum cleaner which would not lose suction as it ____ up dirt.

A. picks B. picked C. is picking D. was picking 18. Since it was invented, the Dyson vacuum cleaner ____ one of the most popular brands in the UK. A. becomes B. have become C. has become D. became 19. Throughout History Inventions ____ the world and the lives of people many times through history.

A. change B. have changed C. will change D. had changed 20. Vinton G. Cerf founded the InterNetworking Group in 1972 and this ____ the birth-year of the Internet.

A. has been since recognized as B. has been recognized since as C. has since been recognized as D. has since been as recognized 21. The earliest computers were developed during World War II for processing ballistic numbers and numeric analytics, but the thought of having machines ____ difficult mathematics can be traced back to England in the years around 1800.

A. calculate B. calculating C. calculated D. to calculate 22. Some inventions make bigger impact on the public than ____, and some inventions quickly become part of everyday life.

A. another B. other C. the other D. others 23. Chemical engineer, Doctor Robert G Bryant works for NASA's Langley Research Center and ____ numerous inventions.

A. patents B. has patented C. is patented D. has been patented 24. A patent invention is protected by law ____ only particular people or companies have the right to make or sell it.

A. in order for B. in order to C. so that D. such that 25. Ever since the first prehistoric stone tools, ____ have lived in a world shaped by invention.

A. human B. humans C. humanity D. humankind 26. In the course of ____ why suction pumps would lift water only about 9 metres, Evangelista Torricelli identified air pressure and invented the barometer.

A. investigate B. investigation C. investigating D. investigated 27. The key ____ inventive success often requires being in the right place at the right time.

A. for B. of C. in D. to 28. An invention developed ____ one purpose will sometimes find use in entirely different circumstances.

A. in B. with C. by D. for 29. A: "What do you think is the invention that has changed the world?"

B: “____” A. You see. Everything can be changed.

B. I think, the light bulb by Edison.

C. None of such things should be considered.

D. The world must be changing fast.

30. A: "The Internet is the greatest invention of all time, isn't it?"

B: “____” A. I don't think so, many other inventions have really changed our life.

B. Yes, the Internet helps us buy things we need online.

C. Sure, the number of netizens is growing larger and larger every day.

D. Actually, I don't use the Internet much for my business.

V. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following sentences.

1. It was not until 1959, twenty-one years after Carlson invented xerography, that the first convenient office copier using xerography was unveiled.

A. Known B. published C. popular D. common

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

2. The first American to propel a boat by steam successfully was John Fitch. Fitch was a frequent visitor at the home of Henry, and probably got the idea of building a steamboat from him.

A. make B. drive C. board D. launch 3. It's hard to credit just one person with the invention of television, but it's indisputable that John Logie Baird was the first to transmit moving pictures.

A. without doubt B. questionable C. always true D. permanent truth 4. Inventor, a person who brings ideas or objects together in a novel way to create an invention, something that did not exist before.

A. practical B. interesting C. traditional D. unusual 5. As industry and commerce have become increasingly global in character, pressure has increased to harmonize patent systems.

A. balance B. standardize C. popularize D. develop VI. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following sentences.

1. Inventors are skilled at spotting ways to improve a situation or process.

A. Inventors are keen on spotting ways to improve a situation or process.

B. Inventors are practical in spotting ways to improve a situation or process.

C. Inventors are well-known for spotting ways to improve a situation or process.

D. Inventors are professionally trained to spot ways to improve a situation or process.

2. Scientists and inventors have made significant contributions to the lives of the common people.

A. Significant contributions have been made by scientists and inventors to the live of the common people.

B. Scientists and inventors had contributed significantly to the lives of the common people.

C. The lives of the common people have been significantly constructed by scientists and inventors.

D. The contributions which scientists and inventors made to the lives of the common people was significant.

3. Shockley's book describes the research leading to the invention of the transistor.

A. Shockley's book is a means of describing the invention of the transistor.

B. It is the invention of the transistor that is described in Shockley's book.

C. The research leading to the invention of the transistor is described in Shockley's book.

D. A description of the research leading to the invention of the transistor makes Shockley's book.

4. The more often ideas come together, the more frequently invention occurs.

A. Whenever more ideas come together, it comes to the occurrence of inventions.

B. The number of inventions that occur increases when a number of ideas come together.

C. It is only when more ideas come together that inventions occur more frequently.

D. The frequency of invention occurrence is decided by how often ideas come together.

5. Watt spent much time and money in making experiments, but nothing he tried succeeded.

A. Although Watt spent much time and money in making experiments, nothing he tried succeeded.

B. Despite his failure after trial and trial, Watt spent much time and money in making experiments.

C. As Watt spent too much time and money in making experiments, nothing he tried succeeded.

D. If Watt hadn't spent much time and money in making experiments, anything he tried would have succeeded.

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences given.

1. Engineering is a process for developing solutions to problems. Inventing is a process for creating things that didn't exist before.

A. The difference between Engineering and Inventing lies in the process they are conducted.

B. Engineering finds solutions to problem, while inventing creates things not ever existing.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

C. Engineering focuses on developing solutions to problems, but inventing centers on creating new things.

D. The result of engineering is the development of solutions to problems, but that of inventing is the creation of new things.

2. Inventors' and engineers' initial ideas rarely solve a problem. Instead, they try different ideas, learn from mistakes, and try again.

A. Instead of trying to solve a problem, inventors' and engineers' initial ideas are to try different ideas, learn from mistakes, and try again.

B. Rarely do inventors' and engineers' initial ideas solve a problem rather than try different ideas, learn from mistakes, and try again.

C. Because inventors' and engineers' initial Ideas rarely solve a problem, they try different ideas, learn from mistakes, and try again.

D. Even though inventors' and engineers' initial ideas rarely solve a problem, they try different ideas, learn from mistakes, and try again.

3. The story of each invention is interwoven with that of the life of its inventor. The lives of inventors furnish materials of the highest educative value.

A. The story of each invention is interwoven with that of the life of its inventor, whose lives furnish materials of the highest educative value B. The story of each invention is interwoven with that of the life of its inventor, because his/her life furnishes materials of the highest educative value.

C. The story of each invention is interwoven with materials of the highest educative value furnished by the life of its inventor.

D. Materials of the highest educative value furnished by the life of the inventor are interwoven with the story of each invention.

4. Michael Faraday was employed by the Royal Institution. There, he investigated the connections between electricity, magnetism and motion.

A. Michael Faraday was employed by the Royal Institution, where he investigated the connections between electricity, magnetism and motion.

B. When Michael Faraday was employed by the Royal Institution, he investigated the connections between electricity, magnetism and motion.

C. The Royal Institution employed Michael Faraday to investigate the connections between electricity, magnetism and motion.

D. After he investigated the connections between electricity, magnetism and motion, Michael Faraday was employed by the Royal Institution.

5. Dr. Percy Spencer invented the microwave oven. The invention happened by accident.

A. Dr. Percy Spencer invented the microwave oven as an accident.

B. The microwave oven was Dr. Percy Spencer's accidental invention.

C. The invention of the microwave oven by Dr. Percy Spencer was an accident.

D. Dr. Percy Spencer's invention of the microwave oven was made in an accident.

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

Cheap and reliable electric lighting was a holy grail for 19th-century inventors. But didn't Thomas Edison get there first? No! He was beaten (1) ____ it by Britain's very own Joseph Swan, working out of his (2) ____ lab at his house in Gateshead, Swan got his (3) ____ - and started manufacturing and selling his bulbs - in 1880. He developed a tiny lament that used (4) ____ treated cotton, and set it inside an oxygen-free vacuum (5) ____ it wouldn't catch fire when it glowed white-hot.

Swan's first bulbs lasted little more than 12 hours but, unlike gas lamps, there was no name or dirty smoke and they soon (6) ____ on. The impresario Richard d'Oyly Carte (7) ____ the opportunity to make his

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

new Savoy Theatre in London stand (8) ____ - and when it opened the following year it was the first public building in the world (9) ____ electrically throughout. D'Oyly Carte even took to the (10) ____ himself holding a glowing bulb aloft, he ceremoniously broke it in front of the audience to prove it was safe.

1. A. by B. to C. at D. with 2. A. private B. privately C. privacy D. privates 3. A. rights B. ownership C. patent D. possession 4. A. special B. specialty C. specially D. specialist 5. A. so B. so that C. than D. rather than 6. A. took B. came C. carried D. caught 7. A. provided B. passed C. offered D. seized 8. A. away B. by C. out D. up 9. A. to light B. to be lit C. to have lit D. that lit 10. A. floor B. step C. stage D. forum IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

Try to imagine what life would be like if there were no electric lights, no television, or no cars. What if you had no running water to take a shower and no refrigerator to keep your food cold? Life would be tough without these great inventions.

Since ancient times, people have been inventing new machines, materials, and ways of doing things. The people who come up with new things are called inventors. Sometimes an inventor makes an invention to solve a problem. Sometimes an inventor discovers something new by accident.

Everyone probably has his or her favorite inventions. One great invention was the printing press. A German named Johannes Gutenberg in the 1400s invented a press that made it easy to print books. Books became much more common after the invention of the printing press. The books helped other inventors make new things.

The invention of the steam engine around 1700 led to the Industrial Revolution. Inventors made many new machines that were powered by steam engines. They invented locomotives, steamboats, and all kinds of factory machines.

Another great invention, the internal combustion engine, led to the invention of automobiles in the late 1800s. Inventors made better and better internal combustion engines. These are the engines we use today in cars, trucks, buses, and airplanes.

The discovery of electricity led to many wonderful inventions. Many scientists studied electricity. An American inventor named Thomas A. Edison invented the electric lamp, phonograph, and other things that ran on electricity in the late 1800s.

New things are invented today faster than ever before. Inventors are making new kitchen appliances, toys, computers, video games, telephones, and all kinds of other things.

1. The passage mainly ____.

A. lists the inventions made since ancient times B. describes how inventors work to invent things C. explains why inventions have been made so far D. talks about some of the most significant inventions 2. The phrase "come up with" in the passage almost means ____.

A. see B. find C. invent D. produce 3. Which of the following is associated with Industrial Revolution?

A. the printing press B. the discovery of electricity C. the steam engine D. the internal combustion engine 4. The words "These" in the passage refers to ____.

A. inventors B. internal combustion engines

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

C. automobiles D. many wonderful inventions 5. The phrase "ran on" is closest in meaning to ____.

A. used B. created C. consumed D. stored X. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

There are certain inventions and creations that people are aware of every day. There are, however, very few creations that we use our whole lives without ever thinking about or even seeing. But that is exactly what the London sewers are. Their crcator, Joseph Bazalgette, may be remembered as more of an engineer than an inventor, but what he developed in London - the largest and most forward-thinking sewage system the world had ever seen - changed life in the city completely.

There was a sewage system in place beforehand, but all it did was transfer waste straight into the Thames. It was basically one massive open sewer pipe. By all accounts it created a truly awful smell, reaching its peak during the Great Stink of 1858. Even more worryingly, it caused serious health problems, such as cholera, because it contaminated the city's drinking supply. Something had to be done, and Bazalgette was the man to do it.

His solution was phenomenal: a new waste system that would divert the sewage eastwards away from the river and pump it out to sea. By 1865 most of the system was working, the main intercepting sewers used 318 million bricks and measured over 80 miles in length. To do all that work above ground would have been one thing, but to create it underground was something else altogether. The intricate maze of sewer pipes more than 100 years old was just unbelievable. And the most amazing thing is that it still functions today.

The reason is that when Bazalgette designed the tunnels, he estimated how much the population of London would increase in the next 100 years and worked out how large the tunnels would need to be to meet the needs of the future and keep the system flowing, which is why the sewers are still in working order today, and why in our eyes it should be seen as a huge inventing achievement.

1. Which of the following is the main idea of the passage?

A. The efforts to save the dirty Thames B. A creation that has changed Londoners' lives C. The problems of the sewage system in London D. The disadvantages to the invention of Bazalgette 2. Which of the following can be inferred from paragraph 1?

A. Bazalgette is more talented as an engineer than an inventor.

B. Bazalgette's invention receives public awareness.

C. Bazalgette's invention has few effects on Londoners' lives.

D. Bazalgette's creation did not receive adequate acknowledgment.

3. The word "their" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. creations B. lives' C. sewers' D. inventions' 4. According to paragraph 2, what was the problem with the previous sewage system in London?

A. It took a lot of money to maintain.

B. It released all the waste straight into the sea.

C. It caused bad smells and health problems.

D. It was damaged badly during the Great Stink.

5. The phrase "by all accounts" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. beyond beliefs B. according to many C. without doubt D. by all means 6. The word "contaminated” in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. polluted B. purified C. contained D. released 7. The word "intricate" in the passage mostly means ____.

A. confusing B. complicated C. simplified D. interesting 8. Why was Bazalgette's invention impressive?

A. It took a hundred year to finish.

B. It was 80 miles long.

C. It requires a lot of materials.

D. It redirected the waste to the sea.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

9. The word "which" in the passage refers to Bazalgette's ____.

A. estimation B. tunnels C. population D. needs 10. The system created by Bazalgette can still function these days because ____.

A. he used more bricks than necessary B. he predicted the situation far in the future C. the system was unbelievably intricate D. the system was underground

Unit 6. GENDER EQUALITY

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

LANGUAGE FOCUS Phonetics Stress in two-syllable words: 'gender, 'equal, 'female, de'gree, en'roll, ...

Grammar The Passive voice with modals Gender discrimination must be eliminated so that everyone has equal opportunities in education.

I think you should be given some information about the job you apply for.

Vocabulary Words and phrases related to gender equality: treatment, eliminate discrimination ...

I. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.

1. A. equal B. female C. enroll D. being 2. A. report B. perform C. according D. word 3. A. women B. college C. opportunity D. job 4. A. girls B. works C. degrees D. opportunities 5. A. eliminated B. forced C. worked D. missed II. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.

1. A. project (n) B. system C. gender D. agree 2. A. target B. housework C. promote D. study 3. A. income B. workforce C. pursuit D. passive 4. A. produce B. office C. labour D. childcare 5. A. mature B. affect C. challenge D. employ III. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following sentences.

1. "Gender equality and women's empowerment are fundamental to the global mission of the United Nations to A B achieving equal rights and dignity for all." - Ban Ki-moon C D 2. Organizations will to have a duty to promote gender equality.

A B C D 3. The gender gaps was visible in the way men and women voted during the presidential elections.

A B C D 4. About one third of developing country have not achieved gender parity in primary education.

A B C D 5. Not only men and women do have many differences, but they also have many similarities.

A B C D IV. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following sentences.

1. Gender ____ is not only a fundamental human right, but a necessary foundation for a peaceful, prosperous and sustainable world.

A. equity B. unity C. equality D. identity 2. Women and girls represent half of the world's population and therefore also half of ____ potential.

A. its B. their C. his D. her 3. Today gender inequality still persists everywhere and stagnates social ____.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. progress B. progressive C. progression D. progresses 4. As of 2014, 143 countries have guaranteed equality between men and women in their Constitutions but 52 have yet to ____ this step.

A. do B. go C. make D. take 5. In some countries, girls are deprived ____ access to health care or proper nutrition, leading to a higher mortality rate.

A. of B. off C. from D. away 6. Child marriage affects girls ____ more than boys.

A. too B. so C. such D. far 7. Unfair treatment based on gender, age or race must ____ in our modern life.

A. to be eliminate B. be eliminated C. to be eliminated D. to be eliminating 8. In sub-Saharan Africa, Oceania and Western Asia, girls still face barriers to ____ both primary and secondary school.

A. enter B. entering C. be entered D. be entering 9. Women's and girls' empowerment ____ essential to expand economic growth and promote social development.

A. is B. was C. are D. were 10. The Law on Gender Equality also stipulates that men and women ____ be treated equally in workplaces.

A. should B. would C. ought D. could 11. While the laws and policies provide a sound legal framework to protect women and men from gender-based discrimination, much ____ in practice.

A. remains to do B. remain to do C. remains to be done D. remain to be done 12. While Job advertisements should avoid any mention of gender as this represents a direct form of genderbased discrimination, the relevant data ____ that such a practice is still common in Viet Nam. A. to indicate B. indicated C. has indicated D. have indicated 13. Among the job postings that included a gender preference, 70 per cent specifically requested that the positions be filled by men ____ only 30 per cent wanted female applicants.

A. and B. whereas C. or D. so 14. Among the gender-preferred postings, men were most often targeted for more technical and ____ skilled jobs or jobs that require more outdoor activities, such as architects.

A. high B. higher C. highly D. highest 15. The fact that in many cases women's access to certain jobs was restricted ____ their reproductive role and/or main responsibility for childcare and the care of other dependents.

A. on the basis of B. in terms of C. on occasions of D. on condition that 16. Maternity leave and the reproductive role may also result ____ discrimination against women in the prospects for promotion.

A. from B. in C. to D. as 17. The introduction of policies which enables workers with family responsibilities to engage and advance in employment without discrimination should ____.

A. to be encouraged B. to be encouraging C. be encouraging D. be encouraged 18. Promoting gender-based diversity in different occupations and job functions is key ____ increasing companies' productivity and competitiveness.

A. to B. for C. in D. of 19. Supporting women and men to build and advance their career ____ is an issue of gender equality ____ makes good business sense.

A. both .... and B. either.... or C. not only ... but also D. so ... that 20. In Vietnam, UNESCO data indicates that among those with tertiary education, women always ____ men in the period between 2007 and 2011.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. outnumbers B. outnumbered C. has outnumbered D. is outnumbered 21. For both physiological and social reasons, women are more vulnerable than men to ____ health problems.

A. reproduce B. reproducing C. reproductive D. reproduction 22. Combating gender-based violence and protecting and supporting victims will be ____ continued priority.

A. a B. the C. every D. each 23. The ability of women ____ their own fertility is fundamental to women's empowerment and equality.

A. that control B. to control C. for controlling D. of controlling 24. A: "Are you attending the conference on gender equality this week?"

B: “____” A. I don't think I will be able to come.

B. Did you say that?

C. Well, things are different now.

D. That's the way life is.

25. A: "Women should have the same opportunities as men."

B: “____” A. Gender equality needs men to get involved too.

B. Women are working too much.

C. Women should not receive higher education.

D. None of that will do, I'm afraid.

26. Gender equality is achieved when women and men enjoy the same rights and opportunities across all sectors of society, ____ economic participation and decision-making.

A. include B. includes C. including D. included 27. UNDP believes that the gender inequalities and ____ attitudes and practices that hold women back, must be confronted and eliminated, if we are to leave no one behind.

A. discriminate B. discriminating C. discriminatory D. discriminated 28. From new laws to legal aid and justice services, UNDP is supporting survivors and changing attitudes and practices to end and prevent violence ____ women and girls.

A. of B. to C. over D. against 29. Half a billion women around the world can't read, 62 million girls are denied ____, and 155 countries still have laws that discriminate against women.

A. the right of educating B. the right of education C. the right to educate D. the right to education 30. ____ many international agreements affirming their human rights, women are still much more likely than men to be poor and illiterate.

A. Although B. Despite C. Because D. Since V. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following sentences.

1. Vast inequalities threaten economies, communities and nations, trapping people in a cycle of poverty and marginalization.

A. catching someone in a net B. making someone prisoner C. driving someone into dangerous situation D. putting someone into a desperate situation 2. Pressed into motherhood early, or repeatedly, many girls and women are more prone to maternal injuries, disabilities or even death.

A. likely B. vulnerable C. close D. open 3. More than lip service should be paid to ensuring that women were invited to participate in national dialogues.

A. empty promise B. solemn promise C. broken promise D. early promise 4. Gender equality will be achieved only when women and men enjoy the same opportunities, rights and obligations in all spheres of life.

A. areas B. sides C. ranges D. ways 5. Gender equality demands the empowerment of women, with a focus on identifying and redressing power imbalances and giving women more autonomy to manage their own lives.

A. freedom of action B. determination C. dependence on others D. decision

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following sentences.

1. The roles that men and women play in society are not biologically determined.

A. It's not biology that determines the roles of men and women play in society.

B. Society does not determine the roles that men and women play biologically.

C. Biologically, men and women do not play their determined roles in society.

D. It is not in society where men and women play the roles biologically determined.

2. About two thirds of the world's illiterate adults are women.

A. Women occupy about two thirds of the world's illiterate adults.

B. Of the world's illiterate adults are about two thirds of women.

C. Women are about two thirds of the world's illiterate adults.

D. The world's illiterate adults are about two thirds of women.

3. Gender equality cannot be achieved without the backing and enforcement of institutions.

A. Without the backing and enforcement of institutions can gender equality be achieved.

B. But for the backing and enforcement of institutions, gender equality cannot be achieved.

C. To achieve gender equality, institutions should provide their backing and enforcement.

D. Because of the backing and enforcement of institutions, gender equality can be achieved.

4. Six out of ten of the world's poorest people are women.

A. Out of every ten poorest people are six women of the world.

B. Women make up sixty percent of the poorest world population.

C. Sixty percent of the world's poorest people are women.

D. Six out of ten women are of the world's poorest people.

5. Urbanization and technology create unexpected opportunities for women.

A. Unexpected opportunities for women are created by urbanization and technology.

B. Women do not expect opportunities created by urbanization and technology.

C. Unexpectedly, urbanization and technology have created opportunities for women.

D. Opportunities for women have been unexpectedly created by urbanization and technology.

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences given.

1. Technology allows for remote working. This expands women's options.

A. Technology allows for remote working, which expands women's options.

B. That technology allows for remote working will expand women's options.

C. Because technology allows for remote working, it expands women's options.

D. Allowing for remote working, technology expands women's options.

2. The report will examine unequal pay. It will also examine other types of gender discrimination at workplace.

A. The report will examine not only the unequal pay but also other types of gender discrimination at workplace.

B. The report will examine the unequal pay that examines other types of gender discrimination at workplace.

C. After examining the unequal pay, the report will examine other types of gender discrimination at workplace.

D. The report will examine the unequal pay, and then it will examine other types of gender discrimination at workplace.

3. We need to ensure equality of opportunity in all areas of work. However, women do not yet have true equality in the company.

A. Although we need to ensure equality of opportunity in all areas of work, women do not yet have true equality in the company.

B. Because women do not yet have true equality in the company, we need to ensure equality of opportunity in all areas of work.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

C. If we ensure equality of opportunity in all areas of work, women have had true equality in the company.

D. We need to ensure equality of opportunity in all areas of work so that women have true equality in the company.

4. Businesses seem to pay more attention to gender issues in senior positions. Most of the senior positions are occupied by male officers.

A. Businesses seem to pay more attention to gender issues in senior positions which are mostly occupied by male officers.

B. As businesses seem to pay more attention to gender issues in senior positions, most of the positions are occupied by male officers.

C. As most of senior positions are occupied by male officers, then businesses pay more attention to gender issues in these positions.

D. Businesses seem to pay more attention to gender issues in senior positions, making most of the positions occupied by male officers.

5. Until 1986 most companies would not even allow women to take exams. Such blatant discrimination is now disappearing.

A. After 1986 when most companies would not even allow women to take exams, the blatant discrimination is now disappearing.

B. It was not until 1986 when most companies would not even allow women to take exams that the blatant discrimination is disappearing.

C. Until 1986 most companies would not even allow women to take exams, but such blatant discrimination is now disappearing.

D. The blatant discrimination, that most companies would not even allow women to take exams, has disappeared.

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

In the 1980s feminism became less popular in the US and there was less (1) ____ in solving the remaining problems, such as the fact that most women still earn (2) ____ less than men. But American women have more opportunities than anyone thought possible 40 years (3) ____. One of the biggest discrimination is in (4) ____ people think. Although there is still discrimination, the principle that should not exist is (5) ____ accepted.

Feminism has brought (6) ____ many changes in the English language. Many words for job (7) ____ that included 'man' have been replaced, for example 'police officer' is used (8) ____ of policeman' and 'chair' or 'chairperson' for 'chairman'. 'He' is now rarely used to (9) ____ to a person when the person could be either a man or woman. Instead, he/she, or sometimes (s)he, is preferred. The title Ms is used for women instead of 'Miss' or 'Mrs', since, like 'Mr, it does not show (10) ____ a person is married or not.

1. A. concern B. interest C. worry D. care 2. A. much B. so C. too D. as 3. A. earlier B. before C. ago D. then 4. A. what B. which C. that D. how 5. A. wide B. widen C. wider D. widely 6. A. about B. in C. up D. to 7. A. names B. titles C. places D. posts 8. A. in terms B. instead C. on behalf D. in position 9. A. refer B. point C. show D. indicate 10. A. either B. neither C. whether D. rather IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

The issue of equality for women in British society first attracted national attention in the early 20th century, when the suffragettes won for women the right to vote. In the 1960s, feminism - the belief that women and men are equal in abilities and should have equal rights and opportunities - became the subject of intense debate when the women's lib movement encouraged women to reject their traditional supporting role and to demand equal status and equal rights with men in areas such as employment and pay.

Since then, the gender gap between the sexes has been reduced. The Equal Pay Act of 1970, for instance, made it illegal for women to be paid less than men for doing the same work, and in 1975 the Sex Discrimination Act aimed to prevent either sex having an unfair advantage when applying for jobs. In the same year the Equal Opportunities Commission was set up to help people claim their rights to equal treatment and to publish research and statistics to show where improvements in opportunities for women need to be made. Women now have much better employment opportunities than formerly, though they still tend to get less well-paid jobs than men, and very few are appointed to top jobs in industry.

Many people believe that there is still a long way to go before women are treated as equals in employment. In education, however, girl's and women's opportunities have improved rapidly and in public employment there are policies to increase the proportion of women employed, which is still very low at senior levels.

1. According to the passage, what happened when British women won the right to vote for the first time?

A. The whole society change their viewpoint on the matter of feminism.

B. The matter of equality for women attracted national attention.

C. Men and women in British society gained equal rights and opportunities.

D. Women and men in British society were equal in abilities.

2. The word 'intense' in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. heated B. firm C. light D. lively 3. When was the Equal Opportunities Commission established in the UK? A. 1960 B. 1970 C. 1975 D. 1920 4. According to the passage, which of the following supports research for the sake of women?

A. The Equal Pay Act B. The Equal Opportunities Commission C. The Sex Discrimination Act D. The Equal Rights Amendment 5. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?

A. Women no longer have to play their traditional role.

B. Women are now paid the same as men for the same work.

C. Women are still unable to approach top jobs in industry.

D. Women can never reach high rank in public employment.

X. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

Promoting decent work and income for women and men in conditions of freedom, equity, security and human dignity, is one of the key priorities of the ILO's Decent Work Agenda. Integrating gender concerns into employment promotion and creation contributes to more effective boosting of productivity and economic growth; human resources development; sustainable development; and reduce poverty. Worldwide progress has been made over the last few decades in increasing women's labour force participation and narrowing gender income gaps, but more efforts are needed to make gender equality in the world of work a reality.

In Vietnam, just like in the developing world in general, women continue to form a large majority of the working poor, earn less income, and are more often affected by under and unemployment and precarious working conditions than men. Women in Vietnam are principally found in lower paid occupational sectors or in vulnerable employment. The majority of women work as unpaid family workers, and in largely "invisible" areas of informal employment as migrant domestic workers, homeworkers, street vendors and in the entertainment industry.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Women's position in the labour market is largely affected by socio-economic disadvantages caused by gender-based discrimination. Vietnamese women often have less access to productive resources, education, and skills development and labour market opportunities than men. In great part, this is because society assigns both a lower status and most of the unpaid care work to Vietnamese women, and expects them to engage in productive work in subsistence agriculture and the market economy.

The ILO and Vietnamese constituents have long cooperated on promoting gender equality among male and female workers in the country. Current joint efforts are geared at increasing women's opportunities to enterprise development; preventing labour exploitation of (migrant) children and women; and strengthening the equality dimension in labour legislation such as prohibiting direct and indirect discrimination, and promoting equal pay for work of equal value, action against sexual harassment and equalizing the retirement ages for women and men.

1. It can be inferred from the passage that ILO stands for ____.

A. International Law Office B. International Labor Organization C. Intended Learning Outcomes D. Integrated Learning Online 2. Which of the following is not mentioned in paragraph 1 as a result of integrating gender into employment promotion and creation?

A. poverty reduction B. human resources development C. sustainable development D. better employment opportunities 3. It can be inferred from paragraph 1 that ____.

A. women's labour force participation has increased B. gender income gaps have been narrowed C. gender equality in the world of work has not been realized D. promoting income for women is considered one of the key priorities 4. The word "precarious" may mostly mean ____.

A. ideal B. dangerous C. favorable D. special 5. The word "principally" is closest in meaning to ____.

A. generally B. particularly C. only D. occasionally 6. The author probably uses the phrase 'unpaid family workers' in paragraph 2 to refer to ____.

A. housewives B. women in the family C. the daughter of the family D. the mother in the family 7. The author probably uses the word "invisible" in the phrase in largely "invisible" areas of informal employment to refer to the fact that ____.

A. many jobs done by Vietnamese women have not been officially recognized B. the jobs done by Vietnamese women are mostly of the illegal job market C. none of the jobs done by Vietnamese women are of high security and promotion D. most of the jobs done by Vietnamese women are underpaid or not paid at all 8. Which of the following is NOT true in Vietnam according to the passage?

A. A large majority of the working poor in Vietnam are women.

B. Most of women work in lower paid occupational sectors than men.

C. Women have less access to labour market opportunities than men.

D. Men do not have to face with gender-based discrimination at all.

9. According to the passage, which is the main reason why, in Vietnam, women hold lower social status than men?

A. Gender-based discrimination B. Precarious working conditions C. Women's engagement in productive work D. Increasing women's labour force participation

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

10. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT aimed at by The ILO and Vietnamese constituents?

A. Increasing women's opportunities to enterprise development B. Prohibiting direct and indirect discrimination C. Equalizing the retirement ages for women and men D. Supporting women and their childbearing decisions

Unit 7. CULTURAL DIVERSITY

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

LANGUAGE FOCUS Phonetics Stress in two-syllable words with the same spelling: 'export (n) - ex'port (v). 'decrease (n) - de'crease (v)...

Grammar - Comparative and superlative adjectives The whole matter is further complicated by the fact that they refuse to sit down and negotiate.

It is best to get to know about the culture of the country where you truvel to.

- Articles We lay food on the altar as we believe that our ancestors will enjoy the meal with us.

We did have a great time in the ancient city of Hoi An. VOCABULARY Words and phrases related to tradition, cultural characteristics and superstitions belief, superstitious, wedding ceremony...

I. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.

1. A. tradition B. cultural C. accordance D. similarity 2. A. ritual B. superstitious C. origin D. exist 3. A. fortune B. important C. ancestor D. support 4. A. lucky B. success C. status D. culture 5. A. decided B. needed C. wanted D. opened II. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.

1. A. belief B. story C. marriage D. wedding 2. A. prepare B. believe C. preserve D. offer 3. A. follow B. altar C. throughout D. legend 4. A. argue B. venture C. couple D. diverse 5. A. propose B. standard C. research D. engage III. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following sentences.

1. She teaches the students to have respect for different races and appreciate a diversity of other cultures.

A B C D 2. It is the city of huge musical and artistic diversity, where every taste is catered for.

A B C D 3. Does television adequately reflects the ethnic and cultural diversity of the country?

A B C D 4. People are encouraging to celebrate the diversity of their communities.

A B C D 5. The teaching profession does not yet reflect the diversity of its population.

A B C D IV. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following sentences.

1. Cultural diversity expands choices, nurtures ____ variety of skills, human values and worldviews and provides wisdom from the past to inform the future.

A. a B. an C. the D. no article

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

2. Cultural diversity is ____ mainspring for sustainable development for individuals, communities and countries.

A. а B. an C. the D. no article 3. The Heritage Education for Sustainable Development project aims ____ strengthening the linkage between culture and education for sustainable development.

A. to B. for C. at D. by 4. Cultural diversity (also known as multiculturalism) is ____ group of diverse individuals from different cultures or societies.

A. a B. an C. the D. no article 5. Today's workforce is made up ____ a very diverse population of individuals from every part of the world, which creates dynamic multiracial and multicultural organizations.

A. by B. from C. of D. with 6. The phrase "cultural diversity" is also sometimes used to mean ____ variety of human societies or cultures in a specific region, or in the world as a whole.

A. a B. an C. the D. no article 7. Globalization is often said to have ____ negative effect on the world's cultural diversity.

A. a B. an C. the D. no article 8. Productivity increases exponentially when people of all cultures pull together towards a single ____ goal.

A. inspire B. inspiring C. inspired D. inspiratory 9. Cultural diversity is a driving force of development, not only ____ economic growth, but also as a means of leading a more fulfilling intellectual, emotional, moral and spiritual life.

A. in terms of B. with respect to C. in response to D. with the aim of 10. Cultural diversity is an asset that is ____ for poverty reduction and the achievement of sustainable development.

A. crucial B. fundamental C. critical D. indispensable 11. In a diverse workplace, employees are more likely to remain loyal when they feel ____ and valued for their unique contribution.

A. respectful B. respected C. respective D. respectable 12. Diverse cultural perspectives can inspire ____ and drive innovation.

A. creation B. creator C. creature D. creativity 13. By offering a platform for the open exchange of ideas, businesses can reap ____ benefits of diversity in the workplace.

A. the big B. the bigger C. the biggest D. the most big 14. Cultural diversity is important because our country, workplaces, and schools increasingly ____ of various cultural, racial, and ethnic groups.

A. comprise B. contain C. include D. consist 15. Diversity makes our country a ____ place to live, as people from diverse cultures contribute language skills, new ways of thinking, new knowledge, and different experiences.

A. interesting B. more interesting C. most interesting D. least interesting 16. Cultural diversity supports the idea that every person can make a unique and positive contribution to the larger society because of, ____ in spite of their differences.

A. rather than B. instead of C. other than D. in place of 17. Often people are afraid that ___ differences will divide people from each other.

A. recognize B. recognizes C. recognizing D. recognized 18. If you are able to explain the importance of diversity to children and show them how diverse the world is, you can help them to be ____ toward people of different cultural backgrounds.

A. more open-minded B. more opening mind C. more opened mind D. more opening minded

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

19. Parents or family members need to sit down and talk with children as well as present them ____ easy-tounderstand data, and talk about the importance of cultural diversity, A. to B. for C. at D. with 20. Bringing together people of various backgrounds with different life experiences can generate ideas or perspectives ____ others may not have ever considered or been aware of.

A. how B. what C. why D. that 21. The modern workplace is a mosaic of different ideas, beliefs and opinions, which ____ together create an atmosphere of cultural diversity.

A. being taking B. taking C . taken D. having taken 22. For some students being in a diverse school or college can prepare them for the real world, ____ they can take a stance on a subject and be able to voice their opinion from an informed point of view.

A. in that B. that C. at which D. where 23. Most authorities tend ____ that diversity is more beneficial to society than it is harmful.

A. to believe B. believe C. believing D. believed 24. "Do you have a cultural diversity in your class?" “____” A. I'm sorry, but I don't see your point in the way you argue.

B. Sure. My classmates come from different areas of our country.

C. I can't understand what my friends talk with their provincial accents.

D. It's very nice to be friends with people of different backgrounds.

25. "Do you think cultural diversity does good to us all?" "____" A. Actually, I feel very difficult to communicate with people of a different culture.

B. When I travel, I meet a lot of interesting people from different cultures.

C. When you make friend with a foreigner, you are able to know one more culture.

D. Travelling is a part of my business, so I learn much about others' cultures.

26. Understanding and respecting individuals who are different from one's self, ____ racially, socially, ideologically or spiritually, is a natural outcome of understanding the vast diversity of God's creation.

A. either B. neither C. whether D. both 27. The more different cultures work together, ____ essential to avoid problems.

A. the more cultural competency training is B. the more culturally competent training is C. the more cultural competent training is D. the more culturally competency training is 28. Cultural problems can range from miscommunication to actual conflict, all ____ effective worker productivity and performance.

A. endanger B. endangers C. endangering D. endangered 29. Students who attend schools with ____ diverse population can develop an understanding of the perspectives of children from different backgrounds and learn to function in a multicultural, multiethnic environment.

A. a B. an C. the D. no article 30. In a classroom the teacher can structure learning groups that are diverse and devise activities that require each student ____ to the group.

A. to contribute B. contribute C. contributing D. contributed V. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following sentences.

1. Diversity includes physical appearance, religious belief, and race but your opinions and thoughts and the impact they make on society are also part of diversity.

A. influence B. benefit C. response D. value 2. Western cultures are often more informal, where business leaders often refer to each other by first names. In countries like Japan, this is frowned upon as it indicates disrespect.

A. hated by B. disapproved of C. agreed on D. kept away from

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

3. Communities that feel they have a connection with local businesses will be more inclined to support those companies.

A. feel like B. have a tendency C. have a strong will D. feel sure 4. People of different cultural and racial backgrounds can interact and get to learn and appreciate each other's uniqueness hence fostering tolerance and peaceful coexistence.

A. offering support for B. drawing encouragement from C. making an agreement on D. promoting the development of 5. In general, most students are comfortable interacting with people, behaviors, and ideas that they are familiar with but react with fear and apprehension when faced with the unfamiliar.

A. comprehension B. confidence C. anxiety D. surprise VI. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following sentences.

1. People from diverse cultures can make American companies more productive and profitable.

A. American companies can make themselves more productive and profitable with diverse cultures.

B. American companies can be made more productive and profitable by people from diverse cultures.

C. Diverse cultures can make American companies more productive and profitable with their people.

D. Diverse cultures can make American companies and their people more productive and profitable.

2. Dying languages and urbanization are threats to cultural diversity.

A. Of the threats to cultural diversity is dying languages and urbanization.

B. Cultural diversity is threatened with dying languages and urbanization.

C. Dying languages and urbanization is making cultural diversity a threat.

D. Culture diversity is threatening to kill some languages and urbanization.

3. When we interact and try to understand others, we will not Judge them.

A. We will not judge others if we interact and try to understand them.

B. Unless we do not interact and try to understand others, we will not judge them.

C. If we do not try to interact and understand others, we will not judge them.

D. We interact and try to understand others; otherwise, we will not judge them.

4. Cultural diversity in the workplace can sometimes lead to intercultural conflicts.

A. Cultural diversity in the workplace can sometimes result from intercultural conflicts.

B. Intercultural conflicts can sometimes result from cultural diversity in the workplace.

C. In the workplace, cultural diversity can be sometimes the leaders of intercultural conflicts.

D. In the workplace, intercultural conflicts can sometimes be led by cultural diversity.

5. Learning about cultural differences can actually bring people closer together.

A. To bring people closer together, we have to learn about cultural differences.

B. To learn about cultural differences is to bring people closer together.

C. People can be brought closer together by learning about cultural differences.

D. People can learn about cultural differences to bring themselves closer together.

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences given.

1. Most of us enjoy one aspect of cultural diversity. This can also be a good way to start learning about new cultures.

A. Enjoying one aspect of cultural diversity can also be a good way to start learning about new cultures.

B. As most of us enjoy one aspect of cultural diversity, it can also be a good way to start learning about new cultures.

C. Most of us enjoy one aspect of cultural diversity, which can also be a good way to start learning about new cultures.

D. A good way for most of us to start learning about new cultures can also be enjoying one aspect of cultural diversity.

2. Cultural diversity can be a source of tension. It can also bolster workplace productivity.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. Cultural diversity can be a source of tension, but it can also bolster workplace productivity.

B. Cultural diversity can bolster workplace productivity, but it can also be a source of tension.

C. Being a source of tension can also make cultural diversity bolster workplace productivity.

D. When bolstering workplace productivity, cultural diversity can be a source of tension.

3. Diverse companies are more aware of the needs of their community. They tend to give more monetarily and engage in cultural events in their communities.

A. Because diverse companies are more aware of the needs of their community, they tend to give more monetarily and engage in cultural events in their communities.

B. Diverse companies are more aware of the needs of their community, but they tend to give more monetarily and engage in cultural events in their communities.

C. Although diverse companies are more aware of the needs of their community, they tend to give more monetarily and engage in cultural events in their communities.

D. Diverse companies are not only more aware of the needs of their community, but they also tend to give more monetarily and engage in cultural events in their communities.

4. Students' needs are diverse. There are various types of schools and training programs to choose from.

A. Students' needs are diverse although there are various types of schools and training programs to choose from.

B. There are various types of schools and training programs for students of diverse needs to choose from.

C. Students' needs are diverisifying types of schools and training programs for them to choose from.

D. Students' needs are diverse, so there are various types of schools and training programs to choose from.

5. There is a wide range of classroom activities. These activities can help students recognize the essential humanity and value of different types of people.

A. There is a wide range of classroom activities that can help students recognize the essential humanity and value of different types of people.

B. A wide range of activities can help recognize the essential humanity and value of different types of students in the classroom.

C. In the classroom, there is a wide range of activities which can help students recognize the essential humanity and value of different types.

D. Students can be helped to recognize a wide range of activities of essential humanity and value of different types of people.

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

Human beings are extremely diverse in very many ways. People differ (1) ____ opinions, race, nationality, gender, age, sexuality, ethnicity, class, religion, lifestyle and so much more, yet at the very basic we are all human species. Ideally, all people feel (2) ____ and joy despite the differences. Today, the changes in time and technology have made (3) ____ extremely impossible for any group of people to live without (4) ____ with others outside their group. Often people of different cultural and geographical (5) ____ meet in international conferences, education exchange programs, sports, etc.

Sadly, the history of mankind (6) ____ against each other based on cultural differences has been with us (7) ____. So many people have died or have been denied their rights because of individual (8) ____. Properties and economies have also been (9) ____ due to lack of understanding. Unfortunately, some of these occurrences are visible even today, perpetuated by people who little understand (10) ____ importance of the uniqueness of our diversity.

1. A. from B. by C. in D. with 2. A. pain B. pained C. painful D. painless 3. A. that B. what C. is D. this

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

4. A. interact B. interaction C. interactive D. interacting 5. A. backgrounds B. settings C. identities D. surroundings 6. A. to discriminate B. have discriminated C. discriminating D. discriminated 7. A. at times B. now that C. long ago D. for ages 8. A. greed B. greedy C. greediness D. greedily 9. A. destroying B. destroyed C. destructive D. destructively 10. A. this B. an C. the D. that IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

There is always conflict between people because we have different needs and wants. For example, you may want to see an action movie but your significant other wants to see a comedy or you may prefer eating at a Mexican restaurant while your spouse wants Chinese. However, you have known each other well for years and will work it out.

In the workplace, there is always conflict as well but it's usually more difficult to resolve than with personal relationships. There are differences between workers, between workers and supervisors, between departments, between companies, between companies and their customers, between companies and their governing bodies and on it goes. These relationships are usually not as deep or trusting as personal ones making resolving disputes more difficult and challenging.

Interestingly, most workplace conflict is totally unnecessary because they are usually the result of simple misunderstandings, miscommunications or small differences that could be easily resolved if the parties truly knew each other's motivations. Unfortunately, at work there is rarely the opportunity to develop deep personal relationships and when you add the complexity of cross-cultural differences and the gulf can seem insurmountable. Culture brings unique perspectives on deadlines, conflict resolution, speaking one's mind, working as a team and much more.

However, with a little training and education people will recognize that they have a lot more in common than they have differences. When cross-cultural conflict is resolved and employees with diverse backgrounds and skills start to work together, the potential and promise of diversity in the workplace can be fully realized.

1. It is stated in paragraph 1 that people come into conflict with each other because of their difference in ____.

A. favorite movies B. favorite foods C. needs and wants D. insights and ideas 2. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as a cause of conflict at workplaces?

A. simple misunderstandings B. small differences C. miscommunications D. deep personal relationships 3. The word "parties" in the passage most probably refers to ____.

A. bosses B. managers C. employees D. colleagues 4. The word "insurmountable" in the passage mostly means ____.

A. too much to be calculated B. too great to be overcome C. too big to be measured D. too many to be counted 5. According to the passage, people can solve their conflict at workplace by ____.

A. training and education B. realizing the potential of diversity C. working with one another D. keeping promise with each other X. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

What is cultural diversity? Diversity is nothing more than a difference from the majority. In any culture, there is a majority and many minorities. Culture is a set of norms that set standards for a society of what is acceptable behavior.

In every culture, there are basic standards for social interaction such as personal space distance, eye contact, amount of body language displayed in public, negotiating style, etc. In America, we stand about

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

eighteen inches apart when engaged in normal conversation; prefer very direct eye contact; are pretty demonstrative with body language and negotiate very directly, always asking the other party for their "bottom line”. In other cultures, they may stand closer or farther than we are comfortable, may view direct eye contact as rude, be more or less open to displaying body language and negotiate more indirectly.

In America, many of us have a peculiar habit of assuming that those who differ from our norms are wrong. We tend to view the world from a rather myopic view leading to those outside this country calling us "Ugly Americans".

Cultural diversity makes our country richer by making it a more interesting place in which to live. Just think how boring a meal would be without Chinese, Mexican, Japanese, Italian, German, French or Indian food!

Cultural diversity also makes our country stronger and better able to compete in the new global economy. People from diverse cultures bring language skills, new ways of thinking, creative solutions to difficult problems and negotiating skills.

In the past, ethnographers in the United States used to refer to our country as a melting pot where new immigrants would eventually be fully integrated into the American culture. This has obviously not happened so modern researchers have not begun to talk about America as a garden salad where different cultural diversity mixes with the European American culture to form a meal where all of the various ingredients are still readily identifiable.

Cultural diversity makes the United States a much more interesting place in which to live for all of its inhabitants. If we all thought alike imagine how boring the world would be! Thank God for diversity!

1. The best title of the passage could be ____.

A. American Cultural Diversity B. American Ethical Minorities C. American Standards D. America as a Melting Pot 2. The word "norms" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. examples B. rules C. data D. models 3. As discussed in the passage, which of the following may NOT be considered polite in American culture?

A. Maintaining direct eye contacts while talking with others B. Negotiating in a very direct manner C. Keeping about half a meter away from others in normal conversation D. Touching others during the conversation with them 4. The word "party" in the passage almost means ____.

A. staff B. presenter C. host D. negotiator 5. The phrase "bottom line" in the passage mostly means ____.

A. the required minimum B. the most important concern C. the key point to their success D. the minimum acceptable benefit 6. The word "assuming" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. thinking B. saying C. arguing D. describing 7. The word "it" in the passage refers to ____.

A. cultural diversity B. our country C. global economy D. this country 8. Which of the following is not stated as a benefit of having cultural diversity for America?

A. New ways of thinking B. Negotiating skills C. Language skills D. New styles of arts 9. The author mentions the phrase "melting pot" to ____.

A. describe a misassumption about American culture B. to explain why Americans prefer to serve garden salad C. to change Americans' viewpoints on their own culture D. to advise Americans on how to look at their culture 10. Which of the following best describes the author's attitude throughout the passage?

A. Supportive of cultural diversity

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

B. Reluctant to accept cultural diversity C. Underestimating the values of cultural diversity D. Taking pride in living in a diverse culture

Unit 8. NEW WAYS TO LEARN

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

LANGUAGE FOCUS Phonetics Stress in three-syllable adjectives and verbs: E'lectric, 'digital, 'relative, 'concentrate, volun’teer ...

Grammar Relative clauses: defining and non-defining clauses with 'who', 'that', 'which', and 'whose Dr. Miller, who is the Head of the Department, will attend the reception.

Some people think that children whose parents allow them to use electronic devices early will have more advantages in the future.

Vocabulary Words and phrases related to: - Electronic devices that can help us learn - Using the Internet to learn English Digital, smartphones, electronic devices ...

I. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.

1. A. laptop B. tablet C. camera D. calculator 2. A. device B. Internet C. excellent D. desktop 3. A. download B. knowledge C. allow D. however 4. A. studies B. projects C. students D. books 5. A. distracted B. communicated C. promoted D. performed II. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.

1. A. educate B. understand C. recognize D. concentrate 2. A. important B. national C. effective D. successful 3. A. introduce B. recommend C. clarify D. interact 4. A. digital B. electric C. horrible D. personal 5. A. remember B. memorize C. dedicate D. itemize III. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following sentences.

1. Educational technology encompass several domains, including learning theory, computer-based training, A B online learning, and, where mobile technologies are used, m-learning.

C D 2. According to the latest Speak Up survey, sixty percent of students are using mobile devices for anytime A B C research, 43 percent for educational games and 40 percent for collaborating with their peers.

D 3. The use of electronic devices and resources in the classroom is part of the daily activity for lecturers and A B C D students.

4. In order to properly prepare your students for the future as they transition into the workforce, incorporating A B C mobile technology in the classroom is the key to.

D

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

5. If students are really excited and engaged in learning inside of the classroom, they are likely to continue to A B learn outside of the classroom and they can do so with mobile technology.

C D IV. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following sentences.

1. Electronic devices are becoming ____ common in educational environment.

A. increase B. increasing C. increasingly D. increased 2. In ____ as well as in sciences, students use computers or equivalent devices to do research and write papers.

A. humans B. humankind C. humanity D. humanities 3. Students and teachers ____ can benefit from using electronic devices in the classroom, a new study has found.

A. like B. unlike C. alike D. dislike 4. The study, published in the Journal of Veterinary Medical Education, has concluded that, used in the right way, tablet PCs can be of ____ great use in this particular educational discipline.

A. a B. an C. the D. no article 5. The research noted that the tablets could provide distractions, since students could access material ____ with their courses.

A. connect B. connected C. unconnected D. disconnected 6. Technology is an integral part of our society and ____ major contributor towards education.

A. a B. an C. the D. no article 7. If you are a student from this decade, then it is obvious that you have encountered technology, ____ in the form of smartphone or laptop.

A. whether B. either C. neither D. which 8. According to a research study, public schools in the United States provide at least one computer ____ every five students.

A. to B. with C. by D. for 9. According to some researchers, the emphasis in education in the next few years would be ____ the development of student's computer skills.

A. to B. at C. on D. with 10. Language teaching is one area ____ technology has taken over and improved the ways of learning.

A. which B. that C. where D. when 11. The digital medium ____ the students to collaborate with their teachers through video and audio methods.

A. help B. is helping C. has helped D. helped 12. With the ____ of technological devices in the classroom, the learning output has become cost effective.

A. aim B. presence C. benefit D. compliments 13. Students can only use technological devices to complete their work ____ investment on notebooks and books.

A. rather than B. instead of C. but for D. in case 14. Teachers can use smart board to help engage students by giving them visual tools, ____ can keep the students attentive in the classroom.

A. so B. that C. which D. such 15. When people think of the technological device in the classroom, the iPad is ____ comes to mind.

A. which B. that C. what D. it 16. Online learning gives you full flexibility to accomplish your goals ____ you can access and learn anything you want, anytime you want.

A. that B. because C. so D. which 17. Small studies indicate improvements to active learning and student engagement with content through the use of Twitter ____ requires personal electronic devices for students.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. it B. who C. which D. what 18. Teachers can also help their students to learn complicated applications on electronic devices as a way of making it easier ____ students to learn and also make the teacher's job easier.

A. with B. to C. by D. for 19. Teachers can tell their students to use mobile apps like "PIAZZA” to access course materials and also to post questions about specific subjects, all ____ can be done in the classroom or outside the classroom.

A. this B. what C. which D. how 20. Using a projector, teachers can display visual images on smart interactive white boards, ____ improves the learning process.

A. that B. what C. which D. why 21. Those in ____ of banning laptops in classrooms like to demonstrate how handwritten notes lead to better learning compared to notes taken on a computer.

A. search B. light C. view D. favour 22. Supporters of technology in the classroom say that using laptops, tablets, and cellphones in the classroom keeps students ____.

A. engage B. engages C. engaging D. engaged 23. While some believe digital devices make for greater connections for students, there are also those ____ believe too much time with digital devices disconnects students from face-to-face social activities, family communications, and nature.

A. who B. whom C. which D. whose 24. "How do you use the Internet for your science study?" – “____” A. Searching for information B. Watching my favorite cartoons C. Listening to music D. Keeping contacts with my professors 25. "Which is more useful for you in class: a laptop or a tablet?" – “____” A. I prefer a laptop, as I can type more easily.

B. Nothing to do with that C. Well, don't mention it.

D. You can never imagine how I like it.

26. More and more schools are starting to invest ____ iPads for classrooms, as they see that it can have multiple benefits for learning, even though the investment is quite large.

A. for B. to C. in D. at 27. Parents and educators are always looking for new learning tools to help students reach their academic potential, and a recent study ____ that a basic laptop could be just such a tool.

A. suggest B. suggests C. suggested D. has suggested 28. When students have laptops, they can type their notes ____ into a document.

A. direct B. directly C. direction D. directing 29. Students that learn to type efficiently and use basic computer functions such as word processing, email and web browsing have a significant advantage ____ students that have no knowledge of computers.

A. over B. above C. against D. to 30. A benefit of sing laptops in the classroom is that they can help students stay ____ and remember school work.

A. organize B. organizing C. organized D. organization V. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following sentences.

1. Tablets connect all major stakeholders: students, parents and teachers.

A. those who show the same feeling B. those who work cooperatively with others C. those who do the same school task D. those who get involved in the same matter 2. Notwithstanding the long-term benefits, tablets are pretty costly.

A. similarly B. in spite of C. along with D. otherwise 3. Students will find all academic assignments via the class blog their teachers create to post assignments.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. by means of B. in terms of C. by the way D. in search of 4. Having digital textbooks on their mobile devices keeps students more organized and gives them easy access to their materials.

A. in a way that is effective, ordered and sensible B. in a way that is easy, convenient and effective C. in a way that is poorly-planned and impractical D. in a way that is traditional, familiar and friendly 5. Big classrooms are characterized by endless noise, so teachers can resort to wireless digital microphones which will transmit the voice to the loud speakers and every student will hear their teacher clearly.

A. take advantage of B. make use of C. have a way of D. find a use for VI. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following sentences.

1. Unlike traditional learning, the e-learning is flexible for the students as well as for the teachers.

A. The e-learning is more flexible for the students and the teachers than traditional learning.

B. The students' e-learning is more flexible than the teachers' traditional learning.

C. The e-learning for the students is more flexible than traditional learning for the teachers.

D. The students use more flexible e-learning than traditional learning used by the teachers.

2.

3. Some conservative educators are concerned with the tablet being a major distraction.

A. Some conservative educators do not like the tablet because it is a major distraction.

B. Some conservative educators do not approve of using the tablet as it is a major distraction.

C. The tablet is considered a major distraction by some conservative educators.

D. The tablet being a major distraction is of concern to some conservative educators.

4. Textbooks can't provide students with the latest information as a mobile device can.

A. Textbooks do not provide students with information later than can a mobile device.

B. The information provided by textbooks is not later than that provided by a mobile device.

C. Textbooks can't provide students with as new information as a mobile device can.

D. The information provided by textbooks is newer than that provided by a mobile device.

5. By allowing mobile devices in school, educators help students expand learning outside of the classroom.

A. Allowed to use mobile devices in school, students are also able to expand their learning outside of the classroom.

B. Educators helped students expand their learning outside of the classroom by allowing mobile devices in school.

C. To help students expand their learning outside the classroom, educators allowed using mobile devices in schools.

D. Allowing the use of mobile device in school is the best way of expanding students' learning outside the classroom.

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences given.

1. The influence of technology in classroom is spreading to a mass number of students. The students have started adopting the new methods of technology in their studies.

A. The students who have started adopting the new methods of technology in their studies influence a mass number of other students in the classroom.

B. The influence of technology in classroom is spreading to a mass number of students who have started adopting the new methods of technology in their studies.

C. Having been influenced by the technology in classroom, a mass number of students started adopting the new methods of technology in their studies.

D. Starting to adopt the new methods of technology in their studies, a mass number of students have spread the influence of technology in classroom.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

2. Now teachers are making continuous efforts to make the classroom a good place to learn and succeed. They are aiming towards making the education attractive and sensible.

A. Now teachers who are aiming towards making the education attractive and sensible are making continuous efforts to make the classroom a good place to learn and succeed.

B. Making continuous efforts to make the classroom a good place to learn and succeed, teachers are now aiming towards making the education attractive and sensible.

C. As now teachers are making continuous efforts to make the classroom a good place to learn and succeed, they are aiming towards making the education attractive and sensible.

D. Now teachers are making continuous efforts to make the classroom a good place to learn and succeed so that they are aiming towards making the education attractive and sensible.

3. The digital learning opportunities make students self-reliant. The students can study without the teachers.

A. The digital learning opportunities make students self-reliant because they can study without the teachers.

B. The digital learning opportunities make students study without the teachers and become self-reliant.

C. The students can study without the teachers because the digital learning opportunities have made them self-reliant.

D. Being able to study without the teachers, the students are more self-reliant thanks to the digital learning opportunities.

4. Digital learning is making the students self-confident and independent. The students are now able to structure their own learning program.

A. Digital learning can help students structure their own learning program to make them self-confident and independent.

B. To be able to structure their own learning program, students must learn to be self-confident and independence digitally.

C. Digital learning is making the students self-confident and independent, so they are now able to structure their own learning program.

D. To become more self-confident and independent, students acquire digital learning to be able to structure their own learning program.

5. Tablets give users the ability to highlight, edit text and write notes. Yet, this does not ruin a textbook for the next user.

A. Tablets give users the ability to highlight, edit text and write notes without ruining a textbook for the next user.

B. Tablets neither give users the ability to highlight, edit text and take notes, nor does it ruin a textbook for the next user.

C. If tablets did not give users the ability to highlight, edit text and write notes, they would ruin the textbook for the next user.

D. Tablets give users the ability to highlight, edit text, and write notes so that the next user can read without ruining the text.

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

Digital learning is replacing traditional educational methods more and more each day. With (1) ____ rapidly classrooms are changing, (2) ____ is best to forget methods you may remember from when you were in school and start thinking about newer teaching and learning techniques based (3) ____ digital learning tools and technologies. The inclusion of digital learning in the classrooms can (4) ____ from simply using tablets instead of paper (5) ____ using elaborate software programs and equipment as opposed to the simple pen.

This could entail using sites, services, programs, teaching tools, and technologies like study aids built for at-home 6) ____. Even social networks and communications platforms (7) ____ be used to create and manage digital assignments and agendas. (8) ____ of how much technology is integrated into the classroom, digital

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

learning has come to (9) ____ a crucial role in education. (10) ____ empowers students by getting them to be more interested in learning and expanding their horizons.

1. A. what B. how C. that D. why 2. A. it B. that C. what D. there 3. A. by B. in C. on D. for 4. A. develop B. differ C. vary D. come 5. A. by B. to C. in D. with 6. A. use B. usage C. useful D. useless 7. A. can B. could C. will D. would 8. A. Instead B. Disregarding C. Irrespective D. Ignoring 9. A. do B. act C. take D. play 10. A. This B. That C. What D. It IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

Electronic devices are becoming increasingly common in educational environments. The term most commonly used for such devices is "educational technology". This is not actually a new idea, as the rewritable wax tablets, often with lined surfaces to guide novice writers used in antiquity or the blackboard itself are both instances of technological innovations to support pedagogy.

There are many different ways in which electronic devices are used in education. For example, students in STEM (science, technology, engineering medicine) fields have been making extensive use of sophisticated calculators for many years (the abacus and slide rule were non-electronic predecessors to calculators).

In humanities as well as sciences, students use computers or equivalent devices to do research and write papers.

In all fields, courses are now likely to have websites, and many instructors use course management software such as Blackboard, to post information for students, record grades, set up online discussions, and check for plagiarism.

In lecture classes, many instructors project slides or notes on a screen and may even upload lecture notes so that students can review them. Some courses are hybrid, meaning that they have a strong online component, or offered entirely online. Many courses taught in conventional lecture halls are streamed online, and may use devices such as clickers to become more interactive.

Any device (including tablets or cell phones) that instructors incorporate into a learning environment functions as educational technology.

1. According to the passage, the term "educational technology" refers to ____.

A. electronic devices used in education B. the rewritable wax tablets used in STEM C. sophisticated calculators D. course management software 2. The word "instances" mostly means ____.

A. special types B. typical cases C. excellent chances D. right occasions 3. The word "extensive" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. great B. maximum C. full D. poor 4. The word "they" in the passage refers to ____.

A. classes B. instructors C. students D. courses 5. According to the passage, which of the following does NOT function as educational technology?

A. the blackboard B. the abacus C. the tablet D. the cellphone X. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

Cell phones are an integrated part of our society at this point, and their main use is communication. They keep students in touch with the rest of the world by giving them the power to interact with it. In my day, if you

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

forgot your lunch you were at the mercy of the office calling home for you. Now, students have the ability to solve their own problems and handle certain "emergencies" on their own.

Cell phones also allow students the ability when the time is right, to keep in touch with students at other schools or friends that don't go to school. While not an educational benefit directly, better relationships can lead to higher self-esteem and reduce isolation, which is good for everybody. In the same way, camera phones allow students to capture the kinds of memories that help build a solid school culture, and, in some cases, can act as documentation of misbehavior in the same way that store cameras provide evidence and deter bad behavior.

Academically, the cell phone can act as to record video of a procedure of explanation that may need to be reviewed later. It could be used to record audio of a lecture, as well, for later review. And just imagine if class could be easily "taped" for students who are absent? What if they could even be streamed and seen from home instantly?

The iPod is a little trickier, because its function varies greatly by model. At its heart, it is a media player, and I know for a fact that many students work better while listening to music. For this reason, they can have a good effect by keeping students from getting too distracted while working (ironic, because we mostly think of them AS distractions!). If it is a WIFI compatible model, and wireless internet is available, the iPod can be a great tool for looking up information or digging into things more deeply. Depending on the model, it may be able to act as a camera and video recorder as well (with the same benefits as the cell phone).

Devices like the Kindle could, conceivably, make learning a lot easier. Imagine carrying all your textbooks in the palm of your hand, rather than strapped to your back! Though expensive, compared to buying new textbooks, the Kindle is a bargain. Many of the books used in high school English classes are actually FREE on the Kindle.

1. The passage mainly discusses ____.

A. how some electronic devices are used in education B. how to use electronic devices in the classroom C. what is the best electronic device used in education D. which electronic device will be used as the textbooks 2. The word "it' in the passage refers to ____.

A. the power B. the world C. the rest of the world D. the main use 3. The phrase "at the mercy of" mostly means ____.

A. completely dependent on B. at request of C. thankful to D. under orders 4. According to the passage, cell phones do NOT ____.

A. help students keep in touch with their friends B. allow students to capture of memories C. help students record audio of a lecture D. enable students to write their assignment 5. The word "which" in the passage refers to ____.

A. building better relationships B. achieving higher self-esteem C. that relationships lead to higher self-esteem D. having higher-esteem and lower isolation 6. Which of the following is closest in meaning to the word "taped"?

A. recorded B. reviewed C. streamed D. seen 7. The phrase "At its heart" mostly refers to ____.

A. the main function B. the core part C. the central unit D. the best usage 8. The word "ironic" is closest in meaning to ____.

A. lucky B. special C. funny D. particular 9. Which of the following is NOT true about the iPod according to the passage?

A. The iPod can be used to make phone calls.

B. The iPod can be connected to the Internet.

C. The iPod can be used to record videos D. The iPod comes in different models.

10. Which of the following is true about the kindle according to the passage?

A. The Kindle is more economical than new textbooks.

B. Everything read on the Kindle is free of charge.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

C. The Kindle comes in different models as the iPod does.

D. You cannot listen to music with a Kindle.

Unit 9. PRESERVING THE ENVIRONMENT

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

LANGUAGE FOCUS Phonetics Stress in three-syllable nouns: confusion, Internet, animal, groundwater ...

Grammar Reported speech "The trees we planted last year have doubled in size." → They said that the trees they had planted the year before had doubled in size.

"Use the web search engine to find information." → We told him to use the web search engine to find information.

Vocabulary Words and phrases related to environmental impacts and ways to protect the environment atmosphere, greenhouse effect, ...

I. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.

1. A. newsletter B. preservation C. greenhouse D. result 2. A. focus B. topic C. most D. follow 3. A. threats B. stages C. levels D. ideas 4. A. environmental B. depletion C. melt D. chemical 5. A. pollution B. destruction C. consumption D. reduction II. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.

1. A. environs B. pollution C. influence D. removal 2. A. depletion B. preserving C. chemical D. disposal 3. A. animal B. protection C. confusion D. disaster 4. A. neighborhood B. pollutant C. energy D. scientist 5. A. factory B. extinction C. resources D. awareness III. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following sentences.

2. As our actions have been not in favor of protect this planet, we have seen natural disasters striking us more A B C D often in the form of flash floods, tsunamis and cyclones.

3.

4. If you look at the environment around us, you can see that there is a number of issues that come to our A B C D attention.

5. Soil contamination is majorly created by mechanical waste that takes supplements out of soil.

A B C D IV. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following sentences.

1. Burning yard waste releases mold spores, soot, and other contaminants that can aggravate allergies and cause ____ problems.

A. respirator B. respiration C. respiratory D. respired 2. Waste from industrial and agricultural ____ pollutes the water that is used by humans, animals and plants.

A. acts B. actions C. interactions D. activities

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

3. Land pollution can have huge environmental impact ____ the form of air pollution and soil pollution which in turn can have adverse effect on human health.

A. on B. in C. to D. with 4. Fossil fuel utilization brings about discharge of greenhouse gases, ____ causes environmental change.

A. which B. that C. it D. they 5. At present, timberlands cover 30% of the area, but wooded areas are being lost ____ a regular basis because people are looking for homes, food, and materials.

A. by B. with C. at D. on 6. Genetic engineering of food brings about expanded poisons and sicknesses ____ qualities from a hypersensitive plant can exchange to target plants.

A. so B. that C. as D. though 7. The number of inhabitants on the planet ____ arriving at unsustainable levels as it confronts deficiency of assets like water, fuel and food.

A. is B. are C. have been D. had been 8. Consumption of fossil fuels at an alarming rate can ____ to global warming which can further result in melting of polar ice caps and increase in sea levels.

A. lead B. drive C. attach D. run 9. Natural disasters like earthquakes, floods, tsunamis, cyclones, volcanic eruption can be unpredictable, ____ and can cause irreparable damage.

A. devastated B. devastating C. devastative D. devastatingly 10. Radioactive waste is considered ____ harmful for humans, plants, animals and surrounding environment.

A. to be B. be C. being D. been 11. Modern day agriculture practices ____ chemical products like pesticides and fertilizers to deal with local pests.

A. have a use for B. find a use for C. make use of D. come into use 12. Noise pollution is a common form of pollution that causes temporary disruption ____ there is excessive amount of unpleasant noise.

A. where B. that C. how D. when 13. Medical waste is any kind of waste that ____ in large quantity by healthcare centers like hospitals, nursing homes, dental clinics and is considered to be of a bio-hazardous nature.

A. produces B. produce C. is produced D. has produced 14. Landfills are generated due to large amount of waste that is generated ____ households, industries and healthcare centers every day.

A. for B. in C. at D. by 15. Current environmental problems make us vulnerable ____ disasters and tragedies, now and in the future.

A. with B. at C. in D. to 16. ____ we address the various issues prudently and seriously, we are surely doomed for disaster.

A. If B. When C. Unless D. Though 17. Human activity is leading to the extinction of species and habitats and ____ of bio-diversity.

A. lose B. losing C. loss D. lost 18. The ozone layer is an invisible layer of protection around the planet that protects us ____ the sun's harmful rays.

A. away with B. from C. under D. out of 19. Deforestation simply means clearing of the green cover and making that land available ____ residential, industrial or commercial purpose.

A. on B. by C. for D. to 20. Depletion of the crucial Ozone layer of the atmosphere is ____ to pollution caused by Chlorine and Bromide found in Chlorofloro carbons (CFC's).

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. attributed B. subjected C. indebted D. entitled 21. Acid rain can be caused due to combustion of fossil fuels or erupting volcanoes or rotting vegetation which ____ sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxides into the atmosphere.

A. release B. releases C. is releasing D. have released 22. The more rubbish people throw away, ____ to protect the environment.

A. it is more irresponsible of them B. it is the more irresponsible of them C. it is of them more irresponsible D. the more irresponsible it is of them 23. Recycling minimizes the need for raw materials ____ the rainforests can be preserved.

A. so B. so that C. such that D. that 24. "Are you going to join the green city campaign?" “____.”

A. Surely, I am B. No, not mine C. None of that D. Just kidding 25. "Do you recycle anything?" “____.”

A. Yes, I recycle glass bottles B. I've bought a lot of recycled things C. I have a lot of things D. How to recycle is easy 26. As the human population grows and grows, natural resources are being used at a rapid rate, and large areas of forest are being converted ____ human use.

A. for B. to C. into D. in 27. By using the environment sustainably, the environment and the natural resources ____ provides will not be depleted or destroyed permanently - and will be available for human use for a very long time.

A. that B. which C. what D. it 28. Preservationists believe that humans can have access to the land, but they should only utilize it for ____ natural beauty and inspiration.

A. the B. their C. its D. those 29. Biological diversity, or biodiversity, is the variety of life either in a particular place or on the entire Earth, ____ its ecosystems, species, populations, and genes.

A. include B. includes C. including D. inclusive 30. To help save the environment, try ____ energy and water consumption, changing your eating and transportation habits to conserve natural resources, and adapting your home and yard to be more environmentally friendly.

A. decrease B. to decrease C. decreased D. decreasing VI. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following sentences.

2. "In China, waste is growing twice as fast as the population," the lecturer said.

A. The lecturer said that in China, waste was growing twice as fast as the population.

B. The lecturer said that in China, waste is growing twice as fast as the population.

C. The lecturer said that in China, waste has been growing twice as fast as the population.

D. The lecturer said that in China, waste had been growing twice as fast as the population.

3. "Which cities have the worst waste problem?" The student asked the teacher.

A. The student asked the teacher for which cities had the worst waste problem.

B. The student asked the teacher to tell him which cities had the worst waste problem.

C. The student asked the teacher which cities had the worst waste problem.

D. The student asked the teacher which cities had had the worst waste problem.

4. "How to stop humans from filling the world with trash?"

A. Environmentalists are wondering how to stop humans from filling the world with trash.

B. Environmentalists are wondering how humans can stop filling the world with trash.

C. Environmentalists were wondering how humans could stop filling the world with trash.

D. Environmentalists were wondering how to stop humans from filling the world with trash.

5. "Where does all our rubbish go?"

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. We will not know where all our rubbish goes.

B. We should know where all our rubbish goes.

C. We did not know where all our rubbish goes.

D. We will never know where all our rubbish went.

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences given.

1. Trees should be planted everywhere possible. Trees absorb carbon dioxide, a greenhouse gas.

A. Trees, which should be planted everywhere possible, absorb carbon dioxide, a greenhouse gas.

B. Trees should be planted everywhere possible as they absorb carbon dioxide, a greenhouse gas.

C. Trees should be planted everywhere possible to be able to absorb carbon dioxide, a greenhouse gas.

D. Trees should be planted everywhere possible where they absorb carbon dioxide, a greenhouse gas.

2. Habitat destruction is a major cause for biodiversity loss. Habitat destruction is caused by deforestation, overpopulation, pollution and global warming.

A. Habitat destruction is a major cause for biodiversity loss which is caused by deforestation, overpopulation, pollution and global warming.

B. Habitat destruction due to deforestation, overpopulation, pollution and global warming is a major cause for biodiversity loss.

C. Biodiversity loss is caused by habitat destruction that also causes deforestation, overpopulation, pollution and global warming.

D. Biodiversity loss caused by habitat destruction causes deforestation, overpopulation, pollution and global warming.

3. To conserve fossil fuels people can choose to use hybrid cars. Some of these cars will run on electricity combined with using small amounts of gas.

A. To conserve fossil fuels people can choose to use hybrid cars, some of which will run on electricity combined with using small amounts of gas.

B. To conserve fossil fuels people can choose to use hybrid cars which will run on electricity combined with using small amounts of gas.

C. To conserve fossil fuels people can choose to use hybrid cars, some will run on electricity combined with using small amounts of gas.

D. To conserve fossil fuels people can choose to use hybrid cars, they will run on electricity combined with using small amounts of gas.

4. Biodiversity has its own economic importance. Protection of biodiversity is important.

A. Biodiversity has its own economic importance, so protection of biodiversity is important.

B. Biodiversity has its own economic importance that protection of biodiversity is important.

C. Protection of biodiversity is so important that biodiversity has its own economic importance.

D. Protection of biodiversity is important to make biodiversity have its own economic importance.

5. One should understand and know the importance of recycling waste materials. One simple benefit of recycling is it saves our resources.

A. One should understand and know the importance of recycling waste materials, that one simple benefit of recycling is it saves our resources.

B. One should understand and know the importance of recycling waste materials, one simple benefit of recycling is it saves our resources.

C. One should understand and know the importance of recycling waste materials, one simple benefit of which is it saves our resources.

D. One should understand and know the importance of recycling waste materials as one simple benefit of recycling is it saves our resources.

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

The global warming controversy is an ongoing dispute about the effects of humans (1) ____ global climate and about what policies should be (2) ____ to avoid possible undesirable effects of climate change.

The current scientific consensus on climate change is (3) ____ recent warming indicates a fairly stable long-term trend, that the trend is largely human-caused, and that serious damage may result (4) ____ some future date if steps are not (5) ____ to halt the trend.

Mainstream (6) ____ organizations worldwide (Royal Society, American Geophysical Union, Joint Science Academies, Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, American Meteorological Society, and American Association for the Advancement of Science) (7) ____ with the assessment that most of the (8) ____ warming over the last 50 years is likely to (9) ____ due to the human-caused increase in greenhouse gas concentrations.

However, there is also a small but vocal number of scientists in climate and (10) ____ fields that disagree with the consensus view.

1. A. to B. in C. on D. about 2. A. implement B. implements C. implementing D. implemented 3. A. that B. it C. the D. what 4. A. from B. in C. on D. at 5. A. done B. made C. taken D. struck 6. A. science B. scientific C. scientist D. scientifically 7. A. share B. confront C. face D. concur 8. A. observable B. observing C. observed D. observation 9. A. be B. have been C. being D. having been 10. A. climate-relating B. climate-related C. climatic-relating D. climatic-related X. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

Those who are concerned with protecting the environment often use the words conservation and preservation. These two terms are often confused and are used to mean the same thing, although differences exist.

Conservation is the sustainable use and management of natural resources including wildlife, water, air, and earth deposits. Natural resources may be renewable or non-renewable. The conservation of renewable resources like trees involves ensuring that they are not consumed faster than they can be replaced. The conservation of non-renewable resources like fossil fuels involves ensuring that sufficient quantities are maintained for future generations to utilise. Conservation of natural resources usually focuses on the needs and interests of human beings, for example the biological, economic, cultural and recreational values such resources have. The rain forest for example, contains a wide range of biodiversity, providing food stocks for local populations and a source of timber and medicines for other countries. Conservationists accept that development is necessary for a better future, but only when the changes take place in ways that are not wasteful. What the conservationist opposes is not the harnessing of nature for mankind's progression, but the fact that all too often the environment comes off the worse for wear.

Preservation, in contrast to conservation, attempts to maintain in their present condition areas of the Earth that are so far untouched by humans. This is due to the concern that mankind is encroaching onto the environment at such a rate that many untamed landscapes are being given over to farming, industry, housing, tourism and other human developments, and that we are losing too much of what is 'natural'. Like conservationists, some preservationists support the protection of nature for purely human-centred reasons.

Stronger advocates of preservation however, adopt a less human-centred approach to environmental protection, placing a value on nature that does not relate to the needs and interests of human beings. Deep green ecology argues that ecosystems and individual species should be preserved whatever the cost, regardless of their usefulness to humans, and even if their continued existence would prove harmful to us. This follows from the belief that every living thing has a right to exist and should be preserved.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

1. What should be the best title of the passage?

A. Conservation and Preservation B. Conservation or Preservation C. Conservation, not Preservation D. Conservation for Preservation 2. The word "they" in the passage refers to ____.

A. trees B. renewable resources C. natural resources D. deposits 3. According to the passage, conservationists support all of the following EXCEPT that ____.

A. non-renewable resources must be sufficiently saved for future generations B. renewable resources must not be consumed faster than they can be replaced C. conservation focuses on the needs and interests of human beings properly D. any changes can be taken so that humans beings develop for a better future 3. The rain forest is mentioned in the passage as an example of ____.

A. natural tourist attractions B. sources of medicines for people C. where local people can find and keep food stocks D. how natural resources are valuable to humans 5. The word "harnessing" in the passage can be best replaced with ____.

A. exploitation B. usage C. consumption D. production 6. The phrase "the worse for wear" in the passage most likely describes a state of being ____.

A. exhausted B. worn out C. used up D. run out 7. According to the passage, reservation generally refers to which of the following?

A. that the natural resources exist not for humans' need B. making sure that no resources are used in a wasteful way C. saving natural resources for future generations' needs and interests D. maintaining the untouched areas of the Earth in their current state 8. The word "untamed" in the passage almost means ____.

A. not having been explored B. having been reconstructed C. not having been visited D. having been industrialized 9. The word "advocates" in the passage can be best replaced with ____.

A. fans B. supporters C. holders D. fighters 10. It can be learnt from the passage that both 'conservationists' and 'reservationists' ____.

A. focus on the needs and interests of human beings B. protect the natural resources for the sake of themselves C. work to protect the Earth and its biodiversity D. save all individual species regardless of their values

Unit 10. ECOTOURISM

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

LANGUAGE FOCUS Phonetics Stress in words of more than three syllables: Activity, 'ecotourism, electricity, environ'mental ...

Grammar Conditional sentences types 1 and 2 You may cause a fire if you make a campfire and then leave it unattended.

These tourists wouldn't come back unless they were treated in a friendly way.

Vocabulary Words and phrases related to the importance, benefits and principles and of ecotourism sustainable, mass tourism ...

I. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.

1. A. nature B. natural C. snake D. cave 2. A. impact B. travel C. animal D. flora 3. A. environmental B. waste C. entertain D. educate 4. A. government B. protection C. consumption D. violent 5. A. Aquarius B. Taurus C. Pisces D. Sagittarius II. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.

1. A. ecotourism B. deforestation C. contamination D. qualification 2. A. inorganic B. superstitious C. recognition D. sustainable 3. A. ecology B. equality C. majority D. ceremony 4. A. environment B. contribution C. establishment D. diversity 5. A. contaminate B. oxygenate C. eliminate D. discriminate III. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following sentences.

1. Wherever people go, we leave behind garbages - and even if it is left in bins, it can still create a dangerous A B C imbalance.

D 2. As an eco-tourist, you decide to travel in a way that show respect to nature and does not contribute to its A B C D degradation.

3. When you meet people as you travel sustainably, mutual understanding allows all parties involved learn about A B C D one another.

4. Ecotourism gives us a complete different view of the world and challenges us to open our minds to different A B C ways of thinking.

D 5. In the tourism business, natural resources are intensively used and consumed, and tourism has major impacts A B C to environment, ecosystem, economy, societies and culture.

D

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

19. By increasing local capacity building and employment opportunities, ecotourism is ____ effective vehicle for empowering local communities around the world to fight against poverty and to achieve sustainable development.

A. a B. an C. the D. no article 20. With an emphasis ____ enriching personal experiences and environmental awareness through interpretation, ecotourism promotes greater understanding and appreciation for nature, local society, and culture.

A. to B. in C. on D. at 21. Infrastructure ____ to maintain attractive tourism destinations inevitably involves energy and resource consumption, putting added pressure on the local ecosystems.

A. require B. requires C. requiring D. required 22. Many observers feel that hunting is not ecotourism, but it ____ if it met the sustainability criterion.

A. will be B. would be C. can be D. must 23. If the local people ____ the necessary skills to participate in the eco-tourism industry or interact with foreign tourists, the government may provide job training and education.

A. lack B. lack in C. lack of D. lack for 26. Fully aware of its significance, the government of Vietnam ____ ecotourism in its strategy for tourism development to ensure both sustainability and economic benefits.

A. prioritizes B. prioritize C. have prioritized D. has prioritized 27. Though ecotourism in Vietnam is at a beginning stage of development, it ____ to grow strongly through support from government and international organizations.

A. expects B. is expected C. has expected D. is expecting 28. In recent years, the government of Vietnam has invested ____ improving infrastructure and investigating the floral, faunal, geological, and geomorphological characteristics of national parks.

A. to B. in C. on D. for 29. The Ecotourism and Sustainable Tourism Conference (ESTC), organized by The International Ecotourism Society (TIES), is ____ unique annual conference focused on the advancement of sustainability goals for the tourism industry.

A. a B. an C. the D. no article 30. Ecotourism is ____ by its emphasis on conservation, education, traveler responsibility and active community participation.

A. distinguished B. distinctive C. distinguishing D. distinction V. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following sentences.

1. Some people consider the terms 'ecotourism' and 'sustainable tourism' to be an oxymoron - you can't travel in a way that helps the environment.

A. a pair of words similar in meaning B. a pair of words opposite in meaning C. a pair of words closest in meaning D. a pair of words describing the same thing 2. Whether you call it ecotourism, green travel, responsible travel, nature travel or ethical travel, the ethos of traveling more sustainably has become an increasingly hot topic in the tourism industry over the past decade.

A. habit B. practice C. act D. tendency 3. If we all take simple strides towards being more conscious of our impact on the planet, collectively we can make a world of difference.

A. together B. altogether C. mutually D. completely 4. Ecotourism is highly suited to tourism development in unspoilt locations as it can create jobs and income without destroying or degrading the natural or cultural assets that the visitor has come to see.

A. unexplored B. untouched C. unreachable D. inaccessible 5.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following sentences.

1. Some people mistake any form of nature travel as ecotourism.

A. Any form of nature travel is sometimes mistaken as ecotourism.

B. Ecotourism can be sometimes mistaken for any form of nature travel.

C. Ecotourism can be sometimes mistaken as any form of nature travel.

D. Ecotourism is, to some people, mistaken as any form of nature travel.

2. If those areas are damaged or destroyed, they will not be available to future generations.

A. Unless those areas are not damaged or destroyed, they will be available to future generations.

B. Because those areas are damaged or destroyed, they will not be available to future generations.

C. To keep them available to future generations, those areas must not be damaged or destroyed.

D. If damaged or destroyed, those areas will not be available to future generations any longer.

3. Ecotourism can support conservation and environmental management if properly carried out.

A. As ecotourism is properly carried out, it can support conservation and environmental management.

B. In order for ecotourism to support conservation and environment management, it is properly carried out.

C. Only when properly carried out can ecotourism support conservation and environmental management.

D. Supporting conservation and environmental management, ecotourism is properly carried out.

4.

5.

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences given.

1. The world absolutely needs more ecotourism. It teaches travelers to be more responsible to the pristine areas of the world.

A. The world absolutely needs more ecotourism which teaches travelers to be more responsible to the pristine areas of the world.

B. The world absolutely needs more ecotourism as it teaches travelers to be more responsible to the pristine areas of the world.

C. The world absolutely needs more ecotourism so that it teaches travelers to be more responsible to the pristine areas of the world.

D. The world absolutely needs more ecotourism if it teaches travelers to be more responsible to the pristine areas of the world.

2. If you must, travel by plane. If you can avoid it, try a train instead.

A. Whenever you can travel by train instead of plane.

B. Traveling by train is much better than traveling by plane.

C. You can never avoid travelling, so take the train or the plane.

D. Instead of travelling by plane, you can travel by train.

3. Tourism allows us to do more than just learn facts about various locations. It allows us to immerse ourselves into the cultures and lifestyles of others.

A. Because tourism allows us to do more than just learn facts about various locations, it allows us to immerse ourselves into the cultures and lifestyles of others.

B. If tourism allows us to do more than just learn facts about various locations, it will allow us to immerse ourselves into the cultures and lifestyles of others.

C. Not only does tourism allow us to do more than just learn facts about various locations, it also allows us to immerse ourselves into the cultures and lifestyles of others.

D. When tourism allows us to do more than just learn facts about various locations, it allows us to immerse ourselves into the cultures and lifestyles of others.

4. Ecotourism educates visitors about environmental responsibility. Ecotourism can help raise awareness about political and social issues.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. Ecotourism educates visitors about environmental responsibility, which can help raise awareness about political and social issues.

B. Ecotourism not only educates visitors about environmental responsibility, but it also can help raise awareness about political and social issues.

C. Ecotourism educates visitors about environmental responsibility by helping raise awareness about political and social issues.

D. Ecotourism educates visitors about environmental responsibility, hence helping raise awareness about political and social issues.

5. Poaching is a big issue in Africa. Endangered animals are often killed for a single body part that is sold illegally on the black market.

A. Poaching is a big issue in Africa where endangered animals are often killed for a single body part that is sold illegally on the black market.

B. Poaching is a big issue in Africa as endangered animals are often killed for a single body part that is sold illegally on the black market.

C. Poaching is a big issue in Africa, so endangered animals are often killed for a single body part that is sold illegally on the black market.

D. Poaching is a big issue in Africa when endangered animals are often killed for a single body part that is sold illegally on the black market.

VIII. IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

The biggest difference between an eco-lodge and a green hotel is the setting in which you'll find them.

Eco lodges tend to be more remote, located in relatively pristine natural environments such as beaches, jungles and mountains. Green hotels, on the other hand, are more often associated with cities and towns.

Eco lodges and green hotels both emphasize elements such as environmental responsibility and minimizing negative impact. The best ones offer renewable energy sources, recycling services, eco-friendly toiletries, energy efficient lighting, locally sourced food, organic linens and towels, non-toxic cleaning supplies, non-disposable dishes, water conservation methods and various other sustainability-focused initiatives.

But eco lodges tend to be more dependent on the natural environment than green hotels. They are also generally more active in nature and wildlife conservation, more focused on educating visitors about the flora and fauna of local ecosystems, and more deeply connected with the area's indigenous culture (whose influence is often incorporated into the lodge's decor and restaurant menu).

The best eco lodges also work to ensure positive relationships with the local people. They train and employ them at fair wages, take part in community development initiatives, offer activities that help visitors conserve and appreciate local customs, and contribute to the local economy. In this way, they reinforce the notion of ecotourism as a more sustainable long-term business model than altering or destroying habitats for quick financial gains.

1. The passage mainly discusses ____.

A. what eco lodges do to the environment B. what eco lodges are and how they work C. how eco lodges are similar to green hotels D. how eco lodge are better than green hotels 2. The word "ones" in the passage refers to ____.

A. eco lodges B. green hotels C. elements D. eco lodges and green hotels 3. The word "initiatives" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. acts B. plans C. actions D. operations 4. According to the passage, all of the following are true about eco lodges EXCEPT that ____.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. they are situated in small towns and cities B. they create job opportunities for local people C. they are closely connected with the local culture D. they educate tourists about the local ecosystem 5. The word "they" in the passage refers to ____.

A. local customs B. visitors C. activities D. eco lodges X. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

One of the biggest issues that eco lodges and green hotels face is the lack of a universal definition. How eco-friendly does a lodge or boutique hotel need to be to qualify? And who determines which accommodations will pass muster?

Unfortunately, some of the world's most well-known and respected "green" certification programs are cost-prohibitive for many eco lodges, which are often relatively small and owned and operated by independent entrepreneurs rather than corporations.

But there are numerous reputable certification programs that responsible travelers can look for before they book an eco lodge or hotel stay. Many - including Green Seal in the U.S. - are part of the Global Ecolabelling Network, a non-profit group comprised of 25 third - party organizations throughout the world.

They are all devoted to improving, promoting and developing labelling systems for eco-friendly products and services.

Arctic Tundra Lodge in Churchill, Manitoba Sponsored in part by the United Nations World Tourism Organization, the Global Sustainable Tourism Council (GSTC) Criteria are widely considered the gold standard in “green” certification. These criteria involve effective sustainability planning, maximizing social and economic benefits for the local community, enhancing cultural heritage, and reducing negative impacts on the environment.

Where the GSTC has guidelines for destinations, hotels and tour operators, Green Key Global is designed specifically for the lodging industry. Its flagship Eco-Rating Program, which evaluates properties on an environmental, social and economic level, has certified around 2,370 green hotels and eco lodges in 52 countries over the past 15 years.

Green Globe is another popular certification program, offering training and education for hotels/resorts, attractions, organizations, cruise ships, and various tourism industry suppliers. Their global network of independent auditors provides third-party inspection and an internationally recognized seal of approval that's become increasingly popular over the past 25 years.

1. The passage mainly discusses ____.

A. how eco lodges are universally green certified B. that eco lodges must be globally green certified C. why eco lodges are not universally certified D. how to certify eco lodges around the world 2. The phrase "pass muster" in the passage mostly means ____.

A. being satisfactory B. meeting the needs C. reaching the limit D. being compulsory 3. The word "cost-prohibitive" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. cheap B. expensive C. bargain D. sale 4. The word "They" in the passage refers to ____.

A. organizations B. travelers C. programs D. corporations 5. The word “Criteria” in the passage mostly means ____.

A. set of rules B. set of tools C. sets of regulations D. set of standards 6. Which of the following belongs to the United Nations as stated in the passage?

A. Global Ecolabelling Network B. World Tourism Organization C. Green Globe D. Green Key Global

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

7. Which of the following provides official training and education as stated in the passage?

A. Global Ecolabelling Network B. World Tourism Organization C. Green Globe D. Green Key Global 8. Which of the following is concerned about eco-friendly services as stated in the passage?

A. Global Ecolabelling Network B. World Tourism Organization C. Green Globe D. Eco-Rating Program 9. It can be inferred from the passage that ____.

A. a hotel/resort can obtain more than one'green' certification B. no hotel/resort can operate without a'green' certification C. hotels/resorts with 'green' certification charge travelers high price D. the best hotels/resorts are those with 'green' certification 10. The best title for the passage could be ____.

A. What is an eco-lodge?

B. How to find a responsibly managed eco lodge C. The greatest eco lodges around the world D. What makes eco lodges green?

Unit 1. FAMILY LIFE - KEY

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

LANGUAGE FOCUS Phonetics Consonant clusters /tr/, /kr/ and /br/: trash, create, breakfast ...

Grammar Review: the present simple Vs the present continuous I am thinking about grandmother. We hardly ever visit her. Let's visit her tomorrow.

Why are you smelling the food? Do you think it has gone off?

Vocabulary Words to talk about household chores and roles in the family: homemaker, nurture, lay the table...

I. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.

1. A. aunt B. daughter C. laundry D. automatic Phát âm là /ɑ:/, các từ còn lại phát âm là /ɔ:/ 2. A. homecare B. nanny C. cabin D. natural Phát âm là /e/, các từ còn lại phát âm là /æ/ 3. A. chores B. charity C. chemist D. chair Phát âm là /k/, các từ còn lại phát âm là /tʃ/ 4. A. rubbish B. suburb C. community D. lunch Phát âm là /ju:/, các từ còn lại phát âm là /ʌ/ 5. A. brothers B. cousins C. works D. areas Phát âm là /s/, các từ còn lại phát âm là /z/ II. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.

1. A. breadwinner B. stepfather C. housemaid D. homemade Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ hai, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ nhất 2. A. breakfast B. hometown C. supper D. dinner Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ hai, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ nhất 3. A. contribute B. generous C. homemaker D. meaningful Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ hai, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ nhất 4. A. grocery B. enormous C. consumption D. financial Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ nhất, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ hai 5. A. relationship B. collaborate C. responsible D. generation Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ ba, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ hai III. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following sentences.

1. Everyone can play an important role by always doing their best to help their families flourishes.

A B C D Động từ nguyên thể không có “to” trong cấu trúc động từ help somebody do something 2. Each family member need to develop certain traits and skills and then practice being a strong and supportive A B C member of the family.

D Động từ need chia ngôi thứ ba số ít, thời hiện tại đơn, hoặc giữ nguyên, đứng trước động từ nguyên mẫu không có “to” với tư cách là động từ khuyết thiếu (needs to develop/ need develop)

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

3. There are many different ways that family members show their love for one other.

A B C D Đại từ tương hỗ thay thế danh từ số nhiều (one another) 4. People feel secure when they know that their physical needs are being made and that they are protected and A B C safe from harm.

D Thay thế động từ made bằng met hoặc satisfied theo cách kết hợp với danh từ needs (thoả mãn nhu cầu) 5. Of all the billions of people in the world, no two are exactly like.

A B C D Tính từ alike chỉ sự so sánh tương đồng, đứng sau động từ “to be” IV. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following sentences.

1. A family is made up ____ people who care about one another.

A. by B. from C. of D. with Động từ đa thành phần (động từ + tiểu trạng từ + giới từ make up of (tạo nên từ ...)

2. All members of a family give and receive love and support ____ the others.

A. of B. about C. for D. from Giới từ đi kèm danh từ support from 3. Family members reach out to one another and share ____ happy and sad time together.

A. between B. both C. either D. whether Tạo liên từ tương liên, phù hợp nghĩa (both ... and: cả cái này và cái kia) 4. The family is ____ basic unit of society and is important to both individuals and communities.

A. a B. an C. the D. no article Xác định danh từ bởi nghĩa khái quát của danh từ 5. Strong families are the foundation of strong communities, ____ a strong foundation needed to construct a sturdy building.

A. as B. like C. for D. since Giới từ “like” chỉ sự so sánh tương đồng 6. You should realize ____ it is important to know more about family life and how to strengthen your families A. what B. how C. why D. which Liên từ tạo mệnh đề danh ngữ làm tân ngữ cho động từ, nghĩa phù hợp ngữ cảnh (hiều lý do → hành động) 7. Think of society as the building, the family as the foundation of that building, and individuals and the community as ____ of building material.

A. pieces B. block C. layer D. bricks Phù hợp cả về nghĩa và số 8. You are important to your family, because you fill a special place in your family ____ no one else can fill.

A. which B. that C. who D. where Đại từ quan hệ thay thế cho danh từ place 9. Part of ____ up is learning to accept and respect yourself and others.

A. grow B. growth C. growing D. grown Danh động từ làm chủ ngữ của câu (vừa là danh từ, vừa là động từ trước tiểu trạng từ) 10. Each person has some talents, gifts, or strengths that make him or her ____.

A. unique B. uniquely C. uniqueness D. more unique Hoàn thành cấu trúc make + O + adj 11. Everyone doing their share in the family will help make things ____ more smoothly.

A. to run B. run C. ran D. that run

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Hoàn thành cấu trúc make + O + do 12. A good way to show your responsibility and commitment to your family is to do your chores without ____ or being asked.

A. complain B. complaint C. complaining D. complains Danh động từ làm bổ tố cho giới từ tạo thành giới ngữ với tư cách một trạng ngữ chỉ cách thức 13. When you carry ____ your responsibilities in the family, you are letting the family members know that you love them and that they can depend on you.

A. on B. away C. along D. out Động từ đa thành phần (Verb + particle: Động từ + tiểu trạng từ) 14. A good way ____ family communication is to send clear messages.

A. to improve B. improve C. improving D. improvement Động từ nguyên thể có “to” làm bổ tố cho danh từ way 15. The more each family member cooperates by participating in the management of the home, ____.

A. the more smoothly things will go B. the more things will go smoothly C. the more things smoothly will go D. things will go the more smoothly So sánh tăng tiến theo tỉ lệ thuận (đối với trạng từ) 16. In ____ to your regular duties, you can do many other things around the home that would benefit your family.

A. reply B. response C. addition D. return Cụm từ cố định in addition to (cùng với việc ...)

17. Take time to do what needs to be done ____ that the family will have time to do fun things together, too.

A. so B. such C. now D. given Liên từ chỉ kết quả (xét tính phù hợp về nghĩa) 18. Scheduling a family meeting ____ a regular basis is a good way to make sure this activity happens.

A. on B. in C. with D. by Cụm từ cố định on a basis 19. To be an effective father, one must have a good ____ with his wife, be ready to parent, and really want to have children.

A. relative B. relation C. relationship D. relating Danh từ, nghĩa phù hợp ngữ cảnh, hợp cú pháp với giới từ 'with’ 20. Research shows that children with ____ fathers do much better in live, have better self-esteem and fewer problems in school.

A. involve B. involving C. involved D. involment Tính từ, nghĩa phù hợp ngữ cảnh with involved father (Có bố quan tâm dạy dỗ) 21. The family remains ____ to US society, and more than half of unmarried adults between the ages of 18 and 24 still live with their parents.

A. centre B. centered C. centrering D. central Tính từ làm bổ tố cho động từ, nghĩa phù hợp ngữ cảnh (remains central: giữ vị trí trung tâm đối với...)

22. In many households ____ both the husband and wife work outside the home, men are expected to share household duties.

A. that B. which C. where D. when Trạng từ quan hệ chỉ nơi chốn 23. In western cultures, and ____ in European American culture, families typically follow a nuclear model comprised of parents and their children.

A. particular B. particularly C. particulars D. particularity Trạng từ bổ nghĩa cho giới từ trong giới ngữ làm trạng ngữ chỉ nơi chốn 24. It is very common for families in collectivist cultures to establish multi-generational ____.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. house B. household C. households D. houses Hợp số, nghĩa phù hợp ngữ cảnh (households: các gia đình) 25. In traditional Asian families, it is the oldest male in the family who ____ his bride to live with his parents.

A. bring B. brings C. bringing D. brought Hợp thời, hợp số (thời hiện tại đơn, số ít - chủ ngữ số ít - male) 26. Shared and recorded stories help keep memories ____ so future generations will know something about their family members and their roots.

A. live B. lively C. alive D. lived Tính từ làm bổ tố cho động từ (keep something adj) 27. The sharing of a family's life stories can be thought provoking and ____ for children, helping them learn, formulate a sense of identity, and put their own experiences into perspective.

A. benefit B. beneficial C. beneficiary D. benefits Tính từ làm bổ tố cho động từ, hợp nghĩa (mang lại lợi ích # hưởng lợi ích) 28. ____ will start at different times for each person, and, on average, will last about three years between their childhood and adulthood.

A. Puberty B. Teenage C. Nursery education D. School time Danh từ làm chủ ngữ của câu, nghĩa phù hợp ngữ cảnh.

29. "Are chores assigned to children in your family?" – “____” A. Sure, we all contribute to doing the housework.

B. My mom will do the shopping and my dad does the cooking.

C. We have to stay at school until late in the afternoon.

D. I have to take the garbage out and clean the floor.

Câu đáp phù hợp câu hỏi (Việc nhà có chia đều cho bọn trẻ trong nhà không) 30. "Do you get along well with your brothers?" – “____” A. He's not living with us, he's living in the town.

B. We have never got into fight but sometimes in quarrel.

C. He likes swimming, and I like reading when free.

D. Mon and Dad always help us with our school work.

Câu đáp phù hợp câu hỏi (Có hoà thuận với anh/em trai không) V. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following sentences.

1. All families have ups and downs, but strong families know the importance of sticking together - especially during the tough times.

A. fun and sorrows B. bread and butter C. risks and benefits D. rises and falls Những thăng trầm trong cuộc sống 2. Examples of crisis in the family can include a death, a damaging storm, or a burglary and many other stressful events that can affect the entire family.

A. time of hardship B. time of fun C. time of gathering D. time of reunion Những giai đoạn khó khăn, khủng hoảng 3. It is disruptive and discourteous to carry on a phone conversation during dinner or while the family is watching a program on TV. A. being impolite and showing little respect B. being polite and showing respect C. being uneducated and causing offence D. being polite and offering assistance Gây gián đoạn, phiền phức và khiếm nhã 4. Although the younger children tended to use a family email address teenagers demanded greater privacy.

A. by themselves B. of their own C. one's personality D. being alone Quyền riêng tư

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

5. A father will be his child's role model. He will be the example for his child of what husbands and fathers are like.

A. someone that others admire and follow B. someone that others share interest with C. someone that others love and live with D. someone that others are fond of with Tấm gương để người khác noi theo VI. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following sentences.

1. Receiving encouragement, guidance, and training from the family makes family members feel secure.

A. Family members feel secure as they receive encouragement, guidance, and training from the family.

B. The family feel secure because they have received encouragement, guidance, and training from the family.

C. The family members feel secure only after receiving encouragement, guidance, and training from the family.

D. The family members feel secure to be receiving encouragement, guidance, and training from the family.

Viết lại câu bằng cách thay đổi cấu trúc câu, dùng động từ tương đương về nghĩa 2. You can show your love for your family through special words and actions.

A. Through special words and actions can you show your love for your family.

B. Your love for your family through special words and actions can be shown.

C. Special words and actions can be shown through your love for your family.

D. It can be shown through special words and actions that your family is loved.

Viết lại câu bằng cách nhấn mạnh vào thành phần trạng ngữ chỉ cách thức, sử dụng cấu trúc đảo ngữ 3. Family members share fun as well as sorrow and help heal one another's hurts.

A. As family members share fun as well as sorrow, they also help heal one another's hurts.

B. Family members share fun as well as sorrow so that they can help heal one another's hurts.

C. Not only do family members share fun as well as sorrow, but they also help heal one another's hurts.

D. Family members do not share only fun as well as sorrow, but they also help heal one another's hurts.

Viết lại câu sử dụng liên từ tương liên xây dựng cấu trúc câu đảo ngữ 4. Effectively managing a family requires balancing time and money.

A. To effectively manage a family requires balancing time against money.

B. Time and money in balance is a requirement for an effective family manager.

C. Balancing time and money is required to effectively manage a family.

D. An effective family manager must be able to balance time and money.

Viết lại câu bằng cách sử dụng cấu trúc câu bị động thay thế chủ động 5. It is important that family members talk and listen to one another.

A. Family members should always talk and listen to one another.

B. Talking and listening to family members is important to everyone.

C. Family members always find it important to talk and listen to one another.

D. Talking and listening to one another must be done among family members.

Viết lại câu bằng sử dụng cụm động từ tình thái thay thế cho cấu trúc giả định thức VII. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences given.

1. Security refers to physical and psychological safety. Families can provide security.

A. Families can provide security that refers to physical and psychological safety.

B. The security that families can provide refers to physical and psychological safety.

C. Referring to physical and psychological safety is the security provided by families.

D. Provided by families, security refers to physical and psychological safety.

Kết hợp câu sử dụng mệnh đề quan hệ

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

2. There is no one like you. Without you, your family would not be the same.

A. Your family would not be the same if there were no one like you.

B. If there were someone like you, your family would be the same.

C. There is no one like you, without whom, your family would not be the same.

D. Because there is no one like you, then your family would never be the same.

Kết hợp câu sử dụng mệnh đề quan hệ có giới từ đi kèm đại từ quan hệ.

3. Single people are more likely than married couples to be in touch with friends, neighbors, siblings and parents. Many good studies have shown this.

A. That single parents are more likely than married couples to be in touch with friends, neighbors, siblings and parents has been shown in many good studies.

B. Many good studies have shown that single parents are more likely than married couples to be in touch with friends, neighbors, siblings and parents.

C. Single parents are more likely than married couples to be in touch with friends, neighbors, so they have been shown in many good studies.

D. Many good studies have shown why single parents are more likely to be in touch with friends, neighbors, siblings and parents.

Kết hợp câu sử dụng mệnh đề danh ngữ làm tân ngữ 4. The nuclear household is an ideal many strive for. A nuclear household consists of one or two parents and some kids under one roof.

A. The nuclear household, which consists of one or two parents and some kids under one roof, is an ideal many strive for.

B. Even though a nuclear household consists of one or two parents and some kids under one roof, it is an ideal many strive for.

C. The nuclear household is an ideal many strive for, but a nuclear household consists of one or two parents and some kids under one roof.

D. The nuclear household is an ideal many strive for because a nuclear household consists of one or two parents and some kids under one roof.

Kết hợp câu sử dụng mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định 5. All families have disagreements from time to time. There may be times when you feel that others in your family don't understand you.

A. All families have disagreements from time to time, but there may be times when you feel that others in your family don't understand you.

B. All families have disagreements from time to time, which makes you feel that others in your family don't understand you.

C. There may be times when you feel that others in your family don't understand you and all families have disagreements from time to time.

D. Because all families have disagreements from time to time, there may be times when you feel that others in your family don't understand you.

Kết hợp câu sử dụng mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ lý do VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

Each family forms its own set of values and decides what is most important to them. Discipline also (1) ____ among families. Families have different ways of dealing with different issues. In some families, one or both parents make all the decisions with no input from the children, (2) ____ other families may encourage input from all family members before decisions are (3) ____. Perhaps you know of a family (4) ____ there is equal decision making among family members.

There is no one family style for everyone. A family's style (5) ____ based on each family's individual situation and the values they care about. For example, your family may be laid-back, while another family is

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

very active and (6) ____. Many different ways of living together can (7) ____. What makes a family strong is not just the number of people in it, (8) ____ its members are related, or their pace of life; people caring for one another and sharing their lives is what really matters.

Many families also share faith are religious activities (9) ____ one another. As a Scout, part of your duty is to do your (10) ____ to make your family strong and help your family thrive. By doing this, you are helping to lay the foundation for a stronger community and society.

1. A. changes B. alters C. varies D. adjusts Nội động từ, miêu tả sự đa dạng 2. A. when B. while C. during D. for Liên từ chỉ sự đối lập 3. A. made B. taken C. done D. decided Cấu trúc động từ với danh từ: make decision 4. A. which B. that C. when D. where Trạng từ quan hệ chỉ nơi chốn 5. A. develop B. develops C. developing D. developed Động từ, thời hiện tại, ngôi thứ ba số ít với danh từ đếm được số ít 6. A. hurry B. hurries C. hurrying D. hurried Tính từ miêu tả trạng thái bị động 7. A. come B. work C. make D. go Động từ nguyên thể sau động từ khuyết thiếu, nghĩa hợp ngữ cảnh của động từ work khi thay thế cho lớp động từ có ý nghĩa có khả năng thực hiện 8. A. whether B. either C. when D. that Cấu trúc liên từ whether ... or xây dựng mệnh đề danh ngữ 9. A. among B. for C. with D. between Giới từ đi với động từ share (phrasal verb) 10. A. best B. hard C. heart D. full Ngữ cố định to do one's best (nỗ lực hết sức) IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

The family in Britain is changing. The once typical British family headed by two parents has undergone substantial changes during the twentieth century. In particular there has been a rise in the number of singleperson households, which increased from 18 to 29 per cent of all households between 1971 and 2002. By the year 2020, it is estimated that there will be more single people than married people. Fifty years ago, this would have been socially unacceptable in Britain.

In the past, people got married and stayed married. Divorce was very difficult, expensive and took a long time. Today, people's views on marriage are changing. Many couples, mostly in their twenties or thirties, live together (cohabit) without getting married. Only about 60% of these couples will eventually get married.

In the past, people married before they had children, but now about 40% of children in Britain are born to unmarried cohabiting) parents. In 2000, around a quarter of unmarried people between the ages of 16 and 59 were cohabiting in Great Britain. Cohabiting couples are also starting families without first being married.

Before 1960 this was very unusual, but in 2001 around 23 per cent of births in the UK were to cohabiting couples.

People are generally getting married at a later age now and many women do not want to have children immediately. They prefer to concentrate on their jobs and put off having a baby until late thirties.

The number of single-parent families is increasing. This is mainly due to more marriages ending in divorce, but some women are also choosing to have children as lone parents without being married.

1. Which of the following could be the best title for the passage?

A. Changing Values and Norms of the British Family

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

B. Changes in Marriage among British Young Generations C. Changing Insights into and Ideas of the British Family D. Changes in Viewpoints and Lifestyles of British Couples Các câu chủ đề và kết thúc của các đoạn văn chỉ rõ (The family in Britain is changing.; Fifty years ago, this would have been socially unacceptable in Britain.; In the past, people got married and stayed married.; In the past, people married before they had children, but now about 40% of children in Britain are born to unmarried (cohabiting) parents., ...)

2. The word "which" in the passage refers to ____.

A. the family in Britain B. substantial changes C. typical British family D. single-parent households Đại từ quan hệ không xác định, hồi chỉ 3. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?

A. In the past, British people had to pay a lot if they wanted to get divorced.

B. Half of the children in Britain now are born to unmarried couples.

C. Women in Britain now do not want to have children right after marriage.

D. There are more and more single-parent families in Britain these days.

Thông tin từ các đoạn 1, 2, 3, 4 (In particular there has been a rise in the number of single-person households, which increased from 18 to 29 per cent of all households between 1971 and 2002.; Divorce was very difficult, expensive and took a long time. In the past, people married before they had children, but now about 40% of children in Britain are born to unmarried (cohabiting) parents.; People are generally getting married at a later age now and many women do not want to have children immediately.)

4. The phrase "put off" in the passage mostly means ____.

A. do not want B. delay C. start D. do not intend Suy từ ngữ cảnh (không muốn sinh con ngay vì tập trung vào sự nghiệp, trì hoãn chuyện sinh con cho tới tận gần hết tuổi ba mươi) 5. Which of the following best describes the overall tone of the passage?

A. informative B. positive C. negative D. predictive Suy ra từ toàn bài, chủ yếu cung cấp thông tin dạng khách quan, có sự so sánh quá khứ và hiện tại.

X. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

Family life education (FLE) is the educational effort to strengthen individual and family life through a family perspective. The objective of family life education is to enrich and improve the quality of individual and family life by providing knowledge and skills needed for effective living.

FLE emphasizes processes to enable people to develop into healthy adults and to realize their potential.

Family life education helps people to work together in close relationships and facilitates the ability of people to function effectively in their personal lives and as members of society. While various professionals assist families, it is the family life educator who incorporates a family-systems, preventive, and educational approach to individual and family issues.

Family life education includes knowledge about how families work; the inter-relationship of the family and society; human growth and development throughout the life span; both the physiological and psychological aspects of human sexuality; the impact of money and time management on daily life; the importance and value of education for parenting: the effects of policy and legislation on families; ethical considerations in professional conduct; and a solid understanding and knowledge of how to teach and/or develop curriculum for what are often sensitive and personal issues.

A professional code of ethics provides guidelines when confronted with challenging and difficult ethical dilemmas. They serve notice to the public, and profession, as to the principles and values that will guide

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

decision making under such circumstances. The ethical principles put forth in this Code of Ethics are standards of conduct in which Family Life Educators consider in ethical and professional decision making.

1. According to paragraph 1, which is NOT truc about Family Life Education EXCEPT ____.

A. improving the quality of individual and family life B. providing knowledge needed for effective living C. trying to strengthen individual and family life D. offering professional skills for individual and family Thông tin từ đoạn 1 (to strengthen individual and family life through a family perspective; to enrich and improve the quality of individual and family life by providing knowledge and skills needed for effective living.)

2. The word "objective" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. effort B. aim C. cause D. scope Suy ra từ ngữ cảnh của từ (Đoạn văn đang miêu tả các nỗ lực và mục tiêu hoạt động của FLE) 3. The word "incorporates" in the passage can be best replaced with ____.

A. applies B. practices C. combines D. explains Dựa vào ngữ cảnh của từ và đặc biệt là cách kết hợp từ của động từ với danh từ approach vì trong trường hợp này câu hỏi là khả năng thay thế.

4. Which of the followings is true according to the passage?

A. Family Life Education focuses on exploring individuals' potential.

B. Family Life Education teaches people how to work professionally.

C. Family Life Education applies preventive, and educational approach.

D. Family Life Education teaches people how to manage their families.

Thông tin trong đoạn 2 và 3 (FLE emphasizes processes to enable people to develop into healthy adults and to realize their potential. Family life education helps people to work together in close relationships and facilitates the ability of people to function effectively in their personal lives and as members of society. While various professionals assist families, it is the family life educator who incorporates a family-systems, preventive, and educational approach to individual and family issues. Family life education includes knowledge about how families work; ... ethical considerations in professional conduct;) 5. According to the passage, the knowledge provided by Family Life Education is NOT concerned with ____.

A. ethical considerations in professional conduct B. how people should do exercises to stay healthy C. how the family and society are interrelated D. how money and time management impacts daily life Thông tin trích từ đoạn 3 (Family life education includes knowledge about how families work; the inter-relationship of the family and society; ...; the impact of money and time management on daily life; ...; ethical considerations in professional conduct; and....)

6. The word "parenting" in the passage mostly refers to ____.

A. the act and skills of looking after the children B. the process of taking care of the young children C. the best way parents teach their young children D. the method of feeding parents feed their children Suy từ nội dung đoạn 3 và nghĩa của gốc từ parent 7. Which of the followings can be inferred from the passage?

A. Receiving family life education can help individuals understand themselves.

B. Those having family life education will surely become the most successful parents.

C. Each family should always have a family life educator to assist other family members.

D. Family life education programs can train the most knowledgeable teachers.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Suy từ nội dung toàn bài, đặc biệt là thông tin của đoạn 2 (FLE emphasizes processes to enable people to develop into healthy adults and to realize their potential. Family life education helps people to work together in close relationships and facilitates the ability of people to function effectively in their personal lives and as members of society. While various professionals assist families, it is the family life educator who incorporates a family-systems, preventive, and educational approach to individual and family issues.)

8. The word "They" in the passage refers to ____.

A. code of ethics B. guidelines C. ethical dilemmas D. circumstances Quy chiếu hồi chỉ 9. The phrase "put forth" in the passage almost means ____.

A. suggested B. established C. described D. stated Dựa vào ngữ cảnh của từ 10. The best title of the passage could be ____.

A. Family Life Education: An Educational Effort B. Family Life Educators: Best Family Managers C. Family Life Education: Code of Ethics D. Family Life Educators: Most Successful Parents Thông tin chung của toàn bài

Unit 2. YOUR BODY AND YOU - KEY

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

LANGUAGE FOCUS Phonetics Consonant clusters /pl/, /pr/, /gl/, /gr/: preview, pleasure, gradually, glucose ...

Grammar - The future simple with will Vs be going to I'm afraid the doctor will not be able to see you this afternoon. He will be busy operating on a patient.

The goods are all here. We are going to send them tomorrow morning.

- The passive Each one of the children in the class has been given a piece of paper and a crayon.

They are drawing pictures in the painting room.

The patients were carefully examined, and then they received treatment.

Vocabulary Words and phrases about health and illnesses: oxygenate, respiratory system ...

I. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.

1. A. brain B. waist C. hair D. tail Phát âm là /eə/, các từ còn lại phát âm là /ei/ 2. A. digestive B. flesh C. system D. energy Phát âm là /∂/, các từ còn lại phát âm là /e/ 3. A. blood B. tattoo C. food D. tooth Phát âm là /ʌ/, các từ còn lại phát âm là /u:/ 4. A. circulate B. cane C. capable D. capillary Phát âm là /s/, các từ còn lại phát âm là /k/ 5. A. nervous B. eyes C. organs D. shoulders Phát âm là /s/, các từ còn lại phát âm là /z/ II. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.

1. A. skeletal B. intestine C. digestion D. dioxide Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ nhất, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ hai 2. A. oxygen B. memory C. exercise D. internal Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ hai, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ nhất 3. A. acupuncture B. alternative C. temperature D. complicated Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ hai, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ nhất 4. A. recommend B. stimulate C. evidence D. harmony Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ ba, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ nhất 5. A. stomach B. digest C. body D. forehead Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ hai, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ nhất III. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following sentences.

1. Properly intake of water, salt and minerals can prevent chronic illnesses and even reverse the damage already A B C D done.

Tính từ proper bổ nghĩa cho danh từ intake

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

2. The pharmaceutical industry would lose billions in profits if people relied on the natural healing properties of A B C water other than expensive and toxic drugs.

D Rather than được sử dụng giống instead of trong trường hợp này 3. The reasons why lack of water causes the body to become stressed and diseased, as well as very simple A B C methods to ensure your own vibrant health, are all explained in details.

D In detail: Cụm từ cố định 4. In dehydration, even the body has a lot of water in it, it is the lack of free water that constitutes dehydration.

A B C D Even though: Liên từ chỉ sự đối lập, nhượng bộ 5. You need to replace the water loss from your body with fresh intake of water in order to supply the body with A B C D free water to perform new functions. of: Lượng nước bị mất của cơ thể IV. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following sentences.

1. Dehydration is the underlying cause ____ many chronic diseases."

A. to B. for C. of D. by cause of: Nguyên nhân của ...

2. Any time you want to perform a function that requires water to perform that function, you had better give that water to the body in ____ of the event.

A. case B. accordance C. prior D. advance in advance of: trước/ trước khi 3. If you want to eat, give your body the water that is needed ____ digest food.

A. in order to B. in order that C. in order of D. in order for in order to + infinitive (digest): chỉ mục đích 4. If you want to exercise and sweat, give the body the water that it has to shed in ____.

A. sweat B. sweating C. sweated D. sweater Danh từ bổ tố cho giới từ 5. It is free water shortage in the body ____ constitutes dehydration.

A. who B. whom C. it D. that Câu nhấn mạnh/ câu chẻ cấu trúc it is ... that 6. The human brain is the body's ____ receiving and sending signals to other organs through the nervous system and through secreted hormones.

A. control center B. controlled center C. central controller D. center control Đúng trật tự từ, đúng nghĩa 7. The human heart is responsible for pumping blood ____ the body.

A. through B. throughout C. in D. along Phù hợp nghĩa ngữ cảnh 8. The liver has many functions, ____ detoxifying of harmful chemicals, breakdown of drugs, filtering of blood, secretion of bile and production of blood-clotting proteins.

A. include B. that includes C. which includes D. including Ngữ phân từ một có chức năng bổ trợ thông tin 9. The lungs are responsible for removing oxygen from the air we ____ and transferring it to our blood where it can be sent to our cells.

A. breathe B. inhale C. absorb D. exhale

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Phù hợp nghĩa ngữ cảnh 10. Studies have shown that physical activity reduces stress; a ____ effect was observed when this took place outdoors.

A. double B. doubled C. doubled D. doubles Danh từ làm định tố cho danh từ 11. A healthy balanced diet ____ fiber, vitamins, minerals, fresh fruit and vegetables, as well as protein, carbohydrate and fats.

A. sticks to B. consists of C. goes on D. follows up consist of: gồm có 12. Salt is essential in order to regulate the blood sugar, it's essential to ____ hydro-electricity.

A. power B. create C. do D. manufacture Khả năng kết hợp từ 13. The structure of bones depends on salt for fullness, because 27 percent of the salt reserve in the body ____ in crystallized form in the actual bone structure, in the shaft of the bone.

A. is B. are C. has been D. have been Hiện tại đơn diễn đạt hiện tượng luôn đúng 14. You need daily exercise because your brain ____ depends on how you move your muscles.

A. chemist B. chemical C. chemistry D. chemicals Hợp nghĩa ngữ cảnh và phù hợp khả năng kết hợp từ 15. When you use your muscles, you burn the branched-chain amino acids, ____ are competitors to tryptophan passage across the blood-brain barrier.

A. who B. which C. that D. those Mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định 16. To reverse any of the diseases produced by dehydration, it is essential to ____ supplement the body with intracellular minerals.

A. adequate B. adequately C. adequacy D. inadequate Trạng từ bổ nghĩa cho động từ 17. The human brain is responsible for our thoughts, feelings, memory storage and ____ perception of the world.

A. general B. generate C. generating D. generally Hợp nghĩa, hợp ngữ pháp (tính từ bổ nghĩa cho danh từ) 18. The kidneys take urea out of the blood and combine it with water and other substances ____ urine.

A. to make B. make C. making D. that make động từ nguyên thể được dùng làm trạng ngữ chỉ mục đích 19. The respiratory system allows us ____ in vital oxygen and expel carbon dioxide in a process we call breathing.

A. take B. to take C. taking D. taken allow somebody to do something: cho phép ai làm gì 20. The urinary system helps eliminate a waste product called urea ____ the body, which is produced when certain foods are broken down.

A. of B. off C. from D. out Hợp nghĩa ngữ cảnh và khả năng kết hợp từ 21. The skin, or integumentary system, is the body's largest organ, which protects us from the outside world, and is our first defense ____ bacteria, viruses and other pathogens.

A. of B. upon C. to D. against Hợp nghĩa ngữ cảnh và khả năng kết hợp từ 22. Our bodies are supported by the skeletal system, which consists of 206 bones ____ tendons, ligaments and cartilage.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. that connect to B. that are connected by C. which connects to D. which is connected by Thể bị động, số nhiều 23. The job of ____ circulatory system is to move blood, nutrients, oxygen, carbon dioxide, and hormones, around the body.

A. a B. the C. its D. whose Mạo từ xác định bộ phận hoặc một hệ trong cơ thể người 24. The digestive system consists of a series of ____ organs that together, allow the body to break down and absorb food, and remove waste.

A. connect B. connecting C. connected D .connective Phân từ hai làm tỉnh từ bổ nghĩa cho danh từ 25. The pharmaceutical industry would lose billions in profits if people relied on the natural healing ____ of water rather than expensive and toxic drugs.

A. features B. characteristics C. properties D. matters Chọn từ dựa vào nghĩa đặc trưng khoa học cơ bản 26. Once you're dehydrated, you also become mineral ____, which is the foundation for all diseases in the human body.

A. deficient B. deficiently C. deficiency D. deficiencies Tính từ làm bổ tố cho động từ 27. The lymphatic system includes lymph nodes, lymph ducts and lymph vessels, and also ____ a role in the body's defenses.

A. takes B. does C. acts D. plays Kết hợp của động từ và danh từ (đặc ngữ): play a role in (đóng vai trò ở ...)

28. The nervous system controls both voluntary action (like conscious movement) and involuntary actions (like breathing), and sends ____ to different parts of the body.

A. signs B. signals C. signatures D. signers signals: ký hiệu # signs: dấu hiệu 29. A: "I need to stop eating such unhealthy foods."

B: “____” A. That sounds delicious and nutritious.

B. I know what you mean. I've started eating better myself.

C. I mainly eat baked chicken, because there's not a lot of fat.

D. Are you sure that's how you want me to make it?

Lời đáp phù hợp phát ngôn của A muốn thay đổi sang cách ăn uống lành mạnh 30. A: "Doctor, can you give me some suggestions on how to stay healthy?"

B: “____” A. Well, first of all, you need to make sure that you eat the right foods.

B. It is very confusing to know what to eat.

C. As long as you don't overdo it, a glass of wine a day should be OK. D. If you smoke, you need to stop.

Lời đáp phù hợp phát ngôn của A muốn hỏi bác sĩ cho gợi ý về việc làm thế nào để giữ sức khoẻ tốt.

V. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following sentences.

1. Each day, the kidneys process about 200 quarts (50 gallons) of blood to filter out about 2 quarts of waste and water.

A. remove B. take in C. take off D. separate Lọc - khử

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

2. Though the tongue may seem like a simple organ, it has a wide range of purposes, such as licking, breathing, tasting, swallowing and articulating speech.

A. making B. delivering C. giving D. broadcasting sản sinh lời nói - thực hiện hành vi nói năng 3. The acid also works to kill harmful microbes that may have made their way into the body along with food and drink.

A. attended B. entered C. touched D. attacked Xâm nhập - Đi vào 4. To survive and reproduce, the human body relies on major internal body organs to perform certain vital functions.

A. private B. personal C. inside D. inner Bên trong - phía trong 5. The major organ in the body of human beings is the brain which is primarily responsible for performing all the functions and actions of the body.

A. having B. fulfilling C. working D. showing Thực thi - Hoàn thành VI. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following sentences.

1. Low salt diets actually cause osteoporosis, not calcium deficiency.

A. Low salt diets do not cause calcium deficiency, but actual osteoporosis.

B. It is neither calcium deficiency nor osteoporosis that is actually caused by low salt diets.

C. Actually, it's not calcium deficiency but osteoporosis that is caused by low salt diets.

D. Low salt diets are an actual cause of osteoporosis, not calcium deficiency.

Viết lại câu bằng cách thay đổi cấu trúc câu, nhấn mạnh bằng câu chẻ 2. Many people say that salt causes the body to hold water.

A. It is said that salt caused the body to hold water.

B. Salt is said to have caused the body to hold water.

C. The body is said to cause water to hold with salt.

D. The water hold in the body is said to be salty.

Viết lại câu bằng cách sử dụng câu bị động có chủ ngữ “It” thay thế câu chủ động 3. A balanced healthy diet helps keep cholesterol levels down.

A. Cholesterol levels are kept down with a balanced healthy diet.

B. A healthy diet helps keep cholesterol levels balanced.

C. Keeping cholesterol levels down is helped with a balanced diet.

D. A balanced healthy diet is key to keeping cholesterol levels down.

Viết lại câu bằng cách sử dụng câu bị động thay thế câu chủ động 4. Water makes up more than 50 percent of the average adult's body weight.

A. Making up more than 50 percent on average of the adult's body weight is water.

B. On average, the adult's body weight is composed of up to 50 percent of water.

C. More than 50 percent of the average adult's body weight is made up of water.

D. The average percentage of 50% of adult's body weight produces water.

Viết lại câu bằng cách sử dụng câu bị động thay thế câu chủ động 5. The main disease of skin which is caused by the deficiency of Vitamin A is pre-mature ageing.

A. Causing deficiency of Vitamin A is the main disease of skin known as pre-mature ageing.

B. The deficiency of Vitamin A is the main cause of pre-mature aging, a disease of skin.

C. Pre-mature aging, a disease of skin is mainly caused by the deficiency of Vitamin A. D. Pre-mature aging is the main disease of skin caused by the deficiency of Vitamin A. Viết lại câu bằng cách đảo vị trí mệnh đề và thu gọn mệnh đề phụ

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences given.

1. Salt is vital. It extracts and gets rid of acids.

A. It's vital for salt to extract and get rid of acids.

B. Salt is vital as it extracts and gets rid of acids.

C. Extracting and get rid of acids is vital to salt.

D. Salt extraction and getting rid of acids are vital.

Kết hợp câu sử dụng liên từ 'as’ tạo mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ lý do 2. The teeth are part of the skeletal system. However, they aren't considered bones.

A. The teeth are part of the skeletal system, but they aren't considered bones.

B. Being also part of the skeletal system, the teeth aren't considered bones.

C. As not being considered bones, the teeth are also part of the skeletal system.

D. Although considered bones, the teeth are not part of the skeletal system.

Kết hợp hai câu đơn thành một câu ghép sử dụng liên từ but 3. Humans have five vital organs that are essential for survival. These are the brain, heart, kidneys, liver and lungs.

A. Five vital organs that are essential for humans to survive are the brain, heart, kidneys, liver and lungs.

B. The brain, heart, kidneys, liver and lungs are at least five organs that are essential for human survival.

C. Being essential and vital for humans to survive, the five organs are called the brain, heart, kidneys, liver and lungs.

D. The brain, heart, kidneys, liver and lungs are not only vital but essential for humans to survive.

Kết hợp câu bằng cách sử dụng thủ thuật liệt kê để chuyển từ mệnh đề sang ngữ 4. There are almost 78 organs in a human body. They vary according to their sizes, functions or actions.

A. There are almost 78 organs in a human body who varies according to their sizes, functions or actions.

B. There are almost 78 organs in a human body which vary according to their sizes, functions or actions.

C. According to their sizes, functions, or actions, almost 78 organs in a human body vary.

D. Their sizes, functions, or actions have made almost 78 organs in a human body vary.

Kết hợp hai câu đơn thành một câu phức sử dụng mệnh đề quan hệ 5. Our skin not only provides protection to the internal body parts. It also gives us our sense of touch.

A. Our skin not only provides protection to the internal body parts, but also gives us our sense of touch.

B. Because our skin provides protection to the internal body parts, it also gives us our sense of touch.

C. Providing protection to the internal body parts, the skin gives us our sense of touch.

D. To provide protection to the internal body parts, the skin gives us our sense of touch.

Kết hợp câu sử dụng liên từ tương liên (không những ... mà còn) VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

You need a balanced vegetable and protein (1) ____, a ratio of 20 to 80, 80 percent vegetables and fruits, not very much starch, and 20 percent protein. Do this and (2) ____ the right amounts of water and cut out sodas, I can (3) ____ you, I guarantee no disease (4) ____ occur in you for a long time. You need your water before your food. First thing in the morning when you wake up, two glasses of water to offset the (5) ____ of overnight. Then you need a glass of water half an hour before food (6) ____ if you expect to digest the food, you better give the water beforehand. You need also a glass of water two-and-a-half hours after food, to (7) ____ up the process of digestion, and hydrate the areas that lost water to the circulation. You need (8) ____ every quart or liter of water a quarter teaspoon of salt, you also need the other minerals (9) ____ regulate the volume of water that is held inside the cells. You need a balanced protein; eggs are very good, cottage cheese is excellent, to give you all the amino acids and (10) ____ structure.

1. A. meal B. dining C. food D. diet Chọn từ dựa vào ngữ cảnh (chế độ ăn) 2. A. exchange B. absorb C. take D. convert

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Chọn từ dựa vào khả năng kết hợp của động từ với danh từ water 3. A. assure B. make sure C. ascertain D. make certain to assure smb 4. A. will B. would C. may D. might Trợ động từ phù hợp thời 5. A. dehydrate B. dehydrating C. dehydrator D. dehydration danh từ trung tâm ngữ 6. A. as B. even C. because D. only Nghĩa hợp ngữ cảnh 7. A. end B. put C. finish D. wrap Chọn động từ đi với tiểu trạng từ up phù hợp nghĩa ngữ cảnh 8. A. with B. for C. in D. at for every: Với mỗi 9. A. in order to B. in order that C. in order for D. in order of in order to + động từ nguyên thể 10. A. balance B. balancing C. balanced D. balances Chọn phân từ hai để miêu tả trạng thái IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

Health is the greatest wealth and the most precious thing that an individual can have in this world. In case of ill health, all the luxuries and pleasures of life lose their true charm and become meaningless to you. The poorest but healthy person can enjoy life better than the one who is the richest man of the world but is physically or mentally ill. To provide yourself with the necessities of life, you have to bear the pains of hard work. But if you are in tone, all the strenuous activities can be made really pleasant and fun-yielding! At the same time, there is also significant increase in your productivity at work. Such are the people who make great achievements in their short lifespan that startle the globe.

Do you know the easiest means of maintaining the fitness of mind and body? Availing the treasure of health does not require as much labor as accumulating heaps of money. It is so simple but requires optimum level of determination, consistency and regularity. The first important thing, in this regard, is to get at least basic knowledge of the structure and functioning of different organs and organ systems in the body. You must know what your body needs and what it doesn't. Secondly, take nutritious and balanced diet in right quantity and at the right time. Thirdly, the importance of regular exercise, particularly in the morning, has to be duly emphasized.

Smoking, excessive drinking and the use of drugs leave drastic effects on the overall performance of your body. Besides intense suffering, the efficiency at work is adversely affected. So, you have to avoid all these things only for your own health's sake. Any diseased person can realize the worth of health, but the wise thing is to value this treasure while you are healthy.

1. It is stated in paragraph 1 that ____.

A. People's greatest wealth is their own health B. The poorest people are normally the healthiest C. The richest people are also the wealthiest D. The poorest can enjoy their lives better Chỉ rõ trong đoạn 1 (Health is the greatest wealth and the most precious thing that an individual can have in this world. ... The poorest but healthy person can enjoy life better than the one who is the richest man of the world but is physically or mentally ill.)

2. The word 'necessities' in the passage almost means ____.

A. things that are indispensable B. things that are luxurious C. everything that people want to have D. anything that attract people's attention Dựa vào gốc từ và từ ngữ trong ngữ cảnh (To provide yourself with the necessities of life, you have to bear the pains of hard work).

3. The phrase 'in tone' almost means ____.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. with a strong ambition B. having good health C. with good responses D. maintaining a good mood Dựa vào các từ trong ngữ cảnh (To provide yourself with the necessities of life, you have to bear the pains of hard work. But if you are in tone, all the strenuous activities can be made really pleasant and fun-yielding!)

4. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as a means of maintaining people's physical and mental health according to the passage?

A. Knowing the structure and functioning of organs and organ system in the body B. Taking nutritious and balanced diet in right quantity and at the right time C. Laying emphasis on doing regular exercise, particularly in the morning D. Building relationships with people who share the same interest and hobby Dựa vào thông tin trong đoạn số 2 (Do you know the easiest means of. maintaining the fitness of mind and body? ... The first important thing, in this regard, is to get at least basic knowledge of the structure and functioning of different organs and organ systems in the body. You must know what your body needs and what it doesn't. Secondly, take nutritious and balanced diet in right quantity and at the right time. Thirdly, the importance of regular exercise, particularly in the morning, has to be duly emphasized.)

5. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as what leaves negative effect on human body's performance?

A. smoking B. hard work C. excessive drinking D. use of drugs Dựa vào thông tin trong đoạn cuối (Smoking, excessive drinking and the use of drugs leave drastic effects on the overall performance of your body.)

X. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

A virus is a tiny germ that can infect the body. Different kinds of viruses can also infect animals and plants. There are thousands of kinds of viruses. There are about 100 kinds of viruses that cause colds. Viruses are much too small for scientists to see even with an ordinary microscope. Scientists must use a powerful electron microscope to see viruses. A virus is a pretty simple thing. It has two basic parts. It has an outer part called a protein coat. Inside the coat, it has genes. Genes are tiny structures that tell plants and animals how to grow and what shape to be.

Each kind of virus infects, or attacks, a different type of cell. All parts of your body are made of units called cells. Cold viruses head for the lining of your nose or throat. Sometimes the cold virus spreads to the air passages that lead to your lungs. When a cold virus gets into your nose cells, it tries to take over. First, it takes off its protein coat. Next, it lets its genes go free. The genes command your nose cells to make more of the virus. The virus actually uses part of you to make copies of itself. More and more viruses grow in the cells that make up the lining of your nose. They burst out of one nose cell and head for other nose cells. This is how the infection spreads. An infected nose cell dies after the new viruses burst out. As your nose cells die, your head feels stuffy. Your nose starts to run. Dying cells make you feel sick.

You can give your cold virus to someone else. You send out viruses when you cough or sneeze. Another person can breathe in the virus from the air near you. The virus gets on your hands when you blow your nose.

Other people can get the virus by touching what you have touched and then touching their nose, eyes, or lips.

You can help keep a cold virus from spreading by covering your mouth when you cough or sneeze. You should also wash your hands often.

Different viruses spread in other ways. The rabies virus is in the saliva (spit) of an infected dog. The dog spreads the virus when it bites. Mosquito bites can also spread viruses. West Nile Virus goes from birds to mosquitoes when the mosquitoes bite the birds. The mosquitoes then spread the virus when they bite humans and other animals.

The virus that causes AIDS is in blood and other body fluids. The viruses that cause cold sores and chicken pox get in through the skin. Other viruses live in food and get into people who eat the food.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

1. The passage discusses all of the following EXCEPT ____.

A. what a virus is B. what forms a virus C. how a virus attacks D. how viruses spread Thông tin từ các câu đề của các đoạn văn (A virus is a tiny germ that can infect the body.; Each kind of virus infects, or attacks, a different type of cell. You can give your cold virus to someone else. Different viruses spread in other ways.)

2. The author starts the passage mainly by ____.

A. defining virus B. warning about virus infection C. describing a virus D. mentioning an example of virus Thông tin từ đoạn 1 (A virus is a tiny germ that can infect the body. .... Viruses are much too small for scientists to see even with an ordinary microscope, Scientists must use a powerful electron microscope to see viruses. A virus is a pretty simple thing. It has two basic parts. It has an outer part called a protein coat. Inside the coat, it has genes. Genes are tiny structures that tell plants and animals how to grow and what shape to be.)

3. Which of the following is NOT true about a virus according to the passage?

A. The inner part of a virus is a gene.

B. Viruses attack both animals and plants.

C. Each type of virus affects a different type of cells.

D. Viruses can be seen with powerful electron microscopes.

Thông tin từ các đoạn 1 và 2 (Different kinds of viruses can also infect animals and plants.; Viruses are much too small for scientists to see even with an ordinary microscope. ; A virus is a pretty simple thing. It has two basic parts. It has an outer part called a protein coat. Inside the coat, it has genes. Genes are tiny structures that tell plants and animals how to grow and what shape to be.; Each kind of virus infects, or attacks, a different type of cell.)

4. The word "passages" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. column B. circle C. way D. bag Dựa vào ngữ cảnh của từ (Sometimes the cold virus spreads to the air passages that lead to your lungs. When a cold virus gets into your nose cells, it tries to take over. First, it takes off its protein coat.)

5. The word "it" in the passage refers to ____.

A. protein coat B. nose cells C. cold virus D. the infection Quy chiếu hồi chỉ (When a cold virus gets into your nose cells, it tries to take over. First, it takes off its protein coat. Next, it lets its genes go free.)

6. The phrase "burst out of" in the passage mostly means ____.

A. get in and destroy B. run away from C. get in and out D. break open Dựa vào ngữ cảnh của từ (They burst out of one nose cell and head for other nose cells. This is how the infection spreads. An infected nose cell dies after the new viruses burst out.)

7. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?

A. Cold viruses attack the nose before getting into the lung.

B. When the cells are dying, people will feel sick.

C. A virus can spread via animals infected with the virus.

D. Viruses can infect people through the food people eat.

Thông tin từ đoạn 2, 3, 4 ,5 (Sometimes the cold virus spreads to the air passages that lead to your lungs.; Dying cells make you feel sick.; Different viruses spread in other ways. The rabies virus is in the saliva (spit) of an infected dog. The dog spreads the virus when it bites. Mosquito bites can also spread viruses. West Nile Virus goes from birds to mosquitoes when the mosquitoes bite the birds. The mosquitoes then spread the virus when they bite humans and other animals.; Other viruses live in food and get into people who eat the food.)

8. Which of the following could be most likely the reason for the writer to describe cold viruses?

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. Cold viruses attack humans' nose before the lung.

B. Cold viruses cause one of the most common diseases.

C. It's very easy to prevent cold viruses from spreading.

D. Cold viruses are actually beneficial to the human body.

Thông tin từ đoạn 2 và suy luận dựa trên cả kiến thức nền 9. What can you most likely infer from the passage?

A. Eating various food types and keeping balance in nutrition is the key to a healthy body.

B. Eating safe food and get vaccinated to prevent different diseases will help you keep fit.

C. Eating healthy food and staying clean can help protect people from infection of viruses.

D. Eating good food and staying away from animals will make humans free from diseases.

Suy luận từ thông tin của đoạn 3, 4, 5 (... You can help keep a cold virus from spreading by covering your mouth when you cough or sneeze. You should also wash your hands often.

Different viruses spread in other ways. The rabies virus is in the saliva (spit) of an infected dog.

The dog spreads the virus when it bites. Mosquito bites can also spread viruses. West Nile Virus goes from birds to mosquitoes when the mosquitoes bite the birds. The mosquitoes then spread the virus when they bite humans and other animals.

The virus that causes AIDS is in blood and other body fluids. The viruses that cause cold sores and chicken pox get in through the skin. Other viruses live in food and get into people who eat the food.)

10. The overall tone of the passage is ____.

A. argumentative B. narrative C. informative D. creative Kết luận từ thông tin toàn bài: tác giả miêu tả, giới thiệu và cung cấp thông tin chung về vi rút, cách vi rút tấn công con người, cách vi rút lây truyền...

Unit 3. MUSIC - KEY

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

LANGUAGE FOCUS Phonetics Sounds /est/, /ent/, and /eit/: contest, achievement, commemorate ...

Grammar - Compound sentences We are having a small surprise party at home today, so make sure you come back by 7p.m.

She sings beautifully and she also plays the flute and piano fairly well.

- to-infinitives and bare infinitives Andrew earns money by singing at the bar every night to pay for his study.

Surely the girl has believed in fairies for long enough. Let's tell him the truth.

Vocabulary - Words and phrases related to music phenomenon, global smash hit ...

- Adjectives current, talented ...

I. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.

1. A. composer B. process C. pop D. post Phát âm là /ɒ/, các từ còn lại phát âm là /əʊ/ 2. A. rhythm B. heavy C. highlife D. hardcore Phát âm là âm câm, các từ còn lại phát âm là /h/ 3. A. metal B. accidental C. gospel D. techno Phát âm là /ə/, các từ còn lại phát âm là /e/ 4. A. listened B. danced C. composed D. played Phát âm là /t/, các từ còn lại phát âm là /d/ 5. A. writes B. songs C. records D. albums Phát âm là /s/, các từ còn lại phát âm là /z/ II. Mark the letter A, B, C, or to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.

1. A. syncopation B. accompanist C. incidental D. composition Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ nhất, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ ba 2. A. musical B. melody C. performance D. improvise Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ hai, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ nhất 3. A. musician B. soloist C. composer D. performer Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ nhất, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ hai 4. A. perform B. number C. rhythm D. music Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ hai, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ nhất 5. A. classical B. popular C. digital D. electric Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ hai, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ nhất III. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following sentences.

1. The music industry has undergoing significant change over the past few years, with declining volumes of A B music sold through an ownership model (such as downloads) and rapid growth in usage models (such as

C

D

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

streaming).

Thiếu trợ động từ tiếp diễn (been) 2. Music has been used as a mean of communication and healing since the beginning of mankind.

A B C D Thiếu ký tự [s] trong từ means (phương tiện) 3. Music Therapy, that involves the music therapist, the client and the music in an ever-evolving relationship, A B is rooted in the ancient literate societies.

C D Sai đại từ quan hệ trong mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định (which) 4. The conductor stands in the front of the orchestra, on a podium, and conducts by using hand and body A B C D motions.

Thừa mạo từ “the”, chỉ dùng giới ngữ in front of (đằng trước) 5. Technology became an increasingly important tool for composers, which have known to use recording tape as A B C a compositional tool.

D Trợ động từ số ít hợp với chủ ngữ số ít (an increasing important tool) IV. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following sentences.

1. Melody is a musical line that is the "tune" of the piece. ____ is the part you will probably be humming when you leave the concert!

A. which B. There C. This D. What Đại từ thay thế cho danh từ (melody) 2. Accompaniment is a musical line that is secondary ____ the melody; and accompaniment parts support the melody.

A. of B. in C. with D. to Giới từ đi với tính từ (secondary to) 3. Unison is the sounding of the same note by two or more ____. In a unison piece of music, the players do not have different parts, but all play together.

A. player B. players C. the player D. the players Danh từ số nhiều đứng sau tính từ chỉ lượng 4. Folk Music refers to any music that comes from a common culture, and it is most often passed on ____ from generation to generation.

A. oral B. orally C. oratorical D. oratory Trạng từ chỉ cách thức bổ nghĩa cho động từ 5. Stringed instruments are played by drawing a bow ____ the strings or by plucking the strings with the fingers.

A. from B. away C. across D. over Giới từ chỉ hướng, cách thức 6. Woodwind players produce sound by blowing air into ____ mouthpiece. Most woodwind instruments have reeds, which vibrate very quickly to produce the sound of the instrument.

A. an B. a C. the D. his Mạo từ không xác định có tính đến chỉ số 7. Brass players make sound by "buzzing" their lips ____ blowing into the mouthpiece, they change notes with the help of valves or slides.

A. while B. during C. before D. by Liên từ chỉ thời gian trong mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian được rút gọn

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

8. Music is an art form and cultural activity ____ medium is sound organized in time.

A. that B. in which C. where D. whose Đại từ quan hệ sở hữu 9. The conductor gives the musicians non-verbal signals ____ with his hands or by using a small stick called a baton.

A. whether B. either C. neither D. both Liên từ tương liên either ... or (hoặc ... hoặc) 10. The concertmaster/concertmistress is the first violin player in the orchestra, the leader of the string section and ____ most solos for the violin.

A. play B. that play C. will play D. to play Hợp thời, hợp số 11. Electronically created sounds are used in combination with other electronic sounds or played together with traditional music ____.

A. instrument B. instruments C. instrumental D. instrumentally Danh từ số nhiều có tính khái quát (instruments: các nhạc cụ) 12. The ballet Hoedown tells the story of a cowgirl who is in love with a cowboy, but can't get him ____ her.

A. notice B. to notice C. noticing D. noticed Cấu trúc động từ cầu khiến (get smb to do smth) 13. Woodwind instruments produce sound when players blow air into them; they were originally made out of wood, ____ is why they are called woodwinds!

A. which B. that C. the reason D. for which Tạo mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định 14. The flute has a very high, light and beautiful sound much like ____ of a bird.

A. it B. this C. which D. that Đại từ thay thế cho danh từ số ít (sound) 15. The OBOE makes its sound when the player blows air through a mouthpiece containing cut pieces of bamboo ____ a "reed."

A. calls B. call C. calling D. called Phân từ hai của động từ làm tính từ bị động (thu gọn mệnh đề tính ngữ bị động - which is called) 16. The OBOE is a very important instrument, as the oboist is ____ player who tunes the whole orchestra before every concert.

A. a B. the C. who D. that Mạo từ xác định danh từ (danh từ được xác định bởi mệnh đề tính ngữ phía sau) 17. The clarinet can play very high and very low, very soft or very loud, so they are used for many types of music, ____ classical, jazz and folk.

A. includes B. include C. including D . included Phân từ một thay thế cho mệnh đề quan hệ (which include) 18. The brass instruments are long brass tubes curled and bent into different shapes and flare out at one end into ____ is called a bell.

A. it B. that C. what D. where Mệnh đề danh ngữ làm bổ tố cho giới từ 19. The ____ of the brass instruments is produced by the vibration of the player's lips as they blow through the mouthpiece.

A. sound B. sounds C. sounding D. sounder Danh từ số ít có mạo từ xác định đi kèm thể hiện nghĩa khái quát 20. ____ the TRUMPET is the smallest brass instrument, it can play the highest notes of all the brass instruments and often plays in marches or fanfares.

A. Because B. Although C. However D. Since

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ sự đối lập, nhượng bộ (dù...)

21. The TROMBONE is the only brass instrument that does not use valves; ____ the player moves a curved tube, called a "slide," back and forth in order to change notes.

A. rather B. other C. instead D. but Trạng từ được dùng như liên từ 22. YouTube claims that not only does it return money directly to creators, but also that it has a ____ effect on music.

A. promote B. promoting C. promoted D. promotional Tính từ bổ nghĩa cho danh từ 23. Additional evidence for universal musical tendencies ____ from archaeological discoveries of musical instruments and scores from thousands of years ago.

A. come B. comes C. came D. had come Hợp thời, hợp số 24. If music were purely a cultural invention, one might expect ancient music to be dramatically ____ modern music, given the huge cultural differences between then and now.

A. differ from B. different from C. differed to D. differing from Tính từ làm bổ tố cho động từ "to be", kết hợp giới từ đúng 25. At present the earliest example of what may be a musical instrument is a bone "flute" that dates ____ approximately 50,000 years ago, during the middle Paleolithic.

A. back B. away C. at D. to Giới từ đi với động từ 26. At ____ level, infants as young as 8 months seem to perceive melodic pitch contours much as adults do.

A. most basic B. the most basic C. mostly basically D. the most basically Tính từ bổ nghĩa cho danh từ, được bổ nghĩa bởi trạng từ chỉ mức độ 27. One way to reveal innate constraints on music perception is to show that certain musical stimuli are represented or remembered more accurately than others, independent ____ experience.

A. on B. to C. with D. of Giới từ đi với tính từ independent of 28. Every musical instrument, needless to say, requires a long period of development - usually trial-and-error experimentation by generations of craftsmen - before arriving at ____ final perfected form.

A. its B. their C. that D. which Tính từ sở hữu của danh từ số ít (every musical instrument) 29. A: "Can you concentrate on other things when you are listening to music?"

B: ‘____” A. I prefer to work in a quite area.

B. I'm keen on listening to dance music.

C. I often share my favorite albums with friends.

D. I don't think music can help with this.

Lời đáp phù hợp với câu hỏi có khả năng tập trung vào việc khác khi nghe nhạc 30. A: "Do you think music can heal sick people?"

B: “____” A. I can't agree with you more.

B. The sooner, the better.

C. At least they can feel better.

D. Doctors cannot do so.

Lời đáp phù hợp với câu hỏi về khả năng âm nhạc giúp chữa bệnh V. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following sentences.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

1. Although infants clearly have not learned as much from their limited exposure to music as adults have from a lifetime of listening, it is nonetheless difficult to explain the effects of the exposure that occurs both in the womb and in the first few months of life.

A. presentation B. contact C. interaction D. knowledge Có tiếp xúc (nghĩa ngữ cảnh) 2. Although it is often said that music, like dance, exists since the beginning of the human race, the music industry emerged relatively late.

A. occurred B. appeared C. came D. developed Sự ra đời - Xuất hiện 3. The record business by using marketing tools, to record, reproduce, promote and distribute the author's work, in reality alters the author's passion towards musical art for financial gains.

A. worry B. concern C. love D. excitement Niềm say mê - Tình yêu 4. Albums and individual songs can now be bought in digital format (iTunes), and downloaded onto one's computer, and from there onto a USB-stick, CD-R, iPod, mobile telephones and the like.

A. electric appliances B. electronic instruments C. digital devices D. mechanical products Những thiết bị tương tự (chỉ ra là thiết bị số) 5. The introduction of television marked the turning point in many areas, as was the case with the music industry.

A. new era B. new program C. final stage D. finishing line Bước ngoặt - thời kỳ mới VI. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following sentences.

1. Music was created out of man's need to communicate with the outside world.

A. Man created music to meet their need to communicate with the outside world.

B. With the need to communicate with the outside world, man has created music.

C. The outside world need to be communicated by music created by man.

D. Man, after creating music, needed to communicate with the outside world.

Viết lại câu bằng thay thế cấu trúc bị động bằng cấu trúc chủ động của động ngữ 2. The conductor tells the musicians when and what to play.

A. When and what to play was told by the conductor to the musicians.

B. The musicians are told when and what to play by the conductor.

C. It is told by the conductor that the musicians know when and what to play.

D. The musicians are told that the conductor knows when and what to play.

Viết lại câu bằng thay thế cấu trúc chủ động bằng cấu trúc bị động của động ngữ 3. It is no longer necessary to have physical possession of music to enjoy it.

A. To have physical possession of music to enjoy it is no longer necessary.

B. Having physical possession of music to enjoy it makes it no longer necessary.

C. It used to be unnecessary to have physical possession of music to enjoy it.

D. There was no necessary physical possession of music to enjoy it in the past.

Viết lại câu bằng cách thay thế chủ ngữ hình thức bằng ngữ động từ nguyên thể 4. The emergence of the Internet opened up great new possibilities for the distribution of music.

A. The distribution of music has been opened up with great new possibilities of the emergence of the Internet.

B. Great new possibilities for the distribution of music have been opened up with the emergence of the Internet.

C. Opening up great new possibilities for the distribution of music, the Internet has emerged.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

D. Great possibilities for music has been openly distributed by the emergence of the Internet.

Viết lại câu bằng thay thế cấu trúc chủ động bằng cấu trúc bị động của động ngữ 5. Percussion instruments make sound when the percussionist strikes or shakes them.

A. The percussionist makes sound by striking or shaking percussion instruments.

B. Striking and shaking percussion instruments make the percussionist produce sound.

C. The percussionist makes sound by striking and shaking the percussion instrument.

D. Sound is made if percussion instruments are stricken and shaken by the percussionist.

Viết lại câu chủ yếu dựa vào sử dụng các từ/cụm từ đồng nghĩa VII. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences given.

1. Beethoven's first teacher was his father. He often pulled Beethoven out of bed to practice until morning.

A. As Beethoven's father often pulled him out of bed to practice until morning, he became Beethoven's first teacher.

B. Beethoven's first teacher was his father who used to pull him out of bed to practice until morning.

C. To be Beethoven's first teacher, Beethoven's father used to pull him out of bed to practice until morning.

D. Being his first teacher, Beethoven's father had to pull Beethoven out of bed to practice until morning.

Kết hợp câu sử dụng đại từ quan hệ xây dựng mệnh đề quan hệ 2. There are many places to go where you will be a member of an audience. However, audiences do not act the same at every type of event.

A. Although there are many places to go where you will be a member of an audience, audiences do not act the same at every type of event.

B. At different places where you will be a member of an audience, audiences do not act the same at every type of event.

C. At every type of event at many different places where you will be a member of an audience, audiences do not always act the same.

D. Audiences do not act the same at every type of event because there are many places where they can be a member of an audience.

Kết hợp câu bằng sử dụng liên từ although chỉ sự đối lập, nhượng bộ 3. The evolution of marketing in the music industry has been carried out. At the same time, the evolution of technology in music has also been carried out.

A. The evolution of marketing in the music industry has been carried out, resulting in the evolution of technology in music.

B. The evolution of marketing in the music industry has been carried out thanks to the evolution of technology in music.

C. The evolution of marketing in the music industry has been simultaneously carried out with the evolution of technology in music.

D. The evolution of marketing in the music industry has been carried out, thanks to the evolution of technology in music.

Kết hợp câu bằng sử dụng giới ngữ thanks to để tạo trạng ngữ chỉ lý do 4. We are now in an exciting era. Now, streaming is making the depth and richness of every kind of music available to hundreds of millions of people.

A. We are now in an exciting era in which streaming is making the depth and richness of every kind of music available to hundreds of millions of people.

B. As we are now in an exciting era, streaming is making the depth and richness of every kind of music available to hundreds of millions of people.

C. Although we are now in an exciting era, streaming is making the depth and richness of every kind of music available to hundreds of millions of people.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

D. If we are now in an exciting era, streaming is making the depth and richness of every kind of music available to hundreds of millions of people.

Kết hợp câu sử dụng đại từ quan hệ có giới từ đi kèm xây dựng mệnh đề quan hệ trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian 5. Consumers have created a new revenue stream for music companies. They upload their favourite music video clips or remixed versions to platforms such as YouTube.

A. Consumers have created a new revenue stream for music companies, hence uploading their favourite music video clips or remixed versions to platforms such as YouTube.

B. Consumers have created a new revenue stream for music companies by uploading their favourite music video clips or remixed versions to platforms such as YouTube.

C. Consumers have created a new revenue stream for music companies after uploading their favourite music video clips or remixed versions to platforms such as YouTube.

D. Consumers have created a new revenue stream for music companies, so they upload their favourite music video clips or remixed versions to platforms such as YouTube.

Kết hợp câu bằng sử dụng ngữ giới từ by chỉ cách thức VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

The string family is the largest (1) ____ of the orchestra. The four main stringed instruments look similar but are all different sizes. Each can be played by plucking the strings with the fingers or with a bow, which is pulled (2) ____ across the instrument's four strings.

The VIOLIN is the smallest of the string instruments and can play the highest (3) ____. The violin often plays the melody - this is the tune you will be humming after you leave (4) ____ performance.

The VIOLA is slightly larger than the violin. Because it is bigger, it can play lower notes. (5) ____ the viola is only a little bit bigger than the violin, it can be hard to tell them (6) ____ apart. The viola plays many beautiful melodies just like the violin.

The CELLO is much larger than the violin and the viola. It is so large (7) ____ the cellist must sit on a chair (8) ____ the cello between his or her knees in order to play. The cello often plays accompaniment parts.

Because it is the largest (9) ____ the stringed instruments, the DOUBLE BASS plays the lowest notes.

This instrument is so large that the bass players have to stand up or sit on tall stools to play it. The bass often plays (10) ____ parts with the cello.

1. A. section B. sectioning C. sector D. sectional Hợp nghĩa ngữ pháp và cách sử dụng trong chuyên ngành cơ bản 2. A. now and then B. back and forth C. again and again D. high and low Trạng ngữ chỉ cách thức 3. A. notes B. noting C. notable D. noted Danh từ đếm được số nhiều, khái quát 4. A. a B. the C. that D. each Mạo từ không xác định khái quát danh từ (bất kỳ buổi diễn nào) 5. A. Although B. However C. Whereas D. Since Liên từ tạo mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ lý do 6. A. away B. from C. of D. apart Động từ nhiều thành phần (tell apart: phân biệt) 7. A. as B. so C. that D. than Cụm từ so + adj + that 8. A. to hold B. hold C. holding D. held Cấu trúc sit doing smth 9. A. in B. to C. of D. with Giới từ chỉ tập hợp

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

10. A. companion B. companionship C. accompany D. accompaniment Chọn theo nghĩa ngữ cảnh (chơi đệm) IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

Beethoven was born in Bonn, Germany, in 1770. His childhood was unhappy. His father drank too much. Beethoven's musical talent was obvious from childhood. He quickly became a talented performer on the piano. In 1792, he moved to Vienna, Austria, to study with Austrian composer Joseph Haydn. Soon Beethoven was playing music that he wrote himself. Many people admired his powerful, dramatic music.

Beethoven was often ill or depressed. He was unable to find a woman who would marry him. Just as he was becoming very successful, he started to lose his hearing. Deafness is the worst fate for a musician.

Beethoven's performing career was over.

Despite Beethoven's hearing loss, he still wrote music. The music he wrote became even better. His music was richly expressive and revealed feelings such as joy and sadness. He created one bold masterpiece after another. Besides piano music, Beethoven wrote string quartets (pieces for four stringed instruments) and other kinds of chamber music. Chamber music is written for small groups, and people can play it in their homes or in small halls. Beethoven also wrote songs, two masses, an opera, and nine outstanding symphonies.

Beethoven studied works by Haydn, German composer Johann Sebastian Bach, and Austrian composer Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart. Then he broke their rules and made music that was like no one else's. It was emotional and challenging. Beethoven wanted his music to express ideas as well as emotions. He wanted it to praise freedom and equality and other high ideals.

Some of Beethoven's well-known achievements are the Moonlight Sonata for piano, the Fifth Symphony, and the Ninth Symphony. The Fifth Symphony has a famous four-note opening, da-da-da-dum. The Ninth Symphony ends with a triumphant chorus called "Ode to Joy." Beethoven's music set a standard that later composers measured their work by.

Crowds loved him and adored his music. Beethoven was famous, although not happy. In 1827, he got pneumonia and died in Vienna.

1. Which of the following best describes Beethoven's life according to the passage?

A. talented, powerful and challenging B. emotional, dramatic, and outstanding C. unhappy, stressful, but successful D. talented, outstanding, and successful Thông tin chủ yếu ở đoạn 1, 2 và tổng kết ý của toàn bài (His childhood was unhappy.; often ill or depressed. ... becoming very successful; to lose his hearing. ... Beethoven's performing career was over., Beethoven was famous, although not happy.)

2. The phrase "was over" in the passage mostly means ____.

A. finished B. completed C. started D. remained Suy từ ngữ cảnh. Một nhạc sĩ mà mất thính giác thì sự nghiệp biểu diễn cũng kết thúc 3. What happened after Beethoven lost his hearing according to the passage?

A. He became a famous talented performer on the piano.

B. He started writing music for his own performance only.

C. His music became more and more impressive and emotional.

D. His music was better, more impressive and varied in types.

Nội dung đoạn 3 4. Which of the following is true about Beethoven's music according to the reading?

A. It was strongly affected by that of other famous musicians.

B. It helped Beethoven enjoy a life with luxuries and comforts.

C. It expressed ideas and emotions, praised freedom and equality.

D. It set a standard by which all other composers measured their work.

Thông tin ở đoạn 4 (Beethoven wanted his music to express Ideas as well as emotions. He wanted it to praise freedom and equality and other high ideals.)

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

5. The word "Crowds" in the passage mostly refers to ____.

A. music composers B. small groups C. audience D. performers Suy từ ngữ cảnh và nghĩa gốc của từ X. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

Music can be happy, sad, romantic, sleepy, spine-tingling, healing - all kinds of things. But what is it?

Some people define it as an artful arrangement of sounds across time. Our ears interpret these sounds as loud or soft, high or low, rapid and short, or slow and smooth. The sounds need to continue for a time in some sort of pattern to become music.

Music, like language, is a uniquely human form of communication. As with language, there are many different kinds. In North America, people listen to jazz, rock, classical, folk, country, and many other kinds of music. Each kind of music has its own rules and “speaks” to us in its own way.

What we think of as music depends on where we live. What Americans are used to listening to might sound strange to someone from another culture, and vice versa. It might not even sound like music. In Indonesia, gamelan orchestras play music on gongs, drums, and xylophones. These aren't the instruments you'd find in a typical orchestra in North America.

Today, modern communications make it possible for us to listen to music from all over the world. Music from one part of the world influences music from another part. For example, gamelan music from Indonesia influenced 20th-century American composers such as John Cage.

No one knows for sure when music began. Perhaps while people were working, they began to chant or sing to make the work go faster. People who were repeating movements - picking crops or rowing boats, for example - could sing or chant in time to the work. Navajo Indians, for example, had corn-grinding songs. Many cultures developed work songs.

Over time, people developed musical instruments. They might have started by clapping their hands and stamping their feet. Sticks and objects that rattled could have replaced the human body as early instruments.

Both instruments and music became more complex with time.

Today, many cultures divide music into art music and music of the people. Art music, which we call classical music, is more complicated than the music of the people - folk music and popular music. Art music is generally harder to write and perform. Musicians who perform it need a lot of training. Popular and folk styles typically are easier to create, perform, and understand.

1. Which of the following is given a definition in paragraph 1?

A. music B. sounds C. patterns D. arrangement Thông tin từ đoạn số 1, (Music can be happy, sad, romantic, sleepy, spine tingling, healing - all kinds of things. But what is it? Some people define it as an artful arrangement of sounds across time.)

2. The word "interpret" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. understand B. refuse C. treat D. explain Suy từ ngữ cảnh của từ (Our ears interpret these Sounds as loud or soft, high or low, rapid and short, or slow and smooth: Tại chúng ta tiếp nhận âm thanh ở mức độ ...)

3. What has enabled music of one nation to influence that of another?

A. Languages B. Modern communications C. Typical rules D. Original instruments Thông tin từ đoạn 4 (Today, modern communications make it possible for us to listen to music from all over the world. Music from one part of the world Influences music from another part. “sự giao tiếp hiện đại cho phép chúng ta nghe nhạc từ khắp mọi nơi. Âm nhạc từ nơi này có thể ảnh hưởng âm nhạc tại nơi khác").

4. Why is John Cage mentioned in paragraph 4?

A. To show how he has an influence on Indonesian music

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

B. To represent famous music composers in the 20th century C. To illustrate how music from one region can influence that of another D. To suggest that Indonesian music is related to American music Thông tin từ đoạn 4 (For example, gamelan music from Indonesia influenced 20th-century American composers such as John Cage. - để minh họa/ ví dụ cho làm sao âm nhạc tại 1 vùng có thể ảnh hưởng âm nhạc tại vùng khác, xem đoạn 4, dòng cuối) 5. According to paragraph 5, why did people sing to chant at work?

A. To repeat the movements B. To make the work go faster C. To compose work songs D. To make the work harder Thông tin từ đoạn 5 (No one knows for sure when music began. Perhaps while people were working, they began to chant or sing to make the work go faster. People who were repeating movements - picking crops or rowing boats, for example - could sing or chant in time to the work.)

6. The word "They" in the passage refers to ____.

A. hands B. instruments C. people D. feet Hồi chỉ, (đại từ “they” có thể thay thế cho “people” hoặc “musical instruments", nhưng khi xem nghĩa câu tiếp theo, “họ bắt đầu bằng cách vô tay hoặc dậm chân", thì phải chọn “people") 7. The word "rattled" in the passage mostly means ____.

A. made mistakes B. done harms C. made sounds D. done wonders Suy từ ngữ cảnh (Over time, people developed musical instruments. They might have started by clapping their hands and stamping their feet. Sticks and objects that rattled could have replaced the human body as early instruments. → making sounds) 8. The word "complex" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. confusing B. simple C. advanced D. comprehensible Suy từ ngữ cảnh (Over time, people developed musical instruments. They might have started by clapping their hands and stamping their feet. Sticks and objects that rattled could have replaced the human body as early instruments. Both instruments and music became more complex with time → bắt đầu → thay thế → phát triển tinh xảo hơn, hiện đại hơn).

9. Which of the following is NOT TRUE according to the passage?

A. Music and language are forms of communication only used by human beings.

B. People's locations can influence on their concept of music.

C. People developed musical instruments before they chanted at work.

D. Ordinary people may find art music hard to understand.

Thông tin từ toàn bài (Music, like language, is a uniquely human form of communication.; What we think of as music depends on where we live.; Perhaps while people were working, they began to chant or sing to make the work go faster.; Art music, which we call classical music, is more complicated than the music of the people - folk music and popular music.)

10. Which of the following does the passage NOT discuss?

A. What music is B. When music began C. How music is categorized D. Who composed the first song Bài đọc chỉ nói về âm nhạc nói chung, không đề cập tới các sản phẩm âm nhạc như bài hát.

Unit 4. FOR A BETTER COMMUNITY - KEY

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

LANGUAGE FOCUS Phonetics Sounds /nd/, /n/, /nt/: recommend, income, comment...

Grammar - Irregular past tense verbs: choose → chose, wear → wore ...

- The past simple vs. the past continuous with when and while Jane was writing the last sentence of her homework when her friend asked her to do his as well.

I bought a magazine to read while I was waiting for the train.

Vocabulary - Words and phrases related to volunteers and voluntary work contribution, non-profit...

- Adjective suffixes: -ed Vs-ing: -ful Vs -less exciting, meaningful, hopeless ...

I. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.

1. A. obvious B. opportunity C. priority D. position Phát âm là /ə/, các từ còn lại phát âm là /ɒ/ 2. A. interact B. invalid C. chance D. narrow Phát âm là /a:/, các từ còn lại phát âm là /æ/ 3. A. hopeless B. useless C. unless D. meaningless Phát âm là /e/, các từ còn lại phát âm là /ə/ 4. A. posted B. interacted C. donated D. concerned Phát âm là /d/, các từ còn lại phát âm là /id/ 5. A. applies B. obvious C. helps D. reports Phát âm là /z/, các từ còn lại phát âm là /s/ II. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.

1. A. newspaper B. commuter C. donation D. employment Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ nhất, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ hai 2. A. community B. facility C. development D. disadvantage Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ ba, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ hai 3. A. handicapped B. fortunate C. interact D. meaningful Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ ba, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ nhất 4. A. public B. martyr C. helpful D. apply Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ hai, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ nhất 5. A. donor B. excite C. balance D. leader Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ hai, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ nhất III. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following sentences.

1. Volunteer work, understood in its traditional meaning, as unpaid activity oriented to help others and to A B improve society, have existed throughout the history of humanity.

C D has existed Trợ động từ hoàn thành chia ngôi thứ ba số ít hợp số với chủ ngữ 2. In order to start doing volunteer work, many organizations require that prospective volunteers complete a

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A B background check, which usually includes reference checks and criminal history check.

C D a: Mạo từ không xác định, chỉ lượng 3. The connections between informal learning with volunteer work are rarely discussed, or even acknowledged.

A B C D between ... and 4. Volunteerism refers to all forms of voluntary activity, whether formally or informally, full-time or part-time, A B C at home or abroad.

D formal or informal: tính từ bổ nghĩa cho danh từ 5. An important aspect of the informal learning acquired through volunteering is their transferability to other A B C dimensions of people's life, like paid employment or the civic sphere.

D its: Hợp số IV. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following sentences.

1. Volunteer work includes activities that we ____ in beyond the realms of paid employment and household work, whether joining community-based organizations or just helping neighbours.

A. chose to engage B. choose to engage C. chose engaging D. choose engaging Choose to do smth: Lựa chọn làm việc gì 2. Volunteer work has ranged from casual or regular assistance to community residents and family members in ____, to more collective and organized efforts to better the quality of life of the community.

A. request B. search C. need D. want in need: Cần trợ giúp 3. Informal learning and volunteer work are two dynamics ____ coexist every day in communities throughout the world.

A. they B. that C. those D. these Đại từ quan hệ làm chủ ngữ 4. In some workplaces employees are expected to do volunteer work ____ part of corporate volunteer initiatives.

A. as B. like C. for D. in Giới từ chỉ chức phận, chức vị, chức năng, ...

5. Voluntary organizations are key players in the economy in their own right ____ employers and service providers.

A. as B. to C. for D. with Giới từ chi chức phận, chức vị, chức năng, ...

6. Volunteer activities bring together people who might not ____ have contact with one another.

A. likewise B. otherwise C. nonetheless D. unless Trạng từ dùng để chỉ ra điều ngược lại đối với thông tin đã đề cập trước đó 7. Many voluntary organizations share information ____ local government and community to push forward community services.

A. to B. for C. back D. with share smth smb with: chia sẻ với ai cái gì 8. The more satisfied employees are, ____ to the company.

A. the more likely they will remain loyal B. the more loyal they will remain likely C. the more they will likely remain loyal D. the likely they will remain more loyal So sánh kép, hai vế đều tính từ dài chỉ sự tăng tiến

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

9. According to studies of AmeriCorps in 2008, service sector could increase people's capacities ____ a more cohesive community.

A. lead B. to lead C. led D. leading capacity to do smth (động từ nguyên thể làm bổ tố cho danh từ) 10. Keely S. Jones (2006) conducted research on the distinct connection of volunteering ____ public life and civic engagement.

A. between B. with C. to D. for connection with: mối liên hệ với 11. Data from The Survey of Giving and Volunteering in the United States has indicated that greater volunteering is ____ promoted by community ties.

A. stronger B. strongest C. mostly strongly D. most strongly Trạng từ bổ nghĩa cho động từ (ở dạng thức so sánh) 12. Volunteers have the opportunity to serve in fields such as healthcare, education, and social services - fields that need visionary leaders, ____ are currently facing a severe shortage of qualified employees.

A. and B. but C. hence D. despite Liên từ nối hai vế có ý nghĩa đối lập 13. Volunteering itself has been about people who step forward to help others ____ lives are very different from their own, without judgment or prejudice.

A. of who B. of which C. whose D. those Đại từ quan hệ thể hiện mối quan hệ sở hữu 14. Schools and other educational institutions are one of the most popular areas to volunteer within and volunteers perform a number of vital functions within the education system, ____ to a range of outcomes.

A. contribute B. contributing C. to contribute D. contributed Phân từ một của động từ xây dựng mệnh đề phụ chỉ kết quả 15. In 2002 in UK, there were ____ 350 community recycling initiatives linked to the Community Recycling Network.

A. approximate B. approximation C. approximately D. approximated Trạng từ bổ nghĩa cho tính từ chỉ lượng 16. Various volunteer programs mobilize the creativity and knowledge of local communities everywhere to ____ the challenges of global climate change.

A. meet B. see C. share D. solve to meet the challenge: đương đầu với thách thức 17. Volunteer programs help address environmental threats and support communities ____ by natural disasters such as earthquakes and tsunami.

A. affect B. effect C. affected D. effected Phân từ hai của động từ tạo ngữ tính từ bổ nghĩa cho danh từ 18. According to reports from AmeriCorps 2008, during ____ year of service, many members develop teaching skills as they teach or tutor students.

A. a B. the C. their D. this Khứ chỉ their - many members 19. Volunteers may be required to obtain Red Cross ____ in order to serve through hospitals and healthcare organizations or provide disaster relief.

A. certificate B. certification C. certified D. certificated Danh từ trung tâm, nghĩa ở đây là sự xác nhận chứ không phải là chứng chỉ 20. If all these volunteers constituted the population of a country, it ____ be the eighth largest country in the world, behind Russia but ahead of Japan.

A. will B. shall C. would D. should Câu điều kiện dạng hai

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

21. Even conservatively estimated, volunteers make a $400 billion ____ to the global economy.

A. contributing B. contributed C. contributive D. contribution Danh từ trung tâm ngữ 22. Data generated by the Johns Hopkins rescarchers revealed that, once converted into full-time- equivalent workers, volunteers account on average ____ 45 per cent of the nonprofit workforce in the 36 countries.

A. of B. to C. for D. at account for: chiếm giữ 23. Volunteer work and paid work are best viewed as complementary ____ mutually exclusive.

A. rather than B. other than C. instead of D. in spite of Trạng từ bổ nghĩa cho tính từ 24. In a speech ____ in October 2006 the United Nations Development Programme's Associate Administrator, Ad Melkerk, called attention to the "potential of volunteering and civil society" in advancing the Millennium Development Goals.

A. deliver B. delivering C. delivered D. delivery Phân từ hai của động từ tạo ngữ tính từ bổ nghĩa cho danh từ (tương đương mệnh đề tính ngữ thu gọn) 25. Symbolic gifts, or other similar expressions of gratitude for volunteer work, ____ to the volunteer so long as they are not equal to the value of local market wages.

A. may give B. may be given C. may have given D. may have been given Phù hợp thời, thể, thức 26. Volunteers may receive non-monetary benefits from volunteering in the form of skills development, social connections, job contacts, social ____ and a feeling of self-worth.

A. stand B. standard C. standing D. standee social standing: vị trí xã hội (Chọn phù hợp nghĩa ngữ cảnh) 27. Student volunteer work required for graduation or continuation in a school or training programme violate the non-compulsory feature of the definition and should ____ not be considered as volunteer work.

A. thereafter B. thereby C. thereunder D. therefore Trạng từ chỉ kết quả 28. The long-term benefits of community development work are not ____ without the engagement of local people who are experts in the social problems and needs of their own communities.

A. possible B. impossible C. impossible D. impossibility Chọn phù hợp ngữ pháp, ngữ nghĩa (tính từ làm bổ tố cho động từ to be) 29. A: "Have you ever done any volunteer work?"

B: “____” A. I'm doing a part-time job to support my student life.

B. You see, earning money is difficult these days.

C. Sure. When I was a student, I helped in the hospital.

D. I have been trying to work with all my heart.

Chọn lời đáp phù hợp với câu hỏi đã bao giờ làm việc tình nguyện chưa 30. A student is talking to a volunteer organizer. Choose the best exchange to complete the conversation: Organizer: "Where do you want to volunteer?" Student: “____” A. I'm not really sure. What are my options?

B. You can either work in the garden or in the food pantry.

C. Thank you. I look forward to working with you.

D. What would I have to do?

Chọn lời đáp phù hợp với câu hỏi muốn làm tình nguyện ở đâu, vị trí nào V. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following sentences.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

1. Companies that connect the dots between talent and volunteerism have an opportunity to strengthen relationships with young employees and will likely be rewarded with happier workers.

A. to narrow the gap B. to build a link C. to fill the hole D. to develop ties Suy từ ngữ cảnh thì “Nối các điểm – tạo kết nối – tạo mối liên hệ” 2. A list of over one hundred community service examples is organized by category, so if you're particularly interested in working with, say, children or animals, you can easily find community service activities more related to your interests.

A. as listed B. such as C. mentioning D. speaking Suy từ ngữ cảnh say - such as (nêu ví dụ) 3. As with other forms of philanthropy, the rewards for individuals who volunteer are not monetary but rather social and psychological.

A. valuable gift B. certification present C. financial aid D. substantial help Suy từ ngữ cảnh (dựa vào các từ rewards, monetary) 4. While volunteering is generally thought to be an activity undertaken without pay, it is not uncommon for some coverage of out-of-pocket expenses to be available to volunteers.

A. small B. tiny C. fine D. large Suy từ ngữ cảnh (Việc tham gia tình nguyện là một công việc không được chi trả, tuy nhiên, đôi khi nhân viên tình nguyện cũng được chi trả một khoản rất nhỏ cho các chi phí phù hợp) 5. Community service is work done by a person or group of people that benefits others. It is often done near the area where you live, so your own community reaps the benefits of your work.

A. gains B. refuses C. accepts D. share Suy từ ngữ cảnh (Việc tham gia các công tác vì cộng đồng sẽ mang lại các lợi ích cho chính cộng đồng của mình) VI. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following sentences.

1. No one solution matches the needs of all communities.

A. There exists no single solution to solve all communities' problems.

B. Not communities share the same problems, hence no single solution.

C. All communities have their own needs but require the same solution.

D. There is no one solution to meet the needs of all communities.

Viết lại câu bằng cách thay thế cấu trúc tương đương và các từ đồng nghĩa 2. Volunteering has a considerable impact on the education system itself.

A. The education itself has been considerably impacted by volunteering activities.

B. The impact of volunteering on the education system itself is worth considering.

C. There is a considerable impact of volunteering on its education system itself.

D. It is the volunteering activities that have considerable impact on education.

Viết lại câu bằng việc thay thế cấu trúc câu từ chủ động sang bị động 3. Volunteering makes a significant contribution to the economy all around the world.

A. A contribution from volunteering to the economy has been significantly made.

B. The economy all around the world benefits significantly from volunteering.

C. Volunteers around the world have made significant contribution to the economy.

D. Volunteering has significantly contributed to the world economy in all sectors.

Viết lại câu bằng thay thế cấu trúc tương đương và từ đồng nghĩa 4. Drugs are tested in patient volunteers to monitor adverse reactions to long-term use.

A. Patient volunteers help test drugs to monitor their adverse reactions to long-term use.

B. Patient volunteers are tested by drugs to monitor adverse reactions to long-term use.

C. Volunteers test drugs for patients to monitor their adverse reactions to long-term use.

D. Adverse reactions to long-term use are monitored after being tested in patient volunteers.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Viết lại câu bằng diễn đạt lại ý của mệnh đề chính bằng cấu trúc khác 5. Nine volunteers were recruited to take part in the study.

A. The study attracted nine volunteers to take part in.

B. They recruited nine volunteers to takepart in the study.

C. All the nine recruited volunteers took part in the study.

D. The recruitment of nine volunteers helped the study a lot.

Viết lại câu bằng việc thay thế cấu trúc câu từ bị động sang chủ động VII. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences given.

1. Volunteer work includes a wide range of activities. Among them are coaching children and youth.

A. Coaching children and youth are the most common activities included in a wide range of volunteer working activities.

B. Coaching children and youth are included in a wide range of activities of volunteer work.

C. Including a wide range of activities, volunteer work involves coaching children and youth.

D. Volunteer work includes a wide range of activities, among which are coaching children and youth.

Kết hợp câu sử dụng đại từ quan hệ có giới từ đi kèm xây dựng mệnh đề quan hệ 2. It is recognized that students' volunteer work will benefit communities. However, its primary purpose is to contribute to students' development.

A. Although it is recognized that students' volunteer work will benefit communities, its primary purpose is to contribute to students' development.

B. As it is recognized that students' volunteer work will benefit communities, its primary purpose is to contribute to students' development.

C. As the primary purpose of students' volunteer work is to contribute to students' development, its benefit to communities is recognized.

D. To recognize the benefit of students' volunteer work to communities, it is to note that its primary purpose is to contribute to students' development.

Kết hợp câu sử dụng liên từ 'although' xây dựng mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ sự đối lập 3. Volunteer work is a component of informal work. This has become a focus of increased attention by policymakers throughout the world.

A. Volunteer work is a component of informal work, which has become a focus of increased attention by policy makers throughout the world.

B. Policy makers around the world pay increase attention to volunteer work as it is a component of informal work.

C. Because it is a component of informal work, volunteer work has drawn attention of policy makers throughout the world.

D. Policy makers throughout the world now are paying increased attention to volunteer work as a focal component of informal work.

Kết hợp câu sử dụng đại từ quan hệ xây dựng mệnh đề quan hệ không hạn định 4. The lack of systematic data on volunteer work is not simply an academic matter. It also limits the ability to make the most effective use of this important resource.

A. Because the lack of systematic data on volunteer work is not simply an academic matter, it limits the ability to make the most effective use of this important resource.

B. The lack of systematic data on volunteer work is not only simply an academic matter, but it also limits the ability to make the most effective use of this important resource.

C. Due to the lack of systematic data on volunteer work, it is now not only a simple academic matter but also limits the ability to make an effective use of this important resource.

D. Because the lack of systematic data on volunteer work limits the ability to make the most effective use of this important resource, it is not simply an academic matter.

Kết hợp câu sử dụng liên từ tương liên not only ... but also

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

5. Some volunteers are not willing to travel. They prefer instead to seek opportunities nearer home.

A. Seeking opportunities nearer their homes makes some volunteers unwilling to travel.

B. Being able to seek opportunities nearer home, some volunteers are not willing to travel.

C. When volunteers are not willing to travel, they will try to seek opportunities nearer home.

D. Because some volunteers are not willing to travel, they seek opportunities nearer home.

Kết hợp câu sử dụng liên từ ‘because’ xây dựng mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ lý do VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

With the support of volunteers, Mencap is able to help young people and adults live and engage in everyday life, enabling them to enjoy more fulfilling activities and live (1) ____. With this support young people and adults with a learning (2) ____ are able to engage in dedicated information and communication technology (ICT) training and activities (3) ____ empower them with increased (4) ____ and ability to use digital technology, have fun and improve their health and well-being. It has also created a community of individuals (5) ____ both mainstream and learning disability background (6) ____ would not usually be in the same social circle. This has had a real and noticeable impact (7) ____ both groups, which includes enabling friendships to form and mutual understanding to be gained. A good example of (8) ____ this has been done is through the joint club in Lisnaskea where young people from the local community have joined the LiveNet club as peer mentors, helping young people to learn together and feel part of (9) ____ one community. Key topics (10) ____ as part of the club include e-safety and safe social networking, using ICT, having fun and keeping healthy.

1. A. independent B. independently C. independence D. dependent Trạng từ bổ nghĩa cho động từ 2. A. ability B. disability C. abilities D. disabilities Hợp ngữ pháp, ngữ nghĩa và ngữ cảnh 3. A. which B. that C. these D. those Mệnh đề quan hệ 4. A. confident B. confidential C. confidence D. confide Danh từ làm tân ngữ cho động từ 5. A. in B. with C. for D. from create from: tạo nên từ 6. A. which B. that C. who D. whom Đại từ quan hệ thay thế cho a community 7. A. to B. in C. for D. on impact on/influence on/effect on: có ảnh hưởng tới 8. A. what B. how C. where D. when Mệnh đề á danh làm bổ tố cho danh từ 'example’ 9. A. this B. that C. the D. its Mạo từ xác định dùng để khẳng định tính thống nhất và duy nhất của 'community’ 10. A. to run B. running C. ran D. run Hợp thời, hợp thể, hợp số, (hiện tại, chủ động, số nhiều) IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

Clarissa Barton, called Clara, was born in 1821 in Oxford, Massachusetts. At a time when relatively few women worked outside the home, Barton built a career helping others. One of her greatest accomplishments was founding the American Red Cross. This organization helps victims of war and disasters.

Clara Barton taught school for many years. In 1854, she moved to Washington, D.C., and took a job in the government patent office. She was probably the first woman to hold a government job!

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

When the Civil War began in 1861, Barton volunteered. She gathered supplies to help feed and care for wounded soldiers. She also served as a nurse. Barton possessed excellent organizing skills and knew how to get things done. After the Civil War ended in 1865, Barton took on the job of locating soldiers who were missing.

She ran an office t=t tracked down information on nearly 22,000 men and contacted their families.

Barton took her organizational skills to Europe in 1869. She worked with the International Red Cross to set up hospitals during the Franco-Prussian War (1870-1871) between France and Germany. Barton returned to the United States in 1873.

The Red Cross was founded in Switzerland in the 1860s to care for wounded soldiers during wartime.

Nations agreed to follow its policies on the treatment of wounded soldiers by signing a treaty. Barton spent years pushing the United States Congress to approve the International Red Cross treaty. In 1881, she finally won support for creating the American Red Cross. Barton served as president of the organization until 1904.

In 1884, Barton attended an International Red Cross conference in Switzerland. As a result of her efforts, the Red Cross expanded its activities. From helping only victims of war, it began also to help victims of peacetime disasters, such as earthquakes and floods.

Barton's efforts comforted people around the world. Red Cross aid helped people in need during epidemics (outbreaks of disease), floods, famines, and war. Barton became famous for her work.

Clara Barton died in Maryland at the age of 91. She had spent her life helping others.

1. Which of the following could be the best title for the passage?

A. Clarissa Barton B. the American Red Cross C. The Red Cross D. wounded soldiers Đọc các câu đề và/hoặc câu kết của các đoạn văn đều nhắc tới Clarissa Barton 2. What did Clara Barton NOT do when she was alive according to the passage?

A. founding the American Red Cross B. chairing Red Cross conferences C. holding a government job D. caring for wounded soldiers Thông tin từ các đoạn văn 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 (Chú ý: In 1884, Barton attended an. International Red Cross conference in Switzerland).

3. The phase "tracked down" in the passage almost means ____.

A. gathered B. analyzed C. searched D. stored Suy ra từ ngữ cảnh (After the Civil War ended in 1865, Barton took on the job of locating soldiers who were missing. She ran an office that tracked down information on nearly 22,000 men and contacted their families. Tim kiếm thông tin binh lính mất tích và liên lạc với gia đình họ.)

4. How long did Clara Barton work for the American Red Cross?

A. 7 years B. 44 years C. 24 years D. 4 years Thông tin từ đoạn 5 (In 1881, she finally won support for creating the American Red Cross.

Barton served as president of the organization until 1904.)

5. The word "comforted” in the passage almost means ____.

A. make someone feel less unhappy B. help someone feel less disappointed C. help someone realize their dreams D. make someone believe in themselves Suy từ ngữ cảnh của từ (Barton's efforts comforted people around the world. Red Cross aid helped people in need during epidemics (outbreaks of disease), floods, famines, and war. Barton became famous for her work.)

X. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

The grantees of the Community Food Projects Competitive Grants Program showed their strength by providing education, skills, food and resources to a diverse group of residents and food insecure communities across the nation.

Ten thousand farmers, many disadvantaged, were trained on sustainable agriculture and business management. Thousands of jobs and micro-businesses supporting the local food system were created, and

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

customer bases for local agriculture were increased (3,000 + new buyers). Farm-to-cafeteria programs were created throughout the country providing markets for local farmers.

Nearly 19 million pounds of local, healthy food was distributed to over 2.5 million people, mostly in low-income neighborhoods across 39 states. With fast food available easily and cheaply for many Americans, the impact of providing healthy, fresh fruits and vegetables cannot be underestimated. Over 1.8 million children and youth in schools or summer programs ate fresh fruits and vegetables because of farm-to-cafeteria programs.

Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) and Women, Infants, and Children Program (WIC) recipients purchased local produce at farmers markets, and elder food recipients received seasonal fruit and vegetable shipments from local CSAs (Community Supported Agriculture). These healthy foods provide recipients with not only the nutrition to stay well, but also instill healthy eating habits that can last a lifetime.

This becomes especially important for young children who may be at risk for obesity through the bad habits learned from a sedentary lifestyle.

Farmland depletion was delayed and local food production enhanced by the CFPs (Community Food Project) where almost 60,000 acres of land was farmed or preserved. Youth and urban gardeners learned to grow and prepare their own food through 2,500 community gardens and more than 9,000 garden plots.

Community food system capacity and infrastructure was enhanced through community food assessments, the formation of food policy councils and networks and the implementation of new policies. More than 50 million residents lived in the communities where these community-wide changes were made.

Results from the first five years of this food security program could be just a taste of the opportunities to come for improving the health, environment and economy of this country, when residents of almost every age are taught about healthy food supply and when they have access to delicious, abundant locally produced fruits, vegetables and meat.

1. What is the passage mainly about?

A. Food shortages in the entire United States B. Achievements of several community programs C. Providing farmland to the needy in the United States D. The challenges confronted by participants of the community projects Tổng hợp thông tin toàn bài (đoạn 2: Farm-to-cafeteria programs were created throughout the country providing markets for local farmers.; đoạn 3: Over 1.8 million children and youth in schools or summer programs ate fresh fruits and vegetables because of farm-to-cafeteria programs. Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) and Women, Infants, and Children Program (WIC) recipients purchased local produce at farmers markets, and elder food recipients received seasonal fruit and vegetable shipments from local CSAs (Community Supported Agriculture).; đoạn 4: Over 1.8 million children and youth in schools or summer programs ate fresh fruits and vegetables because of farm-to-cafeteria programs. Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) and Women, Infants, and Children Program (WIC) recipients purchased local produce at farmers markets, and elder food recipients received seasonal fruit and vegetable shipments from local CSAs (Community Supported Agriculture).; đoạn 5: More than 50 million residents lived in the communities where these community-wide changes were made.)

2. On which of the following aspects were 10,000 farmers trained?

A. local food system B. sustainable agriculture C. farms and cafeterias D. customer bases Đoạn 2: Ten thousand farmers, many disadvantaged, were trained on sustainable agriculture and business management.

3. Which of the following is true about 2.5 million people to whom 19 million pounds was distributed?

A. 1.8 million of them are children.

B. They suffered from health problems.

C. They have travelled across 39 states.

D. They were from low income areas.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Đoạn 3: Nearly 19 million pounds of local, healthy food was distributed to over 2.5 million people, mostly in low-income neighborhoods across 39 states.

4. The word "distributed" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. shared B. saved C. consumed D. collected Suy từ ngữ cảnh (Nearly 19 million pounds of local, healthy food was distributed to over 2.5 million people, mostly in low-income neighborhoods across 39 states. Thực phẩm được chia sẻ/phân phát/ phân chia cho ...)

5. According to the passage, why were the healthy foods provided important for young children?

A. They made children run the risk of obesity.

B. They supplied children with nutrients that can last a lifetime.

C. They were supplied by trustworthy community projects.

D. They helped children kick bad habits formed by lack of physical exercise.

Suy từ ngữ cảnh dựa trên kiến thức nền (These healthy foods provide recipients with not only the nutrition to stay well, but also instill healthy eating habits that can last a lifetime. This becomes especially important for young children who may be at risk for obesity through the bad habits learned from a sedentary lifestyle.)

6. The word "sedentary" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. physically active B. physically passive C. mentally alert D. spiritually depressed Suy từ ngữ cảnh dựa trên kiến thức nền (These healthy foods provide recipients with not only the nutrition to stay well, but also instill healthy eating habits that can last a lifetime. This becomes especially important for young children who may be at risk for obesity through the bad habits learned from a sedentary lifestyle. Thói quen ngồi nhiều chính là nguyên nhân gây béo phì) 7. The word "depletion" in the passage mostly means ____.

A. expansion B. reduction C. enrichment D. shortage Suy từ ngữ cảnh (Farmland depletion was delayed and local food production enhanced by the CFPs (Community Food Project) where almost 60,000 acres of land was famed or preserved. Chỉ có việc suy giảm diện tích đất trồng trọt mới được thay đổi nhờ vào các dự án thực phẩm cho cộng đồng ...)

8. The word "they" in the passage refers to ____.

A. fruits B. vegetables C. residents D. opportunities Hồi chỉ (..., when residents of almost every age are taught about healthy food supply and when they have access to delicious, abundant locally produced fruits, vegetables and meat.

9. The food security program is mentioned to benefit all of the following aspects of the country EXCEPT ____.

A. health B. environment C. economy D. education Đoạn cuối (Results from the first five years of this food security program could be just a taste of the opportunities to come for improving the health, environment and economy of this country, ....)

10. What can be inferred about the food security program?

A. It has been carried out without success for five years.

B. It will gain more achievements in the years to come.

C. It has mainly benefited young residents in the community.

D. It calls for more funds raised from financially advantaged communities Results from the first five years of this food security program could be just a taste of the opportunities to come for improving the health, environment and economy of this country, when residents of almost every age are taught about healthy food supply and when they have access to delicious, abundant locally produced fruits, vegetables and meat.

Y

DẠ M

KÈ QU Y ƠN

NH

FI CI A

OF

L

Unit 5. INVENTIONS - KEY

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

LANGUAGE FOCUS Phonetics Stress patterns: compound nouns and noun groups: 'Greenhouse, light 'house, 'answering machine ...

Grammar - Gerunds and infinitives You can use a backup to retrieve your data in the event malfunction.

Blankets are needed for keeping warm since heating is no use.

- The present perfect He has left three messages on my answering machine but I'm not home, so please tell him to call me at my grandparents' house.

Vocabulary Words and phrases related to inventions economical, patent...

I. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.

1. A. economical B. laptop C. collapse D. obvious Phát âm là /ə/, các từ còn lại đều có hai cách phát âm là /ɒ/ hoặc /ɑ:/ 2. A. interested B. processed C. compounded D. extended Phát âm là /t/, các từ còn lại phát âm là /id/ 3. A. Velcro B. consume C. telephone D. composer Phát âm là /ə/, các từ còn lại phát âm là /ou/ 4. A. invention B. patent C. portable D. imitate Phát âm là /ʃ/, các từ còn lại phát âm là /t/ 5. A. principles B. headphones C. earbuds D. contests Phát âm là /s/, các từ còn lại phát âm là /z/ II. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.

1. A. bulky B. tablet C. release D. fabric Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ 2, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ nhất 2. A. portable B. submarine C. principle D. imitate Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ 3, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ nhất 3. A. automatic B. accidential C. discovery D. innovation Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ 2, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ 3 4. A. innovative B. development C. original D. experiment Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ nhất, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ 2 5. A. popularity B. manufacturer C. technological D. imagination Trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ 4, các từ còn lại vào âm tiết thứ 3 III. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following sentences.

1. Joseph Priestley was 18th-century clergyman and scientist fascinated by chemistry, electricity, optics and A B C many other subjects.

D an: mạo từ không xác định giới thiệu danh từ

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

2. The first fully operational telegraph ran from 1839 between Paddington and West Drayton railway station in A B C London, but at first it was slow to catch on.

D stations: hai nhà ga (số nhiều) 3. Carbon fibre is one of many inventions developed by military that are incredibly useful for us all.

A B C D the military: luôn xác định 4. After the invention of the electric motor - which transforms rotation into electrical power - the next step was A B C D to find a device to drive it. is: hợp thời 5. Invention of penicillin is credited to Scottish scientist Alexander Fleming in 1928, when he discovered that A B certain mold could kill bacterias.

C D bacteria (số nhiều của bacterium) IV. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following sentences.

1. In 1886 in the United States, a pharmacist named Dr. John Pemberton tried to invent a medicine because he wanted a cure for ____.

A. headache B. headaches C. a headache D. the headaches Những chứng/ căn bệnh đau đầu (nghĩa khái quát) 2. Both inventors and engineers look for ways to improve things in areas like health, food, safety, transportation, aerospace, electronics, ____, and the environment.

A. communication B. communicative C. communicator D. communicating Danh từ phù hợp với nhóm được liệt kê về nghĩa tập hợp 3. The European Patent Convention, which was implemented in 1977, created a European Patent Office that can issue ____ European patent.

A. a B. an C. the D. no article Mạo từ không xác định đứng trước phụ âm /j/ 4. The first American ____ the propelling of a boat by steam was William Henry, a gunsmith of Lancaster, Pennsylvania.

A. attempt B. to attempt C. attempting D. attempted Động từ nguyên thể làm bổ tố cho danh từ có tính từ chỉ thứ tự đi kèm 5. ____ with the internet, which is a system of linked computer networks, the worldwide web was invented by British computer scientist Tim Berners-Lee. A. Not to confuse B. Not to be confused C. To be not confused D. Confused not to be Động từ nguyên thể (phủ định) làm chức năng trạng ngữ chỉ mục đích 6. The carbon dioxide gas given ____ by the fermenting vat was known as "fixed air".

A. off B. away C. out D. up give off: thải ra 7. In 1772, Priestley published ____ description of how to make carbonated water, using sulphuric acid and chalk.

A. an B. its C. a D. each Mạo từ không xác định giới thiệu danh từ 8. Priestley found he could dissolve the gas in the water and that it ____ a refreshing drink - of a kind that met the approval of his clean-living, religious-minded friends.

A. makes B. made C. has made D. was made

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Hợp thời, hợp thể 9. ____ was Giovanni Luppis, an officer in the army of the Austrian empire, who first came up with the idea of a self-propelled anti-ship weapon.

A. That B. There C. It D. He Câu nhấn mạnh (câu chẻ) 10. The bicycle as we know it today was originally developed as the "safety bicycle", because other bikes ____ were extremely dangerous.

A. at the time B. at a time C. for a time D. for the time Trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian 11. Charles Macintosh, an amateur chemist, was experimenting with coal-tar naphtha, a chemical waste product, and realized that it was a powerful solvent that ____ a solution from rubber.

A. will make B. would made C. can make D. could make Thời quá khứ đơn 12. The invention of the telephone ____ the beginning of a new era in communication technology.

A. mark B. marks C. marked D. marking Thời quá khứ đơn 13. It is the classical Athenians who can probably lay claim ____ the invention of commercial advertising as we know it today.

A. to B. for C. of D. with lay claim to ...: tuyên bố chủ quyền đối với ...

14. Ever ____ the invention of the hydrogen bomb, attempts have been made to harness the power of nuclear fusion for peaceful purposes.

A. from B. since C. with D. for Giới từ tạo trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian đối với thời hoàn thành 15. The late 1800s and early 1900s ____ excitement over a wide array of inventions and developments.

A. brought B. have brought C. used to bring D. would bring Thời quá khứ đơn 16. The invention of printing on paper provided a technology ____ which information could be stored over the long term.

A. under B. with C. for D. in provide smb/smth with 17. In the late 1970s, James Dyson designed a bagless vacuum cleaner which would not lose suction as it ____ up dirt.

A. picks B. picked C. is picking D. was picking Thời quá khứ đơn 18. Since it was invented, the Dyson vacuum cleaner ____ one of the most popular brands in the UK. A. becomes B. have become C. has become D. became Thời hoàn thành nhấn mạnh vào kết quả 19. Throughout History Inventions ____ the world and the lives of people many times through history.

A. change B. have changed C. will change D. had changed Thời hoàn thành nhấn mạnh vào kết quả 20. Vinton G. Cerf founded the InterNetworking Group in 1972 and this ____ the birth-year of the Internet.

A. has been since recognized as B. has been recognized since as C. has since been recognized as D. has since been as recognized Thời hoàn thành và thể bị động 21. The earliest computers were developed during World War II for processing ballistic numbers and numeric analytics, but the thought of having machines ____ difficult mathematics can be traced back to England in the years around 1800.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. calculate B. calculating C. calculated D. to calculate have smb/smth do smth 22. Some inventions make bigger impact on the public than ____, and some inventions quickly become part of everyday life.

A. another B. other C. the other D. others đại từ thay thế số nhiều 23. Chemical engineer, Doctor Robert G Bryant works for NASA's Langley Research Center and ____ numerous inventions.

A. patents B. has patented C. is patented D. has been patented Thời hoàn thành nhấn mạnh vào kết quả 24. A patent invention is protected by law ____ only particular people or companies have the right to make or sell it.

A. in order for B. in order to C. so that D. such that Liên từ chỉ điều kiện kết quả 25. Ever since the first prehistoric stone tools, ____ have lived in a world shaped by invention.

A. human B. humans C. humanity D. humankind Danh từ chỉ con người nói chung 26. In the course of ____ why suction pumps would lift water only about 9 metres, Evangelista Torricelli identified air pressure and invented the barometer.

A. investigate B. investigation C. investigating D. investigated Danh động từ làm bổ tố cho danh từ 27. The key ____ inventive success often requires being in the right place at the right time.

A. for B. of C. in D. to the key to: bí quyết dẫn tới 28. An invention developed ____ one purpose will sometimes find use in entirely different circumstances.

A. in B. with C. by D. for for purpose: vì mục đích 29. A: "What do you think is the invention that has changed the world?"

B: “____” A. You see. Everything can be changed.

B. I think, the light bulb by Edison.

C. None of such things should be considered.

D. The world must be changing fast. Đáp lại câu hỏi về phát minh nào là phát minh làm thay đổi thế giới 30. A: "The Internet is the greatest invention of all time, isn't it?"

B: “____” A. I don't think so, many other inventions have really changed our life.

B. Yes, the Internet helps us buy things we need online.

C. Sure, the number of netizens is growing larger and larger every day.

D. Actually, I don't use the Internet much for my business. Đáp lại câu hỏi rằng internet có phải là phát minh lớn nhất mọi thời đại không V. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following sentences.

1. It was not until 1959, twenty-one years after Carlson invented xerography, that the first convenient office copier using xerography was unveiled.

A. Known B. published C. popular D. common còn bị che đậy/giấu >< đã biết 2. The first American to propel a boat by steam successfully was John Fitch. Fitch was a frequent visitor at the home of Henry, and probably got the idea of building a steamboat from him.

A. make B. drive C. board D. launch

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

lái đi >< dừng lại 3. It's hard to credit just one person with the invention of television, but it's indisputable that John Logie Baird was the first to transmit moving pictures.

A. without doubt B. questionable C. always true D. permanent truth chắc chắn><còn nghi ngờ 4. Inventor, a person who brings ideas or objects together in a novel way to create an invention, something that did not exist before.

A. practical B. interesting C. traditional D. unusual khác thường >< bình thường 5. As industry and commerce have become increasingly global in character, pressure has increased to harmonize patent systems.

A. balance B. standardize C. popularize D. develop thống nhất >< tách bạch VI. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following sentences.

1. Inventors are skilled at spotting ways to improve a situation or process.

A. Inventors are keen on spotting ways to improve a situation or process.

B. Inventors are practical in spotting ways to improve a situation or process.

C. Inventors are well-known for spotting ways to improve a situation or process.

D. Inventors are professionally trained to spot ways to improve a situation or process.

Viết lại câu sử dụng cụm từ đồng nghĩa 2. Scientists and inventors have made significant contributions to the lives of the common people.

A. Significant contributions have been made by scientists and inventors to the live of the common people.

B. Scientists and inventors had contributed significantly to the lives of the common people.

C. The lives of the common people have been significantly constructed by scientists and inventors.

D. The contributions which scientists and inventors made to the lives of the common people was significant.

Viết lại câu sử dụng cấu trúc bị động thay thế cấu trúc chủ động của động ngữ 3. Shockley's book describes the research leading to the invention of the transistor.

A. Shockley's book is a means of describing the invention of the transistor.

B. It is the invention of the transistor that is described in Shockley's book.

C. The research leading to the invention of the transistor is described in Shockley's book.

D. A description of the research leading to the invention of the transistor makes Shockley's book.

Viết lại câu sử dụng cấu trúc bị động thay thế cấu trúc chủ động của động ngữ 4. The more often ideas come together, the more frequently invention occurs.

A. Whenever more ideas come together, it comes to the occurrence of inventions.

B. The number of inventions that occur increases when a number of ideas come together.

C. It is only when more ideas come together that inventions occur more frequently.

D. The frequency of invention occurrence is decided by how often ideas come together.

Viết lại câu bằng cách diễn đạt khác 5. Watt spent much time and money in making experiments, but nothing he tried succeeded.

A. Although Watt spent much time and money in making experiments, nothing he tried succeeded.

B. Despite his failure after trial and trial, Watt spent much time and money in making experiments.

C. As Watt spent too much time and money in making experiments, nothing he tried succeeded.

D. If Watt hadn't spent much time and money in making experiments, anything he tried would have succeeded.

Viết lại câu bằng cách đổi liên từ but → although

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences given.

1. Engineering is a process for developing solutions to problems. Inventing is a process for creating things that didn't exist before.

A. The difference between Engineering and Inventing lies in the process they are conducted.

B. Engineering finds solutions to problem, while inventing creates things not ever existing.

C. Engineering focuses on developing solutions to problems, but inventing centers on creating new things.

D. The result of engineering is the development of solutions to problems, but that of inventing is the creation of new things.

Kết hợp câu sử dụng liên từ “but” tạo câu ghép 2. Inventors' and engineers' initial ideas rarely solve a problem. Instead, they try different ideas, learn from mistakes, and try again.

A. Instead of trying to solve a problem, inventors' and engineers' initial ideas are to try different ideas, learn from mistakes, and try again.

B. Rarely do inventors' and engineers' initial ideas solve a problem rather than try different ideas, learn from mistakes, and try again.

C. Because inventors' and engineers' initial Ideas rarely solve a problem, they try different ideas, learn from mistakes, and try again.

D. Even though inventors' and engineers' initial ideas rarely solve a problem, they try different ideas, learn from mistakes, and try again.

Kết hợp câu bằng sử dụng cấu trúc nhấn mạnh (yêu cầu đảo ngữ) 3. The story of each invention is interwoven with that of the life of its inventor. The lives of inventors furnish materials of the highest educative value.

A. The story of each invention is interwoven with that of the life of its inventor, whose lives furnish materials of the highest educative value B. The story of each invention is interwoven with that of the life of its inventor, because his/her life furnishes materials of the highest educative value.

C. The story of each invention is interwoven with materials of the highest educative value furnished by the life of its inventor.

D. Materials of the highest educative value furnished by the life of the inventor are interwoven with the story of each invention.

Kết hợp câu bằng cách sử dụng liên từ because tạo mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ lý do 4. Michael Faraday was employed by the Royal Institution. There, he investigated the connections between electricity, magnetism and motion.

A. Michael Faraday was employed by the Royal Institution, where he investigated the connections between electricity, magnetism and motion.

B. When Michael Faraday was employed by the Royal Institution, he investigated the connections between electricity, magnetism and motion.

C. The Royal Institution employed Michael Faraday to investigate the connections between electricity, magnetism and motion.

D. After he investigated the connections between electricity, magnetism and motion, Michael Faraday was employed by the Royal Institution.

Kết hợp câu bằng cách sử dụng trạng từ quan hệ chỉ nơi chốn 5. Dr. Percy Spencer invented the microwave oven. The invention happened by accident.

A. Dr. Percy Spencer invented the microwave oven as an accident.

B. The microwave oven was Dr. Percy Spencer's accidental invention.

C. The invention of the microwave oven by Dr. Percy Spencer was an accident.

D. Dr. Percy Spencer's invention of the microwave oven was made in an accident.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Kết hợp câu bằng cách sử dụng từ phái sinh (accident → accidental) VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

Cheap and reliable electric lighting was a holy grail for 19th-century inventors. But didn't Thomas Edison get there first? No! He was beaten (1) ____ it by Britain's very own Joseph Swan, working out of his (2) ____ lab at his house in Gateshead, Swan got his (3) ____ - and started manufacturing and selling his bulbs - in 1880. He developed a tiny lament that used (4) ____ treated cotton, and set it inside an oxygen-free vacuum (5) ____ it wouldn't catch fire when it glowed white-hot.

Swan's first bulbs lasted little more than 12 hours but, unlike gas lamps, there was no name or dirty smoke and they soon (6) ____ on. The impresario Richard d'Oyly Carte (7) ____ the opportunity to make his new Savoy Theatre in London stand (8) ____ - and when it opened the following year it was the first public building in the world (9) ____ electrically throughout. D'Oyly Carte even took to the (10) ____ himself holding a glowing bulb aloft, he ceremoniously broke it in front of the audience to prove it was safe.

1. A. by B. to C. at D. with beat smb to smth: thực hiện trước ai đó 2. A. private B. privately C. privacy D. privates private lab: phòng thí nghiệm của cá nhân 3. A. rights B. ownership C. patent D. possession Hợp nội dung chính 4. A. special B. specialty C. specially D. specialist Trạng từ bổ nghĩa cho phân từ hai 5. A. so B. so that C. than D. rather than Liên từ chỉ điều kiện, kết quả 6. A. took B. came C. carried D. caught Đúng nghĩa, đúng thời và kết hợp từ 7. A. provided B. passed C. offered D. seized Đúng nghĩa, đúng thời và kết hợp từ 8. A. away B. by C. out D. up stand out: khác biệt 9. A. to light B. to be lit C. to have lit D. that lit Chỉ mục đích, bị động 10. A. floor B. step C. stage D. forum take to stage: giới thiệu IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

Try to imagine what life would be like if there were no electric lights, no television, or no cars. What if you had no running water to take a shower and no refrigerator to keep your food cold? Life would be tough without these great inventions.

Since ancient times, people have been inventing new machines, materials, and ways of doing things. The people who come up with new things are called inventors. Sometimes an inventor makes an invention to solve a problem. Sometimes an inventor discovers something new by accident.

Everyone probably has his or her favorite inventions. One great invention was the printing press. A German named Johannes Gutenberg in the 1400s invented a press that made it easy to print books. Books became much more common after the invention of the printing press. The books helped other inventors make new things.

The invention of the steam engine around 1700 led to the Industrial Revolution. Inventors made many new machines that were powered by steam engines. They invented locomotives, steamboats, and all kinds of factory machines.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Another great invention, the internal combustion engine, led to the invention of automobiles in the late 1800s. Inventors made better and better internal combustion engines. These are the engines we use today in cars, trucks, buses, and airplanes.

The discovery of electricity led to many wonderful inventions. Many scientists studied electricity. An American inventor named Thomas A. Edison invented the electric lamp, phonograph, and other things that ran on electricity in the late 1800s.

New things are invented today faster than ever before. Inventors are making new kitchen appliances, toys, computers, video games, telephones, and all kinds of other things.

1. The passage mainly ____.

A. lists the inventions made since ancient times B. describes how inventors work to invent things C. explains why inventions have been made so far D. talks about some of the most significant inventions Liệt kê ở trong bài (the printing press; the steam engine; the internal combustion engine; automobiles:) 2. The phrase "come up with" in the passage almost means ____.

A. see B. find C. invent D. produce Dựa vào ngữ cảnh (Since ancient times, people have been inventing new machines, materials, and ways of doing things. The people who come up with new things are called inventors.)

3. Which of the following is associated with Industrial Revolution?

A. the printing press B. the discovery of electricity C. the steam engine D. the internal combustion engine Thông tin ở đoạn 4 (The invention of the steam engine around 1700 led to the Industrial Revolution.)

4. The words "These" in the passage refers to ____.

A. inventors B. internal combustion engines C. automobiles D. many wonderful inventions Hồi chỉ 5. The phrase "ran on" is closest in meaning to ____.

A. used B. created C. consumed D. stored Dựa vào ngữ cảnh (từ khi tìm ra điện thì càng có nhiều phát minh ra đời. Một người Mỹ phát minh ra đèn điện,... và nhiều thứ khác chạy bằng điện) X. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

There are certain inventions and creations that people are aware of every day. There are, however, very few creations that we use our whole lives without ever thinking about or even seeing. But that is exactly what the London sewers are. Their crcator, Joseph Bazalgette, may be remembered as more of an engineer than an inventor, but what he developed in London - the largest and most forward-thinking sewage system the world had ever seen - changed life in the city completely.

There was a sewage system in place beforehand, but all it did was transfer waste straight into the Thames. It was basically one massive open sewer pipe. By all accounts it created a truly awful smell, reaching its peak during the Great Stink of 1858. Even more worryingly, it caused serious health problems, such as cholera, because it contaminated the city's drinking supply. Something had to be done, and Bazalgette was the man to do it.

His solution was phenomenal: a new waste system that would divert the sewage eastwards away from the river and pump it out to sea. By 1865 most of the system was working, the main intercepting sewers used 318 million bricks and measured over 80 miles in length. To do all that work above ground would have been

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

one thing, but to create it underground was something else altogether. The intricate maze of sewer pipes more than 100 years old was just unbelievable. And the most amazing thing is that it still functions today.

The reason is that when Bazalgette designed the tunnels, he estimated how much the population of London would increase in the next 100 years and worked out how large the tunnels would need to be to meet the needs of the future and keep the system flowing, which is why the sewers are still in working order today, and why in our eyes it should be seen as a huge inventing achievement.

1. Which of the following is the main idea of the passage?

A. The efforts to save the dirty Thames B. A creation that has changed Londoners' lives C. The problems of the sewage system in London D. The disadvantages to the invention of Bazalgette Thông tin từ đoạn 1, đặc biệt câu cuối Joseph Bazalgette, may be remembered as more of an engineer than an inventor, but what he developed in London - the largest and most forwardthinking sewage system the world had ever seen - changed life in the city completely.)

2. Which of the following can be inferred from paragraph 1?

A. Bazalgette is more talented as an engineer than an inventor.

B. Bazalgette's invention receives public awareness.

C. Bazalgette's invention has few effects on Londoners' lives.

D. Bazalgette's creation did not receive adequate acknowledgment.

Thông tin từ đoạn 1 (There are, however, very few creations that we use our whole lives without ever thinking about or even seeing. But that is exactly what the London sewers are.)

3. The word "their" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. creations B. lives' C. sewers' D. inventions' Hồi chỉ 4. According to paragraph 2, what was the problem with the previous sewage system in London?

A. It took a lot of money to maintain.

B. It released all the waste straight into the sea.

C. It caused bad smells and health problems.

D. It was damaged badly during the Great Stink.

Thông tin trong đoạn 2 (By all accounts it created a truly awful smell, reaching its peak during the Great Stink of 1858. Even more worryingly, it caused serious health problems, such as cholera, because it contaminated the city's drinking supply.)

5. The phrase "by all accounts" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. beyond beliefs B. according to many C. without doubt D. by all means Suy từ ngữ cảnh: (“by all accounts” có nghĩa là theo ý kiến nhiều người, bản thân từ “account" mang nghĩa là “lời giải thích” trong ngữ cảnh này).

6. The word "contaminated” in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. polluted B. purified C. contained D. released Suy từ ngữ cảnh (Even more worryingly, it caused serious health problems, such as cholera, because it contaminated the city's drinking supply.)

7. The word "intricate" in the passage mostly means ____.

A. confusing B. complicated C. simplified D. interesting Suy từ ngữ cảnh (The intricate maze of sewer pipes more than 100 years old was just unbelievable.)

8. Why was Bazalgette's invention impressive?

A. It took a hundred year to finish.

B. It was 80 miles long.

C. It requires a lot of materials.

D. It redirected the waste to the sea.

Thông tin ở đoạn 3 (His solution was phenomenal: a new waste system that would divert the sewage eastwards away from the river and pump it out to sea.)

9. The word "which" in the passage refers to Bazalgette's ____.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. estimation B. tunnels C. population D. needs Hồi chỉ (mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định) 10. The system created by Bazalgette can still function these days because ____.

A. he used more bricks than necessary B. he predicted the situation far in the future C. the system was unbelievably intricate D. the system was underground Thông tin từ đoạn cuối (when Bazalgette designed the tunnels, he estimated how much the population of London would increase in the next 100 years ...)

Unit 6. GENDER EQUALITY - KEY

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

LANGUAGE FOCUS Phonetics Stress in two-syllable words: 'gender, 'equal, 'female, de'gree, en'roll, ...

Grammar The Passive voice with modals Gender discrimination must be eliminated so that everyone has equal opportunities in education.

I think you should be given some information about the job you apply for.

Vocabulary Words and phrases related to gender equality: treatment, eliminate discrimination ...

I. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.

1. A. equal B. female C. enroll D. being Phát âm là /ɪ/, những từ còn lại phát âm /i:/ 2. A. report B. perform C. according D. word Phát âm là /ɜ:/, những từ còn lại phát âm /ɔ:/ 3. A. women B. college C. opportunity D. job Phát âm là /ɪ/, những từ còn lại phát âm /ɒ/ 4. A. girls B. works C. degrees D. opportunities Phát âm là /s/, những từ còn lại phát âm /z/ 5. A. eliminated B. forced C. worked D. missed Phát âm là /ɪd/, những từ còn lại phát âm /t/ II. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.

1. A. project (n) B. system C. gender D. agree Trọng âm vào âm tiết 2, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 1 2. A. target B. housework C. promote D. study Trọng âm vào âm tiết 2, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 1 3. A. income B. workforce C. pursuit D. passive Trọng âm vào âm tiết 2, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 1 4. A. produce B. office C. labour D. childcare Trọng âm vào âm tiết 2, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 1 5. A. mature B. affect C. challenge D. employ Trọng âm vào âm tiết 1, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 2 III. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following sentences.

1. "Gender equality and women's empowerment are fundamental to the global mission of the United Nations to A B achieving equal rights and dignity for all." - Ban Ki-moon C D → achieve 2. Organizations will to have a duty to promote gender equality.

A B C D → have 3. The gender gaps was visible in the way men and women voted during the presidential elections.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A B C D → gap 4. About one third of developing country have not achieved gender parity in primary education.

A B C D → countries 5. Not only men and women do have many differences, but they also have many similarities.

A B C D → do men and women IV. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following sentences.

1. Gender ____ is not only a fundamental human right, but a necessary foundation for a peaceful, prosperous and sustainable world.

A. equity B. unity C. equality D. identity Gender equality: Bình đẳng giới 2. Women and girls represent half of the world's population and therefore also half of ____ potential.

A. its B. their C. his D. her Tính từ sở hữu bổ nghĩa cho danh từ và hợp giống, số với danh từ được thế 3. Today gender inequality still persists everywhere and stagnates social ____.

A. progress B. progressive C. progression D. progresses Tiến bộ xã hội: Danh từ trung tâm (không đếm được) trong danh ngữ 4. As of 2014, 143 countries have guaranteed equality between men and women in their Constitutions but 52 have yet to ____ this step.

A. do B. go C. make D. take To take (this) step: Đi đến bước này, thực hiện hành vi này 5. In some countries, girls are deprived ____ access to health care or proper nutrition, leading to a higher mortality rate.

A. of B. off C. from D. away To be deprived of: bị tước đi mất (biến thể từ cấu trúc to deprive smb of smth) 6. Child marriage affects girls ____ more than boys.

A. too B. so C. such D. far Trạng từ chỉ mức độ bổ nghĩa cho trạng từ so sánh 7. Unfair treatment based on gender, age or race must ____ in our modern life.

A. to be eliminate B. be eliminated C. to be eliminated D. to be eliminating Chắc chắn được loại bỏ: Bị động với động từ khuyết thiếu 8. In sub-Saharan Africa, Oceania and Western Asia, girls still face barriers to ____ both primary and secondary school.

A. enter B. entering C. be entered D. be entering Danh động từ sau giới từ 9. Women's and girls' empowerment ____ essential to expand economic growth and promote social development.

A. is B. was C. are D. were Động từ chính của câu chia hợp số, hợp thời 10. The Law on Gender Equality also stipulates that men and women ____ be treated equally in workplaces.

A. should B. would C. ought D. could Nên được đối xử: Bị động với động từ khuyết thiếu 11. While the laws and policies provide a sound legal framework to protect women and men from gender-based discrimination, much ____ in practice.

A. remains to do B. remain to do C. remains to be done D. remain to be done Được duy trì thực hiện nguyên thể bị động làm bổ tố cho động từ remain

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

12. While Job advertisements should avoid any mention of gender as this represents a direct form of genderbased discrimination, the relevant data ____ that such a practice is still common in Viet Nam. A. to indicate B. indicated C. has indicated D. have indicated Động từ chính của câu chia hợp số, hợp thời 13. Among the job postings that included a gender preference, 70 per cent specifically requested that the positions be filled by men ____ only 30 per cent wanted female applicants.

A. and B. whereas C. or D. so Liên từ chỉ sự mâu thuẫn, khác biệt rõ rệt 14. Among the gender-preferred postings, men were most often targeted for more technical and ____ skilled jobs or jobs that require more outdoor activities, such as architects.

A. high B. higher C. highly D. highest Trạng từ chỉ mức độ bổ nghĩa cho tính từ 15. The fact that in many cases women's access to certain jobs was restricted ____ their reproductive role and/or main responsibility for childcare and the care of other dependents.

A. on the basis of B. in terms of C. on occasions of D. on condition that Cụm trạng từ chỉ cách thức bổ nghĩa cho động ngữ, hợp nghĩa (trên cơ sở, nền tảng) 16. Maternity leave and the reproductive role may also result ____ discrimination against women in the prospects for promotion.

A. from B. in C. to D. as Động từ đa thành tố/ đa kết trị, hợp nghĩa (result in: dẫn tới) 17. The introduction of policies which enables workers with family responsibilities to engage and advance in employment without discrimination should ____.

A. to be encouraged B. to be encouraging C. be encouraging D. be encouraged Cần được khuyến khích: Bị động với động từ khuyết thiếu 18. Promoting gender-based diversity in different occupations and job functions is key ____ increasing companies' productivity and competitiveness.

A. to B. for C. in D. of Giới từ trong cụm giới từ cố định với tính từ: key to (là điểm mấu chốt) 19. Supporting women and men to build and advance their career ____ is an issue of gender equality ____ makes good business sense.

A. both .... and B. either.... or C. not only ... but also D. so ... that Liên từ tương liên không những ... mà còn 20. In Vietnam, UNESCO data indicates that among those with tertiary education, women always ____ men in the period between 2007 and 2011.

A. outnumbers B. outnumbered C. has outnumbered D. is outnumbered Động từ chính của câu chia hợp thời, hợp thể, hợp dạng 21. For both physiological and social reasons, women are more vulnerable than men to ____ health problems.

A. reproduce B. reproducing C. reproductive D. reproduction Tính từ bổ nghĩa cho cụm danh từ các vấn đề về sức khoẻ sinh sản) 22. Combating gender-based violence and protecting and supporting victims will be ____ continued priority.

A. a B. the C. every D. each Mạo từ không xác định, hợp số 23. The ability of women ____ their own fertility is fundamental to women's empowerment and equality.

A. that control B. to control C. for controlling D. of controlling Động từ nguyên mẫu (to_infinitive) làm bổ tố cho danh từ 24. A: "Are you attending the conference on gender equality this week?"

B: “____” A. I don't think I will be able to come.

B. Did you say that?

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

C. Well, things are different now.

D. That's the way life is.

Tôi nghĩ tôi không thể đến được. (Đáp lại câu hỏi có đến dự hội thảo về bình đẳng giới được hay không).

25. A: "Women should have the same opportunities as men."

B: “____” A. Gender equality needs men to get involved too.

B. Women are working too much.

C. Women should not receive higher education.

D. None of that will do, I'm afraid.

Bình đẳng giới cần sự tham gia của nam giới. (đưa ý kiến theo ý kiến của A: Phụ nữ cần được hưởng chung cơ hội như nam giới) 26. Gender equality is achieved when women and men enjoy the same rights and opportunities across all sectors of society, ____ economic participation and decision-making.

A. include B. includes C. including D. included Phân từ một của động từ đưa thêm thông tin bổ trợ cho thông tin đề cập trong mệnh đề chính 27. UNDP believes that the gender inequalities and ____ attitudes and practices that hold women back, must be confronted and eliminated, if we are to leave no one behind.

A. discriminate B. discriminating C. discriminatory D. discriminated Tính từ miêu tả danh từ 28. From new laws to legal aid and justice services, UNDP is supporting survivors and changing attitudes and practices to end and prevent violence ____ women and girls.

A. of B. to C. over D. against Giới từ against đi với danh từ violence 29. Half a billion women around the world can't read, 62 million girls are denied ____, and 155 countries still have laws that discriminate against women.

A. the right of educating B. the right of education C. the right to educate D. the right to education Quyền lợi tiếp cận với giáo dục (the right to: to là giới từ) 30. ____ many international agreements affirming their human rights, women are still much more likely than men to be poor and illiterate.

A. Although B. Despite C. Because D. Since Giới từ chỉ sự nhượng bộ/đối lập/mâu thuẫn V. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following sentences.

1. Vast inequalities threaten economies, communities and nations, trapping people in a cycle of poverty and marginalization.

A. catching someone in a net B. making someone prisoner C. driving someone into dangerous situation D. putting someone into a desperate situation Putting someone into a desperate situation: đẩy ai đó vào tình huống tuyệt vọng 2. Pressed into motherhood early, or repeatedly, many girls and women are more prone to maternal injuries, disabilities or even death.

A. likely B. vulnerable C. close D. open Vulnerable: dễ bị tổn thương 3. More than lip service should be paid to ensuring that women were invited to participate in national dialogues.

A. empty promise B. solemn promise C. broken promise D. early promise Empty promise: lời hứa suông 4. Gender equality will be achieved only when women and men enjoy the same opportunities, rights and obligations in all spheres of life.

A. areas B. sides C. ranges D. ways Areas of life: mọi khía cạnh của cuộc sống

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

5. Gender equality demands the empowerment of women, with a focus on identifying and redressing power imbalances and giving women more autonomy to manage their own lives.

A. freedom of action B. determination C. dependence on others D. decision Freedom of action: tự chủ, tự do hành động VI. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following sentences.

1. The roles that men and women play in society are not biologically determined.

A. It's not biology that determines the roles of men and women play in society.

B. Society does not determine the roles that men and women play biologically.

C. Biologically, men and women do not play their determined roles in society.

D. It is not in society where men and women play the roles biologically determined.

Thay đổi cấu trúc câu dùng cấu trúc nhấn mạnh It be... that 2. About two thirds of the world's illiterate adults are women.

A. Women occupy about two thirds of the world's illiterate adults.

B. Of the world's illiterate adults are about two thirds of women.

C. Women are about two thirds of the world's illiterate adults.

D. The world's illiterate adults are about two thirds of women.

Thay đổi cấu trúc câu bằng cách thay đổi động từ với cấu trúc khác 3. Gender equality cannot be achieved without the backing and enforcement of institutions.

A. Without the backing and enforcement of institutions can gender equality be achieved.

B. But for the backing and enforcement of institutions, gender equality cannot be achieved.

C. To achieve gender equality, institutions should provide their backing and enforcement.

D. Because of the backing and enforcement of institutions, gender equality can be achieved.

Thay đổi cấu trúc câu dùng ngữ giới từ “but for” thay cho giới từ “without” 4. Six out of ten of the world's poorest people are women.

A. Out of every ten poorest people are six women of the world.

B. Women make up sixty percent of the poorest world population.

C. Sixty percent of the world's poorest people are women.

D. Six out of ten women are of the world's poorest people.

Thay đổi cấu trúc câu dùng bằng sử dụng cụm danh từ tương đương 5. Urbanization and technology create unexpected opportunities for women.

A. Unexpected opportunities for women are created by urbanization and technology.

B. Women do not expect opportunities created by urbanization and technology.

C. Unexpectedly, urbanization and technology have created opportunities for women.

D. Opportunities for women have been unexpectedly created by urbanization and technology.

Thay đổi cấu trúc câu dùng bằng thay đổi thể của động từ (chủ động → bị động) VII. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences given.

1. Technology allows for remote working. This expands women's options.

A. Technology allows for remote working, which expands women's options.

B. That technology allows for remote working will expand women's options.

C. Because technology allows for remote working, it expands women's options.

D. Allowing for remote working, technology expands women's options.

Nối câu bằng sử dụng đại từ quan hệ 'which’ trong xây dựng mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định (non-restrictive relative clause) 2. The report will examine unequal pay. It will also examine other types of gender discrimination at workplace.

A. The report will examine not only the unequal pay but also other types of gender discrimination at workplace.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

B. The report will examine the unequal pay that examines other types of gender discrimination at workplace.

C. After examining the unequal pay, the report will examine other types of gender discrimination at workplace.

D. The report will examine the unequal pay, and then it will examine other types of gender discrimination at workplace.

Nối câu bằng sử dụng liên từ tương liên: not only ... but also 3. We need to ensure equality of opportunity in all areas of work. However, women do not yet have true equality in the company.

A. Although we need to ensure equality of opportunity in all areas of work, women do not yet have true equality in the company.

B. Because women do not yet have true equality in the company, we need to ensure equality of opportunity in all areas of work.

C. If we ensure equality of opportunity in all areas of work, women have had true equality in the company.

D. We need to ensure equality of opportunity in all areas of work so that women have true equality in the company.

Nối câu bằng sử dụng liên từ phản biện thể hiện nhượng bộ: although 4. Businesses seem to pay more attention to gender issues in senior positions. Most of the senior positions are occupied by male officers.

A. Businesses seem to pay more attention to gender issues in senior positions which are mostly occupied by male officers.

B. As businesses seem to pay more attention to gender issues in senior positions, most of the positions are occupied by male officers.

C. As most of senior positions are occupied by male officers, then businesses pay more attention to gender issues in these positions.

D. Businesses seem to pay more attention to gender issues in senior positions, making most of the positions occupied by male officers.

Nối câu bằng sử dụng đại từ quan hệ 'which' trong xây dựng mệnh đề quan hệ xác định (restrictive relative clause) 5. Until 1986 most companies would not even allow women to take exams. Such blatant discrimination is now disappearing.

A. After 1986 when most companies would not even allow women to take exams, the blatant discrimination is now disappearing.

B. It was not until 1986 when most companies would not even allow women to take exams that the blatant discrimination is disappearing.

C. Until 1986 most companies would not even allow women to take exams, but such blatant discrimination is now disappearing.

D. The blatant discrimination, that most companies would not even allow women to take exams, has disappeared.

Nối câu bằng sử dụng liên từ chỉ sự đối lập VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

In the 1980s feminism became less popular in the US and there was less (1) ____ in solving the remaining problems, such as the fact that most women still earn (2) ____ less than men. But American women have more opportunities than anyone thought possible 40 years (3) ____. One of the biggest discrimination is in (4) ____ people think. Although there is still discrimination, the principle that should not exist is (5) ____ accepted.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Feminism has brought (6) ____ many changes in the English language. Many words for job (7) ____ that included 'man' have been replaced, for example 'police officer' is used (8) ____ of policeman' and 'chair' or 'chairperson' for 'chairman'. 'He' is now rarely used to (9) ____ to a person when the person could be either a man or woman. Instead, he/she, or sometimes (s)he, is preferred. The title Ms is used for women instead of 'Miss' or 'Mrs', since, like 'Mr, it does not show (10) ____ a person is married or not.

1. A. concern B. interest C. worry D. care Danh từ hợp nghĩa, hợp cấu trúc từ vựng interest in 2. A. much B. so C. too D. as Trạng từ chỉ mức độ (much) bổ nghĩa cho trạng từ chỉ lượng ở dạng thức so sánh (less) sau động từ định lượng 3. A. earlier B. before C. ago D. then Trạng từ chỉ một mốc thời gian trong quá khứ 4. A. what B. which C. that D. how Cách người ta suy nghĩ (how), tức là vẫn nằm trong ý niệm chứ không phải kết quả của quá trình ấy (what), chưa hình thành khái niệm 5. A. wide B. widen C. wider D. widely Trạng từ chỉ cách thức, mức độ, bổ nghĩa cho động từ (chấp nhận rộng rãi) 6. A. about B. in C. up D. to Động từ nhiều thành phần/ đa kết trị: bring about (dẫn tới, đem lại) 7. A. names B. titles C. places D. posts Thuật ngữ: (job titles) định danh nghề nghiệp 8. A. in terms B. instead C. on behalf D. in position Tạo ngữ giới từ hợp nghĩa: instead of (thay cho) 9. A. refer B. point C. show D. indicate Động từ nhiều thành phần/đa kết trị: refer to (chỉ ra) 10. A. either B. neither C. whether D. rather Liên từ tương liên: whether ... or not (có hay không) IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

The issue of equality for women in British society first attracted national attention in the early 20th century, when the suffragettes won for women the right to vote. In the 1960s, feminism - the belief that women and men are equal in abilities and should have equal rights and opportunities - became the subject of intense debate when the women's lib movement encouraged women to reject their traditional supporting role and to demand equal status and equal rights with men in areas such as employment and pay.

Since then, the gender gap between the sexes has been reduced. The Equal Pay Act of 1970, for instance, made it illegal for women to be paid less than men for doing the same work, and in 1975 the Sex Discrimination Act aimed to prevent either sex having an unfair advantage when applying for jobs. In the same year the Equal Opportunities Commission was set up to help people claim their rights to equal treatment and to publish research and statistics to show where improvements in opportunities for women need to be made. Women now have much better employment opportunities than formerly, though they still tend to get less well-paid jobs than men, and very few are appointed to top jobs in industry.

Many people believe that there is still a long way to go before women are treated as equals in employment. In education, however, girl's and women's opportunities have improved rapidly and in public employment there are policies to increase the proportion of women employed, which is still very low at senior levels.

1. According to the passage, what happened when British women won the right to vote for the first time?

A. The whole society change their viewpoint on the matter of feminism.

B. The matter of equality for women attracted national attention.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

C. Men and women in British society gained equal rights and opportunities.

D. Women and men in British society were equal in abilities.

Thông tin từ đoạn 1, câu đề (key word: British women - The issue of equality for women in British society first attracted national attention in the early 20th century, when the suffragettes won for women the right to vote.)

2. The word 'intense' in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. heated B. firm C. light D. lively Suy ra từ ngữ cảnh và hợp nghĩa với danh từ debate: tranh cãi, tranh luận 3. When was the Equal Opportunities Commission established in the UK? A. 1960 B. 1970 C. 1975 D. 1920 Thông tin ở đoạn 2 (scanning for number - and in 1975 the Sex Discrimination Act aimed to prevent either sex having an unfair advantage when applying for jobs. In the same year the Equal Opportunities Commission was set up ...)

4. According to the passage, which of the following supports research for the sake of women?

A. The Equal Pay Act B. The Equal Opportunities Commission C. The Sex Discrimination Act D. The Equal Rights Amendment Thông tin ở đoạn 2 (key word: research - In the same year the Equal Opportunities Commission was set up to help people claim their rights to equal treatment and to publish research and statistics to show where improvements in opportunities for women need to be made.)

5. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?

A. Women no longer have to play their traditional role.

B. Women are now paid the same as men for the same work.

C. Women are still unable to approach top jobs in industry.

D. Women can never reach high rank in public employment.

Thông tin ở cuối đoạn 2 (key word: paid - Women now have much better employment opportunities than formerly, though they still tend to get less well-paid jobs than men.)

X. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

Promoting decent work and income for women and men in conditions of freedom, equity, security and human dignity, is one of the key priorities of the ILO's Decent Work Agenda. Integrating gender concerns into employment promotion and creation contributes to more effective boosting of productivity and economic growth; human resources development; sustainable development; and reduce poverty. Worldwide progress has been made over the last few decades in increasing women's labour force participation and narrowing gender income gaps, but more efforts are needed to make gender equality in the world of work a reality.

In Vietnam, just like in the developing world in general, women continue to form a large majority of the working poor, earn less income, and are more often affected by under and unemployment and precarious working conditions than men. Women in Vietnam are principally found in lower paid occupational sectors or in vulnerable employment. The majority of women work as unpaid family workers, and in largely "invisible" areas of informal employment as migrant domestic workers, homeworkers, street vendors and in the entertainment industry.

Women's position in the labour market is largely affected by socio-economic disadvantages caused by gender-based discrimination. Vietnamese women often have less access to productive resources, education, and skills development and labour market opportunities than men. In great part, this is because society assigns both a lower status and most of the unpaid care work to Vietnamese women, and expects them to engage in productive work in subsistence agriculture and the market economy.

The ILO and Vietnamese constituents have long cooperated on promoting gender equality among male and female workers in the country. Current joint efforts are geared at increasing women's opportunities to enterprise development; preventing labour exploitation of (migrant) children and women; and strengthening the

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

equality dimension in labour legislation such as prohibiting direct and indirect discrimination, and promoting equal pay for work of equal value, action against sexual harassment and equalizing the retirement ages for women and men.

1. It can be inferred from the passage that ILO stands for ____.

A. International Law Office B. International Labor Organization C. Intended Learning Outcomes D. Integrated Learning Online Thông tin suy ra từ toàn bài (chủ đề của bài đọc là về bảo vệ quyền lợi của người lao động, đặc biệt là lao động nữ, đảm bảo bình đẳng giới trong công việc.)

2. Which of the following is not mentioned in paragraph 1 as a result of integrating gender into employment promotion and creation?

A. poverty reduction B. human resources development C. sustainable development D. better employment opportunities Thông tin nêu rõ trong đoạn 1 (Integrating gender concerns into employment promotion and creation contributes to more effective boosting of productivity and economic growth; human resources development; sustainable development; and reduce poverty.)

3. It can be inferred from paragraph 1 that ____.

A. women's labour force participation has increased B. gender income gaps have been narrowed C. gender equality in the world of work has not been realized D. promoting income for women is considered one of the key priorities Suy từ thông tin trong đoạn 1, đặc biệt câu cuối (...but more efforts are needed to make gender equality in the world of work a reality.)

4. The word "precarious" may mostly mean ____.

A. ideal B. dangerous C. favorable D. special Suy từ ngữ cảnh của từ miêu tả điều kiện làm việc (...to form a large majority of the working poor, earn less income, and are more often affected by under and un-employment and precarious working conditions than men.)

5. The word "principally" is closest in meaning to ____.

A. generally B. particularly C. only D. occasionally Suy từ ngữ cảnh của từ thể hiện chức năng trạng từ tình thái (Women in Vietnam are principally found in lower paid occupational sectors or in vulnerable employment. The majority of women work as unpaid family workers, and in largely "invisible" areas of...)

6. The author probably uses the phrase 'unpaid family workers' in paragraph 2 to refer to ____.

A. housewives B. women in the family C. the daughter of the family D. the mother in the family Hồi chỉ và suy luận từ thông tin nêu trong đoạn 2 (The majority of women work as unpaid family workers, and in largely "invisible" areas of informal employment as migrant domestic workers, homeworkers, street vendors and in the entertainment industry.)

7. The author probably uses the word "invisible" in the phrase in largely "invisible" areas of informal employment to refer to the fact that ____.

A. many jobs done by Vietnamese women have not been officially recognized B. the jobs done by Vietnamese women are mostly of the illegal job market C. none of the jobs done by Vietnamese women are of high security and promotion D. most of the jobs done by Vietnamese women are underpaid or not paid at all Dựa vào nghĩa bóng của từ và suy luận từ ngữ cảnh được nêu trong đoạn 2 8. Which of the following is NOT true in Vietnam according to the passage?

A. A large majority of the working poor in Vietnam are women.

B. Most of women work in lower paid occupational sectors than men.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

C. Women have less access to labour market opportunities than men.

D. Men do not have to face with gender-based discrimination at all.

Suy từ nội dung toàn bài: Bình đẳng giới chưa hoàn toàn đạt được, các tổ chức, trong đó có ILO Việt Nam đang hoạt động tích cực vì kết quả đó.

9. According to the passage, which is the main reason why, in Vietnam, women hold lower social status than men?

A. Gender-based discrimination B. Precarious working conditions C. Women's engagement in productive work D. Increasing women's labour force participation Nêu rõ trong đoạn 3 (Women's position in the labour market is largely affected by socio-economic disadvantages caused by gender-based discrimination. Vietnamese women often have less access to productive resources, education, and skills development and labour market opportunities than men.)

10. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT aimed at by The ILO and Vietnamese constituents?

A. Increasing women's opportunities to enterprise development B. Prohibiting direct and indirect discrimination C. Equalizing the retirement ages for women and men D. Supporting women and their childbearing decisions Thông tin không đề cập trong bài

Unit 7. CULTURAL DIVERSITY - KEY

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

LANGUAGE FOCUS Phonetics Stress in two-syllable words with the same spelling: 'export (n) - ex'port (v). 'decrease (n) - de'crease (v)...

Grammar - Comparative and superlative adjectives The whole matter is further complicated by the fact that they refuse to sit down and negotiate.

It is best to get to know about the culture of the country where you truvel to.

- Articles We lay food on the altar as we believe that our ancestors will enjoy the meal with us.

We did have a great time in the ancient city of Hoi An. VOCABULARY Words and phrases related to tradition, cultural characteristics and superstitions belief, superstitious, wedding ceremony...

I. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.

1. A. tradition B. cultural C. accordance D. similarity Phát âm là /æ/, những từ còn lại phát âm /ə/ 2. A. ritual B. superstitious C. origin D. exist Phát âm là âm câm, những từ còn lại phát âm /ɪ/ 3. A. fortune B. important C. ancestor D. support Phát âm là /ə/, những từ còn lại phát âm /ɔ:/ 4. A. lucky B. success C. status D. culture Phát âm là /ʌ/, những từ còn lại phát âm /ə/ 5. A. decided B. needed C. wanted D. opened Phát âm là /d/, những từ còn lại phát âm /id/ II. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.

1. A. belief B. story C. marriage D. wedding Trọng âm vào âm tiết 2, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 1 2. A. prepare B. believe C. preserve D. offer Trọng âm vào âm tiết 1, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 2 3. A. follow B. altar C. throughout D. legend Trọng âm vào âm tiết 2, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 1 4. A. argue B. venture C. couple D. diverse Trọng âm vào âm tiết 2, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 1 5. A. propose B. standard C. research D. engage Trọng âm vào âm tiết 1, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 2 III. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following sentences.

1. She teaches the students to have respect for different races and appreciate a diversity of other cultures.

A B C D → the 2. It is the city of huge musical and artistic diversity, where every taste is catered for.

A B C D

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

→a 3. Does television adequately reflects the ethnic and cultural diversity of the country?

A B C D → reflect 4. People are encouraging to celebrate the diversity of their communities.

A B C D → encouraged 5. The teaching profession does not yet reflect the diversity of its population.

A B C D → the IV. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following sentences.

1. Cultural diversity expands choices, nurtures ____ variety of skills, human values and worldviews and provides wisdom from the past to inform the future.

A. a B. an C. the D. no article variety of: một loạt (sự đa dạng) 2. Cultural diversity is ____ mainspring for sustainable development for individuals, communities and countries.

A. а B. an C. the D. no article Mạo từ không xác định có tính ý nghĩa chỉ số 3. The Heritage Education for Sustainable Development project aims ____ strengthening the linkage between culture and education for sustainable development.

A. to B. for C. at D. by Động từ đa thành phần/kết trị: aim at (nhắm tới) 4. Cultural diversity (also known as multiculturalism) is ____ group of diverse individuals from different cultures or societies.

A. a B. an C. the D. no article Mạo từ không xác định có tính ý nghĩa chỉ số 5. Today's workforce is made up ____ a very diverse population of individuals from every part of the world, which creates dynamic multiracial and multicultural organizations.

A. by B. from C. of D. with Động từ đa thành phần/kết trị ở dạng thức bị động: to be made up of (được tạo bởi) 6. The phrase "cultural diversity" is also sometimes used to mean ____ variety of human societies or cultures in a specific region, or in the world as a whole.

A. a B. an C. the D. no article Mạo từ xác định (tính đa dạng của): the variety of 7. Globalization is often said to have ____ negative effect on the world's cultural diversity.

A. a B. an C. the D. no article Mạo từ không xác định có tính ý nghĩa chỉ số 8. Productivity increases exponentially when people of all cultures pull together towards a single ____ goal.

A. inspire B. inspiring C. inspired D. inspiratory Danh động từ làm định tố cho danh từ 9. Cultural diversity is a driving force of development, not only ____ economic growth, but also as a means of leading a more fulfilling intellectual, emotional, moral and spiritual life.

A. in terms of B. with respect to C. in response to D. with the aim of Ngữ cố định, hợp nghĩa (đối với, trên phương diện, bình diện) 10. Cultural diversity is an asset that is ____ for poverty reduction and the achievement of sustainable development.

A. crucial B. fundamental C. critical D. indispensable

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Tính hợp nghĩa (không thể thay thế) 11. In a diverse workplace, employees are more likely to remain loyal when they feel ____ and valued for their unique contribution.

A. respectful B. respected C. respective D. respectable Tính hợp nghĩa (được tôn trọng) 12. Diverse cultural perspectives can inspire ____ and drive innovation.

A. creation B. creator C. creature D. creativity Hợp nghĩa: tính sáng tạo 13. By offering a platform for the open exchange of ideas, businesses can reap ____ benefits of diversity in the workplace.

A. the big B. the bigger C. the biggest D. the most big Hợp nghĩa, đúng cấu trúc từ pháp (phép so sánh tuyệt đối hạn định với tính từ ngắn) 14. Cultural diversity is important because our country, workplaces, and schools increasingly ____ of various cultural, racial, and ethnic groups.

A. comprise B. contain C. include D. consist Động từ đa kết trị: consist of (bao gồm) 15. Diversity makes our country a ____ place to live, as people from diverse cultures contribute language skills, new ways of thinking, new knowledge, and different experiences. Đúng cấu trúc từ pháp (phép so sánh tương đối với tính từ dài) 16. Cultural diversity supports the idea that every person can make a unique and positive contribution to the larger society because of, ____ in spite of their differences.

A. rather than B. instead of C. other than D. in place of Hợp nghĩa (thay vì) 17. Often people are afraid that ___ differences will divide people from each other.

A. recognize B. recognizes C. recognizing D. recognized Danh động từ làm chủ ngữ trong mệnh đề 18. If you are able to explain the importance of diversity to children and show them how diverse the world is, you can help them to be ____ toward people of different cultural backgrounds.

A. more open-minded B. more opening mind C. more opened mind D. more opening minded Đúng cấu trúc từ pháp (phép so sánh tương đối với tính từ dài) 19. Parents or family members need to sit down and talk with children as well as present them ____ easy-tounderstand data, and talk about the importance of cultural diversity, A. to B. for C. at D. with Động từ đa kết trị: Present smb with smth.

20. Bringing together people of various backgrounds with different life experiences can generate ideas or perspectives ____ others may not have ever considered or been aware of.

A. how B. what C. why D. that Đại từ quan hệ xác định 21. The modern workplace is a mosaic of different ideas, beliefs and opinions, which ____ together create an atmosphere of cultural diversity.

A. being taking B. taking C . taken D. having taken Mệnh đề quan hệ bị động thu gọn 22. For some students being in a diverse school or college can prepare them for the real world, ____ they can take a stance on a subject and be able to voice their opinion from an informed point of view.

A. in that B. that C. at which D. where Mệnh đề quan hệ có trạng từ quan hệ làm liên từ 23. Most authorities tend ____ that diversity is more beneficial to society than it is harmful.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. to believe B. believe C. believing D. believed Động từ nguyên thể có to (to_infinitive) làm bổ tố cho động từ “tend” 24. "Do you have a cultural diversity in your class?" “____” A. I'm sorry, but I don't see your point in the way you argue.

B. Sure. My classmates come from different areas of our country.

C. I can't understand what my friends talk with their provincial accents.

D. It's very nice to be friends with people of different backgrounds.

Có chứ. Các bạn lớp tôi đến từ nhiều vùng miền trên cả nước mà. (Đáp lại câu hỏi của A về tính đa dạng văn hoá có hay không trong lớp học của B) 25. "Do you think cultural diversity does good to us all?" "____" A. Actually, I feel very difficult to communicate with people of a different culture.

B. When I travel, I meet a lot of interesting people from different cultures.

C. When you make friend with a foreigner, you are able to know one more culture.

D. Travelling is a part of my business, so I learn much about others' cultures.

Thực ra tôi thấy khó khăn trong giao tiếp với người khác văn hoá. (Đáp lại câu hỏi của A cho B là B có thấy đa dạng văn hoá có ảnh hưởng tốt tới tất cả chúng ta không) 26. Understanding and respecting individuals who are different from one's self, ____ racially, socially, ideologically or spiritually, is a natural outcome of understanding the vast diversity of God's creation.

A. either B. neither C. whether D. both Hợp nghĩa 27. The more different cultures work together, ____ essential to avoid problems.

A. the more cultural competency training is B. the more culturally competent training is C. the more cultural competent training is D. the more culturally competency training is So sánh kép chỉ sự tăng tiến (tỉ lệ thuận) 28. Cultural problems can range from miscommunication to actual conflict, all ____ effective worker productivity and performance.

A. endanger B. endangers C. endangering D. endangered Phân từ một của động từ thực hiện chức năng nêu kết quả của hành động trong mệnh đề chính 29. Students who attend schools with ____ diverse population can develop an understanding of the perspectives of children from different backgrounds and learn to function in a multicultural, multiethnic environment.

A. a B. an C. the D. no article Mạo từ không xác định có tính đến số lượng và nghĩa tập hợp 30. In a classroom the teacher can structure learning groups that are diverse and devise activities that require each student ____ to the group.

A. to contribute B. contribute C. contributing D. contributed Động từ nguyên thể to_infinitive làm tân ngữ trực tiếp cho động từ require: require smb to do smth V. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following sentences.

1. Diversity includes physical appearance, religious belief, and race but your opinions and thoughts and the impact they make on society are also part of diversity.

A. influence B. benefit C. response D. value Influence: ảnh hưởng 2. Western cultures are often more informal, where business leaders often refer to each other by first names. In countries like Japan, this is frowned upon as it indicates disrespect.

A. hated by B. disapproved of C. agreed on D. kept away from Disapproved of: Không đồng tình

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

3. Communities that feel they have a connection with local businesses will be more inclined to support those companies.

A. feel like B. have a tendency C. have a strong will D. feel sure Have a tendency: Có xu hướng 4. People of different cultural and racial backgrounds can interact and get to learn and appreciate each other's uniqueness hence fostering tolerance and peaceful coexistence.

A. offering support for B. drawing encouragement from C. making an agreement on D. promoting the development of Promoting the development of: thúc đẩy phát triển 5. In general, most students are comfortable interacting with people, behaviors, and ideas that they are familiar with but react with fear and apprehension when faced with the unfamiliar.

A. comprehension B. confidence C. anxiety D. surprise Anxiety: tâm trạng lo lắng, bất an VI. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following sentences.

1. People from diverse cultures can make American companies more productive and profitable.

A. American companies can make themselves more productive and profitable with diverse cultures.

B. American companies can be made more productive and profitable by people from diverse cultures.

C. Diverse cultures can make American companies more productive and profitable with their people.

D. Diverse cultures can make American companies and their people more productive and profitable.

Thay đổi cấu trúc câu bằng cách chuyển thể của động từ (chủ động → bị động) 2. Dying languages and urbanization are threats to cultural diversity.

A. Of the threats to cultural diversity is dying languages and urbanization.

B. Cultural diversity is threatened with dying languages and urbanization.

C. Dying languages and urbanization is making cultural diversity a threat.

D. Culture diversity is threatening to kill some languages and urbanization.

Thay đổi cấu trúc câu bằng cách chuyển thể của động từ (chủ động → bị động) 3. When we interact and try to understand others, we will not Judge them.

A. We will not judge others if we interact and try to understand them.

B. Unless we do not interact and try to understand others, we will not judge them.

C. If we do not try to interact and understand others, we will not judge them.

D. We interact and try to understand others; otherwise, we will not judge them.

Thay đổi cấu trúc câu bằng cách thay thế liên từ 4. Cultural diversity in the workplace can sometimes lead to intercultural conflicts.

A. Cultural diversity in the workplace can sometimes result from intercultural conflicts.

B. Intercultural conflicts can sometimes result from cultural diversity in the workplace.

C. In the workplace, cultural diversity can be sometimes the leaders of intercultural conflicts.

D. In the workplace, intercultural conflicts can sometimes be led by cultural diversity.

Thay đổi cấu trúc câu bằng cách thay động từ đồng nghĩa 5. Learning about cultural differences can actually bring people closer together.

A. To bring people closer together, we have to learn about cultural differences.

B. To learn about cultural differences is to bring people closer together.

C. People can be brought closer together by learning about cultural differences.

D. People can learn about cultural differences to bring themselves closer together.

Thay đổi cấu trúc câu bằng cách chuyển thể của động từ (chủ động → bị động) VII. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences given.

1. Most of us enjoy one aspect of cultural diversity. This can also be a good way to start learning about new cultures.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. Enjoying one aspect of cultural diversity can also be a good way to start learning about new cultures.

B. As most of us enjoy one aspect of cultural diversity, it can also be a good way to start learning about new cultures.

C. Most of us enjoy one aspect of cultural diversity, which can also be a good way to start learning about new cultures.

D. A good way for most of us to start learning about new cultures can also be enjoying one aspect of cultural diversity.

Nối câu bằng sử dụng đại từ quan hệ “which” xây dựng mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định (nonrestrictive relative clause) 2. Cultural diversity can be a source of tension. It can also bolster workplace productivity.

A. Cultural diversity can be a source of tension, but it can also bolster workplace productivity.

B. Cultural diversity can bolster workplace productivity, but it can also be a source of tension.

C. Being a source of tension can also make cultural diversity bolster workplace productivity.

D. When bolstering workplace productivity, cultural diversity can be a source of tension.

Nối câu bằng sử dụng liên từ chỉ sự đối lập “but” 3. Diverse companies are more aware of the needs of their community. They tend to give more monetarily and engage in cultural events in their communities.

A. Because diverse companies are more aware of the needs of their community, they tend to give more monetarily and engage in cultural events in their communities.

B. Diverse companies are more aware of the needs of their community, but they tend to give more monetarily and engage in cultural events in their communities.

C. Although diverse companies are more aware of the needs of their community, they tend to give more monetarily and engage in cultural events in their communities.

D. Diverse companies are not only more aware of the needs of their community, but they also tend to give more monetarily and engage in cultural events in their communities.

Nối câu bằng sử dụng liên từ chỉ lý do “because” 4. Students' needs are diverse. There are various types of schools and training programs to choose from.

A. Students' needs are diverse although there are various types of schools and training programs to choose from.

B. There are various types of schools and training programs for students of diverse needs to choose from.

C. Students' needs are diverisifying types of schools and training programs for them to choose from.

D. Students' needs are diverse, so there are various types of schools and training programs to choose from.

Nối câu bằng sử dụng liên từ chỉ kết quả “so” 5. There is a wide range of classroom activities. These activities can help students recognize the essential humanity and value of different types of people.

A. There is a wide range of classroom activities that can help students recognize the essential humanity and value of different types of people.

B. A wide range of activities can help recognize the essential humanity and value of different types of students in the classroom.

C. In the classroom, there is a wide range of activities which can help students recognize the essential humanity and value of different types.

D. Students can be helped to recognize a wide range of activities of essential humanity and value of different types of people.

Nối câu bằng sử dụng đại từ quan hệ “that” xây dựng mệnh đề quan hệ xác định (restrictive relative clause)

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

Human beings are extremely diverse in very many ways. People differ (1) ____ opinions, race, nationality, gender, age, sexuality, ethnicity, class, religion, lifestyle and so much more, yet at the very basic we are all human species. Ideally, all people feel (2) ____ and joy despite the differences. Today, the changes in time and technology have made (3) ____ extremely impossible for any group of people to live without (4) ____ with others outside their group. Often people of different cultural and geographical (5) ____ meet in international conferences, education exchange programs, sports, etc.

Sadly, the history of mankind (6) ____ against each other based on cultural differences has been with us (7) ____. So many people have died or have been denied their rights because of individual (8) ____. Properties and economies have also been (9) ____ due to lack of understanding. Unfortunately, some of these occurrences are visible even today, perpetuated by people who little understand (10) ____ importance of the uniqueness of our diversity.

1. A. from B. by C. in D. with Giới từ đi với danh từ tạo nên bổ ngữ giới từ cho nội động từ “differ”: in opinions 2. A. pain B. pained C. painful D. painless Cấu trúc song hành + hợp nghĩa (chỉ kết quả chứ không chỉ trạng thái) 3. A. that B. what C. is D. this Tân ngữ hình thức “it” 4. A. interact B. interaction C. interactive D. interacting Từ pháp (danh từ sau giới từ) 5. A. backgrounds B. settings C. identities D. surroundings Hợp nghĩa 6. A. to discriminate B. have discriminated C. discriminating D. discriminated Từ pháp (danh từ trung tâm ngữ) 7. A. at times B. now that C. long ago D. for ages Trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian trong hiện tại hoàn thành 8. A. greed B. greedy C. greediness D. greedily Từ pháp (danh từ trung tâm ngữ) 9. A. destroying B. destroyed C. destructive D. destructively Từ pháp (phân từ hai làm động từ chính trong câu ở thời hoàn thành) 10. A. this B. an C. the D. that Mạo từ xác định IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

There is always conflict between people because we have different needs and wants. For example, you may want to see an action movie but your significant other wants to see a comedy or you may prefer eating at a Mexican restaurant while your spouse wants Chinese. However, you have known each other well for years and will work it out.

In the workplace, there is always conflict as well but it's usually more difficult to resolve than with personal relationships. There are differences between workers, between workers and supervisors, between departments, between companies, between companies and their customers, between companies and their governing bodies and on it goes. These relationships are usually not as deep or trusting as personal ones making resolving disputes more difficult and challenging.

Interestingly, most workplace conflict is totally unnecessary because they are usually the result of simple misunderstandings, miscommunications or small differences that could be easily resolved if the parties truly knew each other's motivations. Unfortunately, at work there is rarely the opportunity to develop deep personal relationships and when you add the complexity of cross-cultural differences and the gulf can seem

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

insurmountable. Culture brings unique perspectives on deadlines, conflict resolution, speaking one's mind, working as a team and much more.

However, with a little training and education people will recognize that they have a lot more in common than they have differences. When cross-cultural conflict is resolved and employees with diverse backgrounds and skills start to work together, the potential and promise of diversity in the workplace can be fully realized.

1. It is stated in paragraph 1 that people come into conflict with each other because of their difference in ____.

A. favorite movies B. favorite foods C. needs and wants D. insights and ideas Câu đầu tiên của đoạn 1 (There is always Conflict between people because we have different needs and wants.)

2. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as a cause of conflict at workplaces?

A. simple misunderstandings B. small differences C. miscommunications D. deep personal relationships Thông tin ở đoạn 2 (Interestingly, most workplace conflict is totally unnecessary because they are usually the result of simple misunderstandings, miscommunications or small differences that could be easily resolved if the parties truly knew each other's motivations.)

3. The word "parties" in the passage most probably refers to ____.

A. bosses B. managers C. employees D. colleagues Suy từ thông tin liên quan tới những người cùng ở một nơi làm việc (Interestingly, most workplace conflict is totally unnecessary because they are usually the result of simple misunderstandings, miscommunications or small differences that could be easily resolved if the parties truly knew each other's motivations.)

4. The word "insurmountable" in the passage mostly means ____.

A. too much to be calculated B. too great to be overcome C. too big to be measured D. too many to be counted Suy từ tình huống trong ngữ cảnh: tính từ miêu tả sự mâu thuẫn khác biệt sâu sắc về văn hoá (Unfortunately, at work there is rarely the opportunity to develop deep personal relationships and when you add the complexity of crosscultural differences and the gulf can seem insurmountable.)

5. According to the passage, people can solve their conflict at workplace by ____.

A. training and education B. realizing the potential of diversity C. working with one another D. keeping promise with each other Câu đầu tiên của đoạn 4 (However, with a little training and education people will recognize that they have a lot more in common than they have differences.)

X. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

What is cultural diversity? Diversity is nothing more than a difference from the majority. In any culture, there is a majority and many minorities. Culture is a set of norms that set standards for a society of what is acceptable behavior.

In every culture, there are basic standards for social interaction such as personal space distance, eye contact, amount of body language displayed in public, negotiating style, etc. In America, we stand about eighteen inches apart when engaged in normal conversation; prefer very direct eye contact; are pretty demonstrative with body language and negotiate very directly, always asking the other party for their "bottom line”. In other cultures, they may stand closer or farther than we are comfortable, may view direct eye contact as rude, be more or less open to displaying body language and negotiate more indirectly.

In America, many of us have a peculiar habit of assuming that those who differ from our norms are wrong. We tend to view the world from a rather myopic view leading to those outside this country calling us "Ugly Americans".

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Cultural diversity makes our country richer by making it a more interesting place in which to live. Just think how boring a meal would be without Chinese, Mexican, Japanese, Italian, German, French or Indian food!

Cultural diversity also makes our country stronger and better able to compete in the new global economy. People from diverse cultures bring language skills, new ways of thinking, creative solutions to difficult problems and negotiating skills.

In the past, ethnographers in the United States used to refer to our country as a melting pot where new immigrants would eventually be fully integrated into the American culture. This has obviously not happened so modern researchers have not begun to talk about America as a garden salad where different cultural diversity mixes with the European American culture to form a meal where all of the various ingredients are still readily identifiable.

Cultural diversity makes the United States a much more interesting place in which to live for all of its inhabitants. If we all thought alike imagine how boring the world would be! Thank God for diversity!

1. The best title of the passage could be ____.

A. American Cultural Diversity B. American Ethical Minorities C. American Standards D. America as a Melting Pot Suy ra từ toàn văn bản, đặc biệt là đoạn mở đầu và đoạn kết thúc của văn bản (What is cultural diversity?; in America; Cultural diversity makes our country; In the past, ethnographers in the United States used to refer to our country as a melting pot where new immigrants would eventually be fully integrated into the American culture.; Cultural diversity makes the United States a much more interesting place in which to live for all of its inhabitants.)

2. The word "norms" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. examples B. rules C. data D. models Suy từ ngữ cảnh, đặc biệt là cụm 'set standards': đặt ra chuẩn mực quy chuẩn (Culture is a set of norms that set standards for a society of what is acceptable behavior.)

3. As discussed in the passage, which of the following may NOT be considered polite in American culture?

A. Maintaining direct eye contacts while talking with others B. Negotiating in a very direct manner C. Keeping about half a meter away from others in normal conversation D. Touching others during the conversation with them Suy ra từ đoạn 2 (In America, we stand about eighteen inches apart when engaged in normal conversation; prefer very direct eye contact; are pretty demonstrative with body language and negotiate very directly) 4. The word "party" in the passage almost means ____.

A. staff B. presenter C. host D. negotiator Suy ra từ ngữ cảnh và đặc biệt là động từ negotiate (prefer very direct eye contact; are pretty demonstrative with body language and negotiate very directly, always asking the other party for their "bottom line".)

5. The phrase "bottom line" in the passage mostly means ____.

A. the required minimum B. the most important concern C. the key point to their success D. the minimum acceptable benefit Suy ra từ ngữ cảnh và đặc biệt là động từ negotiate (prefer very direct eye contact; are pretty demonstrative with body language and negotiate very directly, always asking the other party for their "bottom line".)

6. The word "assuming" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. thinking B. saying C. arguing D. describing Suy ra từ ngữ cảnh và đặc biệt là tính từ wrong (In America, many of us have a peculiar habit of assuming that those who differ from our norms are wrong. We tend to view the world) 7. The word "it" in the passage refers to ____.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. cultural diversity B. our country C. global economy D. this country Hồi chỉ (Cultural diversity makes our country richer by making it a more interesting place) 8. Which of the following is not stated as a benefit of having cultural diversity for America?

A. New ways of thinking B. Negotiating skills C. Language skills D. New styles of arts Thông tin cả bài (không được dẫn) 9. The author mentions the phrase "melting pot" to ____.

A. describe a misassumption about American culture B. to explain why Americans prefer to serve garden salad C. to change Americans' viewpoints on their own culture D. to advise Americans on how to look at their culture Thông tin suy từ ngữ cảnh đoạn 6, đặc biệt cụm từ fully integrated into (hoàn toàn hội nhập, hoà tan: In the past, ethnographers in the United States used to refer to our country as a melting pot where new immigrants would eventually be fully integrated into the American culture.)

10. Which of the following best describes the author's attitude throughout the passage?

A. Supportive of cultural diversity B. Reluctant to accept cultural diversity C. Underestimating the values of cultural diversity D. Taking pride in living in a diverse culture Suy ra từ toàn bài, đặc biệt là hai câu cảm thán cuối văn bản. (If we all thought alike imagine how boring the world would be! Thank God for diversity!)

Unit 8. NEW WAYS TO LEARN - KEY

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

LANGUAGE FOCUS Phonetics Stress in three-syllable adjectives and verbs: E'lectric, 'digital, 'relative, 'concentrate, volun’teer ...

Grammar Relative clauses: defining and non-defining clauses with 'who', 'that', 'which', and 'whose Dr. Miller, who is the Head of the Department, will attend the reception.

Some people think that children whose parents allow them to use electronic devices early will have more advantages in the future.

Vocabulary Words and phrases related to: - Electronic devices that can help us learn - Using the Internet to learn English Digital, smartphones, electronic devices ...

I. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.

1. A. laptop B. tablet C. camera D. calculator Phát âm là /ə/, những từ còn lại phát âm /æ/ 2. A. device B. Internet C. excellent D. desktop Phát âm là /ɪ/, những từ còn lại phát âm /e/ 3. A. download B. knowledge C. allow D. however Phát âm là /ɒ/, những từ còn lại phát âm /aʊ/ 4. A. studies B. projects C. students D. books Phát âm là /z/, những từ còn lại phát âm /s/ 5. A. distracted B. communicated C. promoted D. performed Phát âm là /d/, những từ còn lại phát âm /id/ II. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.

1. A. educate B. understand C. recognize D. concentrate Trọng âm vào âm tiết 3, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 1 2. A. important B. national C. effective D. successful Trọng âm vào âm tiết 1, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 2 3. A. introduce B. recommend C. clarify D. interact Trọng âm vào âm tiết 1, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 3 4. A. digital B. electric C. horrible D. personal Trọng âm vào âm tiết 2, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 1 5. A. remember B. memorize C. dedicate D. itemize Trọng âm vào âm tiết 2, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 1 III. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following sentences.

1. Educational technology encompass several domains, including learning theory, computer-based training, A B online learning, and, where mobile technologies are used, m-learning.

C D → encompasses

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

2. According to the latest Speak Up survey, sixty percent of students are using mobile devices for anytime A B C research, 43 percent for educational games and 40 percent for collaborating with their peers.

D → collaboration 3. The use of electronic devices and resources in the classroom is part of the daily activity for lecturers and A B C D students. → a part 4. In order to properly prepare your students for the future as they transition into the workforce, incorporating A B C mobile technology in the classroom is the key to.

D → key 5. If students are really excited and engaged in learning inside of the classroom, they are likely to continue to A B learn outside of the classroom and they can do so with mobile technology.

C D → learning IV. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following sentences.

1. Electronic devices are becoming ____ common in educational environment.

A. increase B. increasing C. increasingly D. increased Trạng từ bổ nghĩa cho tính từ làm bổ tố cho nội động từ “become” 2. In ____ as well as in sciences, students use computers or equivalent devices to do research and write papers.

A. humans B. humankind C. humanity D. humanities Hợp nghĩa (các ngành nhân văn) 3. Students and teachers ____ can benefit from using electronic devices in the classroom, a new study has found.

A. like B. unlike C. alike D. dislike Trạng từ nhấn mạnh cho cụm danh từ 4. The study, published in the Journal of Veterinary Medical Education, has concluded that, used in the right way, tablet PCs can be of ____ great use in this particular educational discipline.

A. a B. an C. the D. no article Không mạo từ (nghĩa khái quát đối với danh từ không đếm được) 5. The research noted that the tablets could provide distractions, since students could access material ____ with their courses.

A. connect B. connected C. unconnected D. disconnected Phân từ hai tạo tính ngữ bị động 6. Technology is an integral part of our society and ____ major contributor towards education.

A. a B. an C. the D. no article Mạo từ không xác định có tính từ chỉ số lượng 7. If you are a student from this decade, then it is obvious that you have encountered technology, ____ in the form of smartphone or laptop.

A. whether B. either C. neither D. which Liên từ tương liên either ... or (hoặc ... hoặc) 8. According to a research study, public schools in the United States provide at least one computer ____ every five students.

A. to B. with C. by D. for

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Động từ đa kết trị: provide smth for smb 9. According to some researchers, the emphasis in education in the next few years would be ____ the development of student's computer skills.

A. to B. at C. on D. with Ngữ giới từ: emphasis on 10. Language teaching is one area ____ technology has taken over and improved the ways of learning.

A. which B. that C. where D. when Trạng từ quan hệ chỉ nơi chốn trong mệnh đề quan hệ 11. The digital medium ____ the students to collaborate with their teachers through video and audio methods.

A. help B. is helping C. has helped D. helped Hợp thời hợp thức 12. With the ____ of technological devices in the classroom, the learning output has become cost effective.

A. aim B. presence C. benefit D. compliments Hợp nghĩa 13. Students can only use technological devices to complete their work ____ investment on notebooks and books.

A. rather than B. instead of C. but for D. in case Hợp nghĩa 14. Teachers can use smart board to help engage students by giving them visual tools, ____ can keep the students attentive in the classroom.

A. so B. that C. which D. such Đại từ quan hệ không xác định 15. When people think of the technological device in the classroom, the iPad is ____ comes to mind.

A. which B. that C. what D. it Đại từ cấu tạo mệnh đề danh ngữ làm bổ ngữ trong câu 16. Online learning gives you full flexibility to accomplish your goals ____ you can access and learn anything you want, anytime you want.

A. that B. because C. so D. which Liên từ chỉ lý do 17. Small studies indicate improvements to active learning and student engagement with content through the use of Twitter ____ requires personal electronic devices for students.

A. it B. who C. which D. what Đại từ quan hệ xác định 18. Teachers can also help their students to learn complicated applications on electronic devices as a way of making it easier ____ students to learn and also make the teacher's job easier.

A. with B. to C. by D. for Cấu trúc ngữ giới từ đi với tính từ its easy for smb to do smth 19. Teachers can tell their students to use mobile apps like "PIAZZA” to access course materials and also to post questions about specific subjects, all ____ can be done in the classroom or outside the classroom.

A. this B. what C. which D. how Đại từ thay thế cận kề 20. Using a projector, teachers can display visual images on smart interactive white boards, ____ improves the learning process.

A. that B. what C. which D. why Đại từ quan hệ không xác định 21. Those in ____ of banning laptops in classrooms like to demonstrate how handwritten notes lead to better learning compared to notes taken on a computer.

A. search B. light C. view D. favour

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Cụm từ cố định hợp nghĩa 22. Supporters of technology in the classroom say that using laptops, tablets, and cellphones in the classroom keeps students ____.

A. engage B. engages C. engaging D. engaged Tính từ chỉ trạng thái sau động từ 'keep’ 23. While some believe digital devices make for greater connections for students, there are also those ____ believe too much time with digital devices disconnects students from face-to-face social activities, family communications, and nature.

A. who B. whom C. which D. whose Đại từ quan hệ xác định 24. "How do you use the Internet for your science study?" – “____” A. Searching for information B. Watching my favorite cartoons C. Listening to music D. Keeping contacts with my professors Để tìm kiếm thông tin. (đáp lại câu hỏi dùng Internet như thế nào đối với môn khoa học) 25. "Which is more useful for you in class: a laptop or a tablet?" – “____” A. I prefer a laptop, as I can type more easily.

B. Nothing to do with that C. Well, don't mention it.

D. You can never imagine how I like it.

Tôi thích máy tính xách tay hơn vì đánh máy tiện hơn (đáp lại câu hỏi lựa chọn) 26. More and more schools are starting to invest ____ iPads for classrooms, as they see that it can have multiple benefits for learning, even though the investment is quite large.

A. for B. to C. in D. at Động từ đa thành phần/kết trị invest in 27. Parents and educators are always looking for new learning tools to help students reach their academic potential, and a recent study ____ that a basic laptop could be just such a tool.

A. suggest B. suggests C. suggested D. has suggested Hợp thời + thức (miêu tả kết quả của một nghiên cứu khoa học) 28. When students have laptops, they can type their notes ____ into a document.

A. direct B. directly C. direction D. directing Trạng từ bổ nghĩa cho động từ type (gõ trực tiếp) 29. Students that learn to type efficiently and use basic computer functions such as word processing, email and web browsing have a significant advantage ____ students that have no knowledge of computers.

A. over B. above C. against D. to Thành phần trong cụm have ... advantage over (có lợi thế hơn) 30. A benefit of sing laptops in the classroom is that they can help students stay ____ and remember school work.

A. organize B. organizing C. organized D. organization Tính từ làm bổ tố cho động từ stay thể hiện sự duy trì trạng thái V. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following sentences.

1. Tablets connect all major stakeholders: students, parents and teachers.

A. those who show the same feeling B. those who work cooperatively with others C. those who do the same school task D. those who get involved in the same matter Những người cùng tham gia, có liên quan tới cùng một vấn đề 2. Notwithstanding the long-term benefits, tablets are pretty costly.

A. similarly B. in spite of C. along with D. otherwise Mặc dù (chỉ sự đối lập giữa benefit – tích cực và costly – tiêu cực) 3. Students will find all academic assignments via the class blog their teachers create to post assignments.

A. by means of B. in terms of C. by the way D. in search of

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Thông qua, nhờ vào 4. Having digital textbooks on their mobile devices keeps students more organized and gives them easy access to their materials.

A. in a way that is effective, ordered and sensible B. in a way that is easy, convenient and effective C. in a way that is poorly-planned and impractical D. in a way that is traditional, familiar and friendly Theo cách hiệu quả, có trật tự và có suy xét 5. Big classrooms are characterized by endless noise, so teachers can resort to wireless digital microphones which will transmit the voice to the loud speakers and every student will hear their teacher clearly.

A. take advantage of B. make use of C. have a way of D. find a use for Tận dụng VI. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following sentences.

1. Unlike traditional learning, the e-learning is flexible for the students as well as for the teachers.

A. The e-learning is more flexible for the students and the teachers than traditional learning.

B. The students' e-learning is more flexible than the teachers' traditional learning.

C. The e-learning for the students is more flexible than traditional learning for the teachers.

D. The students use more flexible e-learning than traditional learning used by the teachers.

Viết lại câu bằng cách thay đổi cấu trúc (từ giới từ so sánh sang cấu trúc so sánh tính từ) 2. Some school districts have seen great improvements by allowing digital devices in the classroom.

A. Allowing digital devices in classroom, some school districts have seen great improvements.

B. Digital devices used in classroom help some school districts see great improvements.

C. Great improvements in digital devices have been seen in the classroom at some school districts.

D. Some school districts have allowed digital devices in the classroom to see great improvements.

Viết lại câu bằng cách thay đổi cấu trúc (đổi vị trí và chức vị của trạng ngữ) 3. Some conservative educators are concerned with the tablet being a major distraction.

A. Some conservative educators do not like the tablet because it is a major distraction.

B. Some conservative educators do not approve of using the tablet as it is a major distraction.

C. The tablet is considered a major distraction by some conservative educators.

D. The tablet being a major distraction is of concern to some conservative educators.

Viết lại câu bằng cách thay đổi cấu trúc (bị động → chủ động) 4. Textbooks can't provide students with the latest information as a mobile device can.

A. Textbooks do not provide students with information later than can a mobile device.

B. The information provided by textbooks is not later than that provided by a mobile device.

C. Textbooks can't provide students with as new information as a mobile device can.

D. The information provided by textbooks is newer than that provided by a mobile device.

Viết lại câu bằng cách thay đổi cấu trúc (so sánh giới từ sang so sánh tính từ) 5. By allowing mobile devices in school, educators help students expand learning outside of the classroom.

A. Allowed to use mobile devices in school, students are also able to expand their learning outside of the classroom.

B. Educators helped students expand their learning outside of the classroom by allowing mobile devices in school.

C. To help students expand their learning outside the classroom, educators allowed using mobile devices in schools.

D. Allowing the use of mobile device in school is the best way of expanding students' learning outside the classroom.

Viết lại câu bằng cách thay đổi cấu trúc (rút gọn mệnh đề về ngữ phân từ)

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences given.

1. The influence of technology in classroom is spreading to a mass number of students. The students have started adopting the new methods of technology in their studies.

A. The students who have started adopting the new methods of technology in their studies influence a mass number of other students in the classroom.

B. The influence of technology in classroom is spreading to a mass number of students who have started adopting the new methods of technology in their studies.

C. Having been influenced by the technology in classroom, a mass number of students started adopting the new methods of technology in their studies.

D. Starting to adopt the new methods of technology in their studies, a mass number of students have spread the influence of technology in classroom.

Kết hợp câu bằng cách sử dụng đại từ quan hệ xác định 2. Now teachers are making continuous efforts to make the classroom a good place to learn and succeed. They are aiming towards making the education attractive and sensible.

A. Now teachers who are aiming towards making the education attractive and sensible are making continuous efforts to make the classroom a good place to learn and succeed.

B. Making continuous efforts to make the classroom a good place to learn and succeed, teachers are now aiming towards making the education attractive and sensible.

C. As now teachers are making continuous efforts to make the classroom a good place to learn and succeed, they are aiming towards making the education attractive and sensible.

D. Now teachers are making continuous efforts to make the classroom a good place to learn and succeed so that they are aiming towards making the education attractive and sensible.

Kết hợp câu bằng cách sử dụng đại từ quan hệ xác định 3. The digital learning opportunities make students self-reliant. The students can study without the teachers.

A. The digital learning opportunities make students self-reliant because they can study without the teachers.

B. The digital learning opportunities make students study without the teachers and become self-reliant.

C. The students can study without the teachers because the digital learning opportunities have made them self-reliant.

D. Being able to study without the teachers, the students are more self-reliant thanks to the digital learning opportunities.

Kết hợp câu bằng cách sử dụng liên từ xây dựng mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ nguyên nhân ‘because’ 4. Digital learning is making the students self-confident and independent. The students are now able to structure their own learning program.

A. Digital learning can help students structure their own learning program to make them self-confident and independent.

B. To be able to structure their own learning program, students must learn to be self-confident and independence digitally.

C. Digital learning is making the students self-confident and independent, so they are now able to structure their own learning program.

D. To become more self-confident and independent, students acquire digital learning to be able to structure their own learning program.

Kết hợp câu bằng cách sử dụng liên từ xây dựng mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ kết quả ‘so’ 5. Tablets give users the ability to highlight, edit text and write notes. Yet, this does not ruin a textbook for the next user.

A. Tablets give users the ability to highlight, edit text and write notes without ruining a textbook for the next user.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

B. Tablets neither give users the ability to highlight, edit text and take notes, nor does it ruin a textbook for the next user.

C. If tablets did not give users the ability to highlight, edit text and write notes, they would ruin the textbook for the next user.

D. Tablets give users the ability to highlight, edit text, and write notes so that the next user can read without ruining the text.

Kết hợp câu bằng cách sử dụng ngữ giới từ xây dựng mệnh đề trạng ngữ cách thức “without” VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

Digital learning is replacing traditional educational methods more and more each day. With (1) ____ rapidly classrooms are changing, (2) ____ is best to forget methods you may remember from when you were in school and start thinking about newer teaching and learning techniques based (3) ____ digital learning tools and technologies. The inclusion of digital learning in the classrooms can (4) ____ from simply using tablets instead of paper (5) ____ using elaborate software programs and equipment as opposed to the simple pen.

This could entail using sites, services, programs, teaching tools, and technologies like study aids built for at-home 6) ____. Even social networks and communications platforms (7) ____ be used to create and manage digital assignments and agendas. (8) ____ of how much technology is integrated into the classroom, digital learning has come to (9) ____ a crucial role in education. (10) ____ empowers students by getting them to be more interested in learning and expanding their horizons.

1. A. what B. how C. that D. why Đại từ xây dựng mệnh đề danh ngữ (chỉ cách thức làm chủ ngữ trong mệnh đề) 10. D Hồi chỉ 2. A. it B. that C. what D. there Chủ ngữ hình thức với “it” rỗng 3. A. by B. in C. on D. for Giới từ đi với động từ base on (dựa trên, dựa vào) 4. A. develop B. differ C. vary D. come Động từ đa kết trị vary from .... to (đa dạng từ ... đến) 5. A. by B. to C. in D. with Động từ đa kết trị vary from .... to (đa dạng từ ... đến) 6. A. use B. usage C. useful D. useless Danh từ chỉ chức năng 7. A. can B. could C. will D. would Khuyết thiếu làm trợ động từ cấp 1 trong ngữ động từ bị động, hợp nghĩa, hợp thời 8. A. Instead B. Disregarding C. Irrespective D. Ignoring Hợp nghĩa 9. A. do B. act C. take D. play Cụm từ cố định: play a role in (đóng vai trò trong) 10. A. This B. That C. What D. It Hồi chỉ IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

Electronic devices are becoming increasingly common in educational environments. The term most commonly used for such devices is "educational technology". This is not actually a new idea, as the rewritable wax tablets, often with lined surfaces to guide novice writers used in antiquity or the blackboard itself are both instances of technological innovations to support pedagogy.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

There are many different ways in which electronic devices are used in education. For example, students in STEM (science, technology, engineering medicine) fields have been making extensive use of sophisticated calculators for many years (the abacus and slide rule were non-electronic predecessors to calculators).

In humanities as well as sciences, students use computers or equivalent devices to do research and write papers.

In all fields, courses are now likely to have websites, and many instructors use course management software such as Blackboard, to post information for students, record grades, set up online discussions, and check for plagiarism.

In lecture classes, many instructors project slides or notes on a screen and may even upload lecture notes so that students can review them. Some courses are hybrid, meaning that they have a strong online component, or offered entirely online. Many courses taught in conventional lecture halls are streamed online, and may use devices such as clickers to become more interactive.

Any device (including tablets or cell phones) that instructors incorporate into a learning environment functions as educational technology.

1. According to the passage, the term "educational technology" refers to ____.

A. electronic devices used in education B. the rewritable wax tablets used in STEM C. sophisticated calculators D. course management software Thông tin cụ thể trong đoạn 1 (Electronic devices are becoming increasingly common in educational environments. The term most commonly used for such devices is "educational technology") 2. The word "instances" mostly means ____.

A. special types B. typical cases C. excellent chances D. right occasions Hồi chỉ (thực từ) (the rewritable wax tablets, often with lined surfaces to guide novice writers used in antiquity or the blackboard itself are both instances of technological innovations to support pedagogy.)

3. The word "extensive" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. great B. maximum C. full D. poor Suy từ ngữ cảnh: tính từ, nghĩa tích cực, nhưng tương đối, định tính (students in STEM (science, technology, engineering medicine) fields have been making extensive use of sophisticated calculators for many years) 4. The word "they" in the passage refers to ____.

A. classes B. instructors C. students D. courses Hồi chỉ (hư từ) (Some courses are hybrid, meaning that they have a strong online component, or offered entirely online.)

5. According to the passage, which of the following does NOT function as educational technology?

A. the blackboard B. the abacus C. the tablet D. the cellphone Thông tin toàn bài (chủ yếu đoạn 2, - Students in STEM (Science, technology, engineering medicine) fields have been making extensive use of sophisticated calculators for many years (the abacus and slide rule were non-electronic predecessors to calculators).

X. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

Cell phones are an integrated part of our society at this point, and their main use is communication. They keep students in touch with the rest of the world by giving them the power to interact with it. In my day, if you forgot your lunch you were at the mercy of the office calling home for you. Now, students have the ability to solve their own problems and handle certain "emergencies" on their own.

Cell phones also allow students the ability when the time is right, to keep in touch with students at other schools or friends that don't go to school. While not an educational benefit directly, better relationships can lead to higher self-esteem and reduce isolation, which is good for everybody. In the same way, camera phones allow

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

students to capture the kinds of memories that help build a solid school culture, and, in some cases, can act as documentation of misbehavior in the same way that store cameras provide evidence and deter bad behavior.

Academically, the cell phone can act as to record video of a procedure of explanation that may need to be reviewed later. It could be used to record audio of a lecture, as well, for later review. And just imagine if class could be easily "taped" for students who are absent? What if they could even be streamed and seen from home instantly?

The iPod is a little trickier, because its function varies greatly by model. At its heart, it is a media player, and I know for a fact that many students work better while listening to music. For this reason, they can have a good effect by keeping students from getting too distracted while working (ironic, because we mostly think of them AS distractions!). If it is a WIFI compatible model, and wireless internet is available, the iPod can be a great tool for looking up information or digging into things more deeply. Depending on the model, it may be able to act as a camera and video recorder as well (with the same benefits as the cell phone).

Devices like the Kindle could, conceivably, make learning a lot easier. Imagine carrying all your textbooks in the palm of your hand, rather than strapped to your back! Though expensive, compared to buying new textbooks, the Kindle is a bargain. Many of the books used in high school English classes are actually FREE on the Kindle.

1. The passage mainly discusses ____.

A. how some electronic devices are used in education B. how to use electronic devices in the classroom C. what is the best electronic device used in education D. which electronic device will be used as the textbooks Đọc lướt toàn bài (thông tin nêu trong các câu đề của các đoạn văn: Cell phones also allow students the ability when the time is right; The iPod is a little trickier..., Devices like the Kindle could, conceivably, make learning a lot easier.)

2. The word "it' in the passage refers to ____.

A. the power B. the world C. the rest of the world D. the main use Hồi chỉ (hư từ) (They keep students in touch with the rest of the world by giving them the power to interact with it.)

3. The phrase "at the mercy of" mostly means ____.

A. completely dependent on B. at request of C. thankful to D. under orders Suy từ ngữ cảnh: phụ thuộc (In my day, if you forgot your lunch you were at the mercy of the office calling home for you. Now, students have the ability to solve their own problems and handle certain "emergencies" on their own.)

4. According to the passage, cell phones do NOT ____.

A. help students keep in touch with their friends B. allow students to capture of memories C. help students record audio of a lecture D. enable students to write their assignment Thông tin từ đoạn 2, 3 ... camera phones allow students to capture the kinds of memories... ... the cell phone can act as to record video of a procedure of explanation .... It could be used to record audio of a lecture, .... And just imagine if class could be easily "taped" for students who are absent? What if they could even be streamed and seen from home instantly?)

5. The word "which" in the passage refers to ____.

A. building better relationships B. achieving higher self-esteem C. that relationships lead to higher self-esteem D. having higher-esteem and lower isolation Hồi chỉ (mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định) (While not an educational benefit directly, better relationships can lead to higher self-esteem and reduce isolation, which is good for everybody.)

6. Which of the following is closest in meaning to the word "taped"?

A. recorded B. reviewed C. streamed D. seen

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Suy từ ngữ cảnh của đoạn 3, đặc biệt là các từ record, review, seen (... the cell phone can act as to record video of a procedure of explanation ... may need to be reviewed later. .... And just imagine if class could be easily "taped" for students who are absent? What if they could even be streamed and seen from home instantly?)

7. The phrase "At its heart" mostly refers to ____.

A. the main function B. the core part C. the central unit D. the best usage Suy từ ngữ cảnh của đoạn 4, đặc biệt các từ function, media player (At its heart, it is a media player, and I know for a fact that many students work better while listening to music.)

8. The word "ironic" is closest in meaning to ____.

A. lucky B. special C. funny D. particular Suy từ ngữ cảnh của đoạn 4, đặc biệt các từ keeping from, too distracted, think of, as distracted (For this reason, they can have a good effect by keeping students from getting too distracted while working (ironic, because we mostly think of them AS distractions!)

9. Which of the following is NOT true about the iPod according to the passage?

A. The iPod can be used to make phone calls.

B. The iPod can be connected to the Internet.

C. The iPod can be used to record videos D. The iPod comes in different models.

Thông tin từ đoạn 4 (nêu rõ ràng các chức năng khác) At its heart, it is a media player, ... If it is a WIFI compatible model, and wireless internet is available, the iPod can be a great tool for looking up information or digging into things more deeply. Depending on the model, it may be able to act as a camera and video recorder as well ...)

10. Which of the following is true about the kindle according to the passage?

A. The Kindle is more economical than new textbooks.

B. Everything read on the Kindle is free of charge.

C. The Kindle comes in different models as the iPod does.

D. You cannot listen to music with a Kindle.

Thông tin từ đoạn cuối (5) (...Imagine carrying all your textbooks in the palm of your hand, rather than strapped to your back! Though expensive, compared to buying new textbooks, the Kindle is a bargain. Many of the books used in high school English classes are actually FREE on the Kindle.)

Unit 9. PRESERVING THE ENVIRONMENT - KEY

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

LANGUAGE FOCUS Phonetics Stress in three-syllable nouns: confusion, Internet, animal, groundwater ...

Grammar Reported speech "The trees we planted last year have doubled in size." → They said that the trees they had planted the year before had doubled in size.

"Use the web search engine to find information." → We told him to use the web search engine to find information.

Vocabulary Words and phrases related to environmental impacts and ways to protect the environment atmosphere, greenhouse effect, ...

I. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.

1. A. newsletter B. preservation C. greenhouse D. result Phát âm là /s/, những từ còn lại phát âm /z/ 2. A. focus B. topic C. most D. follow Phát âm là /ɒ/, những từ còn lại phát âm /əʊ/ 3. A. threats B. stages C. levels D. ideas Phát âm là /s/, những từ còn lại phát âm /z/ 4. A. environmental B. depletion C. melt D. chemical Phát âm là /i:/, những từ còn lại phát âm /e/ 5. A. pollution B. destruction C. consumption D. reduction Phát âm là /u:/, những từ còn lại phát âm /ʌ/ II. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.

1. A. environs B. pollution C. influence D. removal Trọng âm vào âm tiết 1, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 2 2. A. depletion B. preserving C. chemical D. disposal Trọng âm vào âm tiết 1, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 2 3. A. animal B. protection C. confusion D. disaster Trọng âm vào âm tiết 1, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 2 4. A. neighborhood B. pollutant C. energy D. scientist Trọng âm vào âm tiết 2, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 1 5. A. factory B. extinction C. resources D. awareness Trọng âm vào âm tiết 1, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 2 III. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following sentences.

1. Over the last few decades, the exploitation of our planet and degradation of our environment is going up at an A B C alarming rate.

D → has been going 2. As our actions have been not in favor of protect this planet, we have seen natural disasters striking us more

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A B C D often in the form of flash floods, tsunamis and cyclones. → in favor of protecting 3. Different environmental groups on the world play their role in educating people as to how their small actions A B when combined together can play a big role in protecting this planet.

C D → in the world 4. If you look at the environment around us, you can see that there is a number of issues that come to our A B C D attention. → there are 5. Soil contamination is majorly created by mechanical waste that takes supplements out of soil.

A B C D → the soil IV. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following sentences.

1. Burning yard waste releases mold spores, soot, and other contaminants that can aggravate allergies and cause ____ problems.

A. respirator B. respiration C. respiratory D. respired Tính từ bổ nghĩa cho danh từ, tạo thuật ngữ (các vấn đề về hô hấp) 2. Waste from industrial and agricultural ____ pollutes the water that is used by humans, animals and plants.

A. acts B. actions C. interactions D. activities Danh từ trung tâm trong ngữ danh từ + hợp nghĩa (các hoạt động) 3. Land pollution can have huge environmental impact ____ the form of air pollution and soil pollution which in turn can have adverse effect on human health.

A. on B. in C. to D. with Ngữ cố định in the form of: ở dạng thức dưới hình thức 4. Fossil fuel utilization brings about discharge of greenhouse gases, ____ causes environmental change.

A. which B. that C. it D. they Đại từ quan hệ tạo mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định 5. At present, timberlands cover 30% of the area, but wooded areas are being lost ____ a regular basis because people are looking for homes, food, and materials.

A. by B. with C. at D. on Ngữ cố định on the basis: trên cơ sở/nền tảng 6. Genetic engineering of food brings about expanded poisons and sicknesses ____ qualities from a hypersensitive plant can exchange to target plants.

A. so B. that C. as D. though Liên từ tạo mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ nguyên nhân/lý do 'as’: Vì 7. The number of inhabitants on the planet ____ arriving at unsustainable levels as it confronts deficiency of assets like water, fuel and food.

A. is B. are C. have been D. had been Chia động từ ngôi thứ 3 số ít với cụm the number of (con số) 8. Consumption of fossil fuels at an alarming rate can ____ to global warming which can further result in melting of polar ice caps and increase in sea levels.

A. lead B. drive C. attach D. run Động từ đa kết trị lead to (dẫn tới) 9. Natural disasters like earthquakes, floods, tsunamis, cyclones, volcanic eruption can be unpredictable, ____ and can cause irreparable damage.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. devastated B. devastating C. devastative D. devastatingly Tính từ miêu tả trạng thái làm bổ tổ sau động từ to be 10. Radioactive waste is considered ____ harmful for humans, plants, animals and surrounding environment.

A. to be B. be C. being D. been Động từ nguyên thể to_infinitive làm bổ tố cho động từ consider 11. Modern day agriculture practices ____ chemical products like pesticides and fertilizers to deal with local pests.

A. have a use for B. find a use for C. make use of D. come into use Cụm động từ cố định: make use of: tận dụng/ sử dụng 12. Noise pollution is a common form of pollution that causes temporary disruption ____ there is excessive amount of unpleasant noise.

A. where B. that C. how D. when Trạng từ quan hệ tạo mệnh đề quan hệ xác định thời điểm 13. Medical waste is any kind of waste that ____ in large quantity by healthcare centers like hospitals, nursing homes, dental clinics and is considered to be of a bio-hazardous nature.

A. produces B. produce C. is produced D. has produced Cụm động từ bị động thời hiện tại (hợp thời, hợp thể, hợp nghĩa) 14. Landfills are generated due to large amount of waste that is generated ____ households, industries and healthcare centers every day.

A. for B. in C. at D. by Ngữ giới từ “by” chỉ tác thể trong câu bị động 15. Current environmental problems make us vulnerable ____ disasters and tragedies, now and in the future.

A. with B. at C. in D. to Giới từ đi với tính từ vulnerable 16. ____ we address the various issues prudently and seriously, we are surely doomed for disaster.

A. If B. When C. Unless D. Though Câu điều kiện loại 1 sử dụng liên từ unless 17. Human activity is leading to the extinction of species and habitats and ____ of bio-diversity.

A. lose B. losing C. loss D. lost Danh từ đúng trước giới từ và cấu trúc song hành với extinction 18. The ozone layer is an invisible layer of protection around the planet that protects us ____ the sun's harmful rays.

A. away with B. from C. under D. out of Cụm động từ protect smb/smth from 19. Deforestation simply means clearing of the green cover and making that land available ____ residential, industrial or commercial purpose.

A. on B. by C. for D. to Giới từ đi với tính từ available 20. Depletion of the crucial Ozone layer of the atmosphere is ____ to pollution caused by Chlorine and Bromide found in Chlorofloro carbons (CFC's).

A. attributed B. subjected C. indebted D. entitled Cụm từ to be attributed to: quy về, quy trách nhiệm, tìm nguyên nhân sâu xa 21. Acid rain can be caused due to combustion of fossil fuels or erupting volcanoes or rotting vegetation which ____ sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxides into the atmosphere.

A. release B. releases C. is releasing D. have released Động từ chính trong mệnh đề quan hệ, chia ngôi thứ ba số nhiều, thời hiện tại đơn 22. The more rubbish people throw away, ____ to protect the environment.

A. it is more irresponsible of them B. it is the more irresponsible of them

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

C. it is of them more irresponsible D. the more irresponsible it is of them So sánh kép, thể hiện sự tăng tiến 23. Recycling minimizes the need for raw materials ____ the rainforests can be preserved.

A. so B. so that C. such that D. that Nối mệnh đề sử dụng liên từ chỉ điều kiện kết quả 24. "Are you going to join the green city campaign?" “____.”

A. Surely, I am B. No, not mine C. None of that D. Just kidding Chắc chắn rồi. (đáp lại câu hỏi có tham gia chiến dịch thành phố xanh không) 25. "Do you recycle anything?" “____.”

A. Yes, I recycle glass bottles B. I've bought a lot of recycled things C. I have a lot of things D. How to recycle is easy Có, tôi tái chế chai thuỷ tinh (đáp lại câu hỏi có tái chế cái gì không) 26. As the human population grows and grows, natural resources are being used at a rapid rate, and large areas of forest are being converted ____ human use.

A. for B. to C. into D. in Chỉ mục đích sử dụng 27. By using the environment sustainably, the environment and the natural resources ____ provides will not be depleted or destroyed permanently - and will be available for human use for a very long time.

A. that B. which C. what D. it Mệnh đề quan hệ có lược bỏ đại từ quan hệ thay thế cho danh từ làm tân ngữ 28. Preservationists believe that humans can have access to the land, but they should only utilize it for ____ natural beauty and inspiration.

A. the B. their C. its D. those Xác định danh từ bằng tính từ sở hữu + tính hợp số 29. Biological diversity, or biodiversity, is the variety of life either in a particular place or on the entire Earth, ____ its ecosystems, species, populations, and genes.

A. include B. includes C. including D. inclusive Ngữ phân từ một của động từ thực hiện chức năng cung cấp thêm thông tin cho mệnh đề chính 30. To help save the environment, try ____ energy and water consumption, changing your eating and transportation habits to conserve natural resources, and adapting your home and yard to be more environmentally friendly.

A. decrease B. to decrease C. decreased D. decreasing Cấu trúc song song (changing, adapting) V. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following sentences.

1. Regulations and laws should be enacted for the preservation of natural resources in every corner of the world.

A. applied B. approved C. removed D. composed removed: gỡ bỏ 2. Reducing pollution simply implies recycling and conserving as much energy as possible because energy generally means pollution in some form.

A. describes B. excludes C. includes D. denies excludes: loại trừ 3. You should choose to buy energy efficient appliances as this can save energy as well as reduce both costs and pollution.

A. using little energy B. being economical C. consuming a lot of energy D. being cheap and convenient consuming a lot of energy: tiêu thụ nhiều năng lượng

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

4. For eliminating pollution, one can switch to alternative and renewable energy sources like bio fuels instead of depending on non-renewable fossil fuels that only helps in polluting our planet.

A. change for the better B. substitute for the unavailable C. make no change at all D. find a replacement for make no change at all: không hề thay đổi, thay thế 5. Ten percent of the world's oil supply is used to make and ship disposable plastics - items like plastic utensils, plates, and cups that are used just one time and thrown away.

A. being used once B. being used forever C. being often used D. being rarely used being used forever: sử dụng được vĩnh viễn VI. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following sentences.

1. "What happens to what we throw away?" Many wonder.

A. Many wonder what happens to what we throw away.

B. Many wondered what happened to what we threw away.

C. Many wondered what has happened to what we threw away.

D. Many wonder what happened to what we threw away.

Viết lại câu sử dụng bằng cách chuyển từ câu trực tiếp sang gián tiếp 2. "In China, waste is growing twice as fast as the population," the lecturer said.

A. The lecturer said that in China, waste was growing twice as fast as the population.

B. The lecturer said that in China, waste is growing twice as fast as the population.

C. The lecturer said that in China, waste has been growing twice as fast as the population.

D. The lecturer said that in China, waste had been growing twice as fast as the population.

Viết lại câu sử dụng bằng cách chuyển từ câu trực tiếp sang gián tiếp 3. "Which cities have the worst waste problem?" The student asked the teacher.

A. The student asked the teacher for which cities had the worst waste problem.

B. The student asked the teacher to tell him which cities had the worst waste problem.

C. The student asked the teacher which cities had the worst waste problem.

D. The student asked the teacher which cities had had the worst waste problem.

Viết lại câu sử dụng bằng cách chuyển từ câu trực tiếp sang gián tiếp 4. "How to stop humans from filling the world with trash?"

A. Environmentalists are wondering how to stop humans from filling the world with trash.

B. Environmentalists are wondering how humans can stop filling the world with trash.

C. Environmentalists were wondering how humans could stop filling the world with trash.

D. Environmentalists were wondering how to stop humans from filling the world with trash.

Viết lại câu sử dụng bằng cách chuyển từ câu trực tiếp sang gián tiếp 5. "Where does all our rubbish go?"

A. We will not know where all our rubbish goes.

B. We should know where all our rubbish goes.

C. We did not know where all our rubbish goes.

D. We will never know where all our rubbish went.

Viết lại câu sử dụng bằng cách chuyển từ câu trực tiếp sang gián tiếp VII. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences given.

1. Trees should be planted everywhere possible. Trees absorb carbon dioxide, a greenhouse gas.

A. Trees, which should be planted everywhere possible, absorb carbon dioxide, a greenhouse gas.

B. Trees should be planted everywhere possible as they absorb carbon dioxide, a greenhouse gas.

C. Trees should be planted everywhere possible to be able to absorb carbon dioxide, a greenhouse gas.

D. Trees should be planted everywhere possible where they absorb carbon dioxide, a greenhouse gas.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Kết hợp câu sử dụng liên từ xây dựng mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ nguyên nhân/lý do 2. Habitat destruction is a major cause for biodiversity loss. Habitat destruction is caused by deforestation, overpopulation, pollution and global warming.

A. Habitat destruction is a major cause for biodiversity loss which is caused by deforestation, overpopulation, pollution and global warming.

B. Habitat destruction due to deforestation, overpopulation, pollution and global warming is a major cause for biodiversity loss.

C. Biodiversity loss is caused by habitat destruction that also causes deforestation, overpopulation, pollution and global warming.

D. Biodiversity loss caused by habitat destruction causes deforestation, overpopulation, pollution and global warming.

Kết hợp cầu bằng cách rút gọn một câu thành một trạng ngữ chỉ lý do/cách thức sử dụng cụm giới từ due to 3. To conserve fossil fuels people can choose to use hybrid cars. Some of these cars will run on electricity combined with using small amounts of gas.

A. To conserve fossil fuels people can choose to use hybrid cars, some of which will run on electricity combined with using small amounts of gas.

B. To conserve fossil fuels people can choose to use hybrid cars which will run on electricity combined with using small amounts of gas.

C. To conserve fossil fuels people can choose to use hybrid cars, some will run on electricity combined with using small amounts of gas.

D. To conserve fossil fuels people can choose to use hybrid cars, they will run on electricity combined with using small amounts of gas.

Kết hợp câu sử dụng đại từ quan hệ tạo mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định 4. Biodiversity has its own economic importance. Protection of biodiversity is important.

A. Biodiversity has its own economic importance, so protection of biodiversity is important.

B. Biodiversity has its own economic importance that protection of biodiversity is important.

C. Protection of biodiversity is so important that biodiversity has its own economic importance.

D. Protection of biodiversity is important to make biodiversity have its own economic importance.

Kết hợp câu sử dụng liên từ xây dựng mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ kết quả 5. One should understand and know the importance of recycling waste materials. One simple benefit of recycling is it saves our resources.

A. One should understand and know the importance of recycling waste materials, that one simple benefit of recycling is it saves our resources.

B. One should understand and know the importance of recycling waste materials, one simple benefit of recycling is it saves our resources.

C. One should understand and know the importance of recycling waste materials, one simple benefit of which is it saves our resources.

D. One should understand and know the importance of recycling waste materials as one simple benefit of recycling is it saves our resources.

Kết hợp câu sử dụng đại từ quan hệ tạo mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

The global warming controversy is an ongoing dispute about the effects of humans (1) ____ global climate and about what policies should be (2) ____ to avoid possible undesirable effects of climate change.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

The current scientific consensus on climate change is (3) ____ recent warming indicates a fairly stable long-term trend, that the trend is largely human-caused, and that serious damage may result (4) ____ some future date if steps are not (5) ____ to halt the trend.

Mainstream (6) ____ organizations worldwide (Royal Society, American Geophysical Union, Joint Science Academies, Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, American Meteorological Society, and American Association for the Advancement of Science) (7) ____ with the assessment that most of the (8) ____ warming over the last 50 years is likely to (9) ____ due to the human-caused increase in greenhouse gas concentrations.

However, there is also a small but vocal number of scientists in climate and (10) ____ fields that disagree with the consensus view.

1. A. to B. in C. on D. about Giới từ đi với danh từ effects 2. A. implement B. implements C. implementing D. implemented Ngữ động từ bị động với trợ động từ khuyết thiếu 3. A. that B. it C. the D. what Liên từ that tạo mệnh đề danh ngữ làm bổ tố cho động từ to be 4. A. from B. in C. on D. at Ngữ giới từ chỉ thời gian at ...date 5. A. done B. made C. taken D. struck Dạng thức bị động của ngữ take steps to do smth 6. A. science B. scientific C. scientist D. scientifically Tính từ bổ nghĩa cho danh từ 7. A. share B. confront C. face D. concur Hợp nghĩa: đồng tình với, nhất trí với 8. A. observable B. observing C. observed D. observation Tính từ bị động miêu tả tính trạng (được quan sát thấy) 9. A. be B. have been C. being D. having been Động từ nguyên thể làm bổ tố sau giới từ to + thể bị động 10. A. climate-relating B. climate-related C. climatic-relating D. climatic-related Cấu tạo tính từ ghép từ danh từ và phân từ hai của động từ ngoại động IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

Many products such as paper, cardboards, and cups come from trees. In fact, trees are our natural assets, you can converse trees by recycling the paper products, we can minimize the number of trees cut down a year.

This is one form of waste recycling. One should understand and know the importance of recycling waste materials. One simple benefit of recycling is it saves our resources. It will be wise to reuse metal items as metal reserves may be depleting. You can hold your worn-out metal items for recycling. As mentioned earlier, recycling of waste papers can save our forests.

Recycling waste not only saves our natural resources but also helps save energy. By simply recycling an item or making a basic fix to it, we can save all the energy that would have been consumed in the process of making it. The same example can be taken with plastic items. A large amount of energy can be saved by simply reusing the plastic items. To recycle waste is to simply reduce pollution. By recycling plastic material, we can reduce air pollution as well as water pollution. Plastic factories produced large amount of smoke when producing plastic material at the same time if we don't have proper waste disposal system, those waste emissions will cause water pollution. Recycling waste in a way helps reduce pollution.

1. The passage mainly discusses ____.

A. how recycling waste helps reduce pollution B. a simple benefit of recycling waste materials

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

C. the most useful waste materials in daily life D. how to reduce pollution by using waste materials Suy ra từ thông tin toàn văn bản, đặc biệt các câu đề và câu kết của hai đoạn văn (As mentioned earlier, recycling of waste papers can save our forests; Recycling waste not only saves our natural resources but also helps save energy; Recycling waste in a way helps reduce pollution.)

2. The word "assets" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. gifts B. property C. savings D. values Suy từ ngữ cảnh của từ, thể hiện những sản phẩm bạn có đều đến từ tự nhiên → suy ra tự nhiên là tài sản, tài nguyên (Many products such as paper, cardboards, and cups come from trees.)

3. The author mentions "metal reserves" as an example of ____.

A. natural assets B. waste materials C. natural resources D. waste emissions Hồi chỉ (thực từ) (One simple benefit of recycling is it saves our resources. It will be wise to reuse metal items as metal reserves may be depleting) 4. All of the following are mentioned as examples of waste material EXCEPT ____.

A. paper B. metal C. plastic D. glass Thông tin ở đoạn 2, 3 (It will be wise to reuse metal item as metal reserves may be depleting. You can hold your worn-out metal items for recycling.; As mentioned earlier, recycling of waste papers can save our forests; The same example can be taken with plastic items. A large amount of energy can be saved by simply reusing the plastic items.)

5. The passage may be taken from ____.

A. an article for general readers B. a scientific journal for environmentalists C. a school student's notebook D. a magazine for tourists visiting an area Đọc toàn văn bản cung cấp thông tin dễ tiếp nhận, không sử dụng các thuật ngữ chuyên ngành chuyên sâu X. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

Those who are concerned with protecting the environment often use the words conservation and preservation. These two terms are often confused and are used to mean the same thing, although differences exist.

Conservation is the sustainable use and management of natural resources including wildlife, water, air, and earth deposits. Natural resources may be renewable or non-renewable. The conservation of renewable resources like trees involves ensuring that they are not consumed faster than they can be replaced. The conservation of non-renewable resources like fossil fuels involves ensuring that sufficient quantities are maintained for future generations to utilise. Conservation of natural resources usually focuses on the needs and interests of human beings, for example the biological, economic, cultural and recreational values such resources have. The rain forest for example, contains a wide range of biodiversity, providing food stocks for local populations and a source of timber and medicines for other countries. Conservationists accept that development is necessary for a better future, but only when the changes take place in ways that are not wasteful. What the conservationist opposes is not the harnessing of nature for mankind's progression, but the fact that all too often the environment comes off the worse for wear.

Preservation, in contrast to conservation, attempts to maintain in their present condition areas of the Earth that are so far untouched by humans. This is due to the concern that mankind is encroaching onto the environment at such a rate that many untamed landscapes are being given over to farming, industry, housing, tourism and other human developments, and that we are losing too much of what is 'natural'. Like conservationists, some preservationists support the protection of nature for purely human-centred reasons.

Stronger advocates of preservation however, adopt a less human-centred approach to environmental protection, placing a value on nature that does not relate to the needs and interests of human beings. Deep green ecology argues that ecosystems and individual species should be preserved whatever the cost, regardless of their

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

usefulness to humans, and even if their continued existence would prove harmful to us. This follows from the belief that every living thing has a right to exist and should be preserved.

1. What should be the best title of the passage?

A. Conservation and Preservation B. Conservation or Preservation C. Conservation, not Preservation D. Conservation for Preservation Suy ra từ thông tin toàn văn bản cung cấp, đặc biệt đoạn văn đặt vấn đề và hai câu đề và câu kết của hai đoạn văn 2, 3 (Those who are concerned with protecting the environment often use the words conservation and preservation.; Conservation is the sustainable use and management of natural resources including wildlife, water, air, and earth deposits.; Preservation, in contrast to conservation, attempts to maintain in their present condition areas of the Earth that are so far untouched by humans.)

2. The word "they" in the passage refers to ____.

A. trees B. renewable resources C. natural resources D. deposits Hồi chỉ (hư từ) (Natural resources may be renewable or non-renewable. The conservation of renewable resources like trees involves ensuring that they are not consumed faster than they can be replaced.)

3. According to the passage, conservationists support all of the following EXCEPT that ____.

A. non-renewable resources must be sufficiently saved for future generations B. renewable resources must not be consumed faster than they can be replaced C. conservation focuses on the needs and interests of human beings properly D. any changes can be taken so that humans beings develop for a better future Thông tin từ đoạn 2 (The conservation of renewable resources like trees involves ensuring that they are not consumed faster than they can be replaced. ... Conservation of natural resources usually focuses on the needs and interests of human beings, ....Conservationists accept that development is necessary for a better future, but only when the changes take place in ways that are not wasteful.)

3. The rain forest is mentioned in the passage as an example of ____.

A. natural tourist attractions B. sources of medicines for people C. where local people can find and keep food stocks D. how natural resources are valuable to humans Hồi chỉ (thực từ) (Conservation of natural resources usually focuses on the needs and interests of human beings, for example the biological, economic, cultural and recreational values such resources have. The rain forest for example, contains a wide range of biodiversity, providing food stocks for local populations and a source of timber and medicines for other countries.)

5. The word "harnessing" in the passage can be best replaced with ____.

A. exploitation B. usage C. consumption D. production Suy từ ngữ cảnh của từ, đặc biệt các từ wasteful, oppose, not và but, too often ...( Conservationists accept that development is necessary for a better future, but only when the changes take place in ways that are not wasteful. What the conservationist opposes is not the harnessing of nature for mankind's progression, but the fact that all too often the environment comes off the worse for wear.)

6. The phrase "the worse for wear" in the passage most likely describes a state of being ____.

A. exhausted B. worn out C. used up D. run out Suy từ ngữ cảnh của từ, đặc biệt các từ wasteful, oppose, not và but, too often ...( Conservationists accept that development is necessary for a better future, but only when the changes take place in ways that are not wasteful. What the conservationist opposes is not the harnessing of nature for

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

mankind's progression, but the fact that all too often the environment comes off the worse for wear.)

7. According to the passage, reservation generally refers to which of the following?

A. that the natural resources exist not for humans' need B. making sure that no resources are used in a wasteful way C. saving natural resources for future generations' needs and interests D. maintaining the untouched areas of the Earth in their current state Thông tin từ đoạn 3 (Preservation, in contrast to conservation, attempts to maintain in their present condition areas of the Earth that are so far untouched by humans.)

8. The word "untamed" in the passage almost means ____.

A. not having been explored B. having been reconstructed C. not having been visited D. having been industrialized Suy từ ngữ cảnh của từ, đặc biệt các từ concern, losing, 'natural’ ... (This is due to the concern that mankind is encroaching onto the environment at such a rate that many untamed landscapes are being given over to farming, industry, housing, tourism and other human developments, and that we are losing too much of what is 'natural) 9. The word "advocates" in the passage can be best replaced with ____.

A. fans B. supporters C. holders D. fighters Suy từ ngữ cảnh của từ, đặc biệt các từ support, stronger, adopt ... (Like conservationists, some preservationists support the protection of nature for purely human-centred reasons. Stronger advocates of preservation however, adopt a less human-centred approach to environmental protection, placing a value on nature that does not relate to the needs and interests of human beings.)

10. It can be learnt from the passage that both 'conservationists' and 'reservationists' ____.

A. focus on the needs and interests of human beings B. protect the natural resources for the sake of themselves C. work to protect the Earth and its biodiversity D. save all individual species regardless of their values Suy từ thông tin hai đoạn văn 2, 3 (Conservation is the sustainable use and management of natural resources including wildlife, water, air, and earth deposits.; Deep green ecology argues that ecosystems and individual species should be preserved whatever the cost, regardless of their usefulness to humans, and even if their continued existence would prove harmful to us. This follows from the belief that every living thing has a right to exist and should be preserved.)

Unit 10. ECOTOURISM - KEY

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

LANGUAGE FOCUS Phonetics Stress in words of more than three syllables: Activity, 'ecotourism, electricity, environ'mental ...

Grammar Conditional sentences types 1 and 2 You may cause a fire if you make a campfire and then leave it unattended.

These tourists wouldn't come back unless they were treated in a friendly way.

Vocabulary Words and phrases related to the importance, benefits and principles and of ecotourism sustainable, mass tourism ...

I. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.

1. A. nature B. natural C. snake D. cave Phát âm là /æ/, những từ còn lại phát âm /ei/ 2. A. impact B. travel C. animal D. flora Phát âm là /ə/, những từ còn lại phát âm /æ/ 3. A. environmental B. waste C. entertain D. educate Phát âm là âm câm, những từ còn lại phát âm /e/ 4. A. government B. protection C. consumption D. violent Phát âm là /ʌ/, những từ còn lại phát âm /ə/ 5. A. Aquarius B. Taurus C. Pisces D. Sagittarius Phát âm là /z/, những từ còn lại phát âm /s/ II. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.

1. A. ecotourism B. deforestation C. contamination D. qualification Trọng âm vào âm tiết 1, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 4 2. A. inorganic B. superstitious C. recognition D. sustainable Trọng âm vào âm tiết 2, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 3 3. A. ecology B. equality C. majority D. ceremony Trọng âm vào âm tiết 1, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 2 4. A. environment B. contribution C. establishment D. diversity Trọng âm vào âm tiết 3, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 2 5. A. contaminate B. oxygenate C. eliminate D. discriminate Trọng âm vào âm tiết 1, những từ còn lại vào âm tiết 2 III. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following sentences.

1. Wherever people go, we leave behind garbages - and even if it is left in bins, it can still create a dangerous A B C imbalance.

D → garbage 2. As an eco-tourist, you decide to travel in a way that show respect to nature and does not contribute to its A B C D degradation.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

→ shows 3. When you meet people as you travel sustainably, mutual understanding allows all parties involved learn about A B C D one another. → to learn 4. Ecotourism gives us a complete different view of the world and challenges us to open our minds to different A B C ways of thinking.

D → completely 5. In the tourism business, natural resources are intensively used and consumed, and tourism has major impacts A B C to environment, ecosystem, economy, societies and culture.

D → on IV. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following sentences.

1. If it's real ecotourism, much of the money you're paying will go to ____.

A. conserve B. conserves C. conserving D. conservation Danh từ đứng sau giới từ “to” 2. If you've decided to travel, you can still do a lot to reduce your impact and at least in some respects even ____ a positive difference.

A. do B. make C. take D. tell Cụm động từ make a difference: tạo ra sự khác biệt 3. Ecotourism is a complex concept ____ in importance more and more each year.

A. grows B. grow C. growing D. grew Phân từ một làm tính ngữ bổ tố cho danh từ 4. If you care about protecting nature and having a positive impact, you should make sure that your travels ____ sustainably.

A. do B. are done C. make D. are made Bị động, hợp cấu trúc do travel 5. Ecotourism is a form of sustainable travel that supports the local environment instead of putting more pressure ____ it and exploiting its resources.

A. to B. for C. on D. at Giới tử đi với danh từ pressure on: áp lực vào 6. It can be hard to accept, but everything we do ____ an impact on wildlife – we should be conscious of this.

A. have B. has C. has had D. had had Động từ chính của câu, chia ngôi thứ ba số ít với chủ ngữ bất định everything 7. Because a state of respect and awareness is awakened in ____ tourist, the quality of his travels is also increased significantly.

A. a B. an C. the D. no article Mạo từ xác định đi với danh từ đếm được thể hiện nghĩa khái quát (tập hợp) 8. Ecotourism is one of the fastest growing sectors of tourism, ____ growths of 10-15% annually worldwide.

A. report B. reports C. reported D. reporting Phân từ một của động từ xây dựng mệnh đề trạng ngữ, giải thích cho mệnh đề trước 9. If the trip involves walking through the jungle, ____ that walk help nature and locals in any way?

A. do B. does C. could D. would Câu điều kiện loại 0, trình bày sự thật, dựa trên điều kiện thực tế.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

10. Ecotourism is now defined as "responsible travel to natural areas that ____ the environment, sustains the well-being of the local people, and involves interpretation and education."

A. conserve B. conserves C. conserving D. conserved Động từ chia ngôi thứ ba số ít với chủ ngữ that thay thế cho responsible travel trong mệnh đề quan hệ 11. The more that we know about a place, our love and admiration grows and inspires us ____ it.

A. to protect B. protect C. protecting D. protected Động từ nguyên mẫu làm tân ngữ trực tiếp cho động từ inspire: inspire smb to do smth 12. Unfortunately, many of the travel experiences we take part in ____ into consideration how it affects our planet and the well-being of people.

A. does not take B. do not take C. is not taken D. are not taken Động từ chia thời hiện tại thường, ngôi thứ ba số nhiều cho chủ ngữ many of the travel experiences 13. ____, the more we allow for destructive habits that negatively impact the environment.

A. The less sustainable we travel B. The less we travel sustainable C. The less sustainably we travel D. The less we travel sustainably So sánh kép chỉ sự tăng tiến song hành (tỉ lệ nghịch) 14. With so many advancements ____ technology, you can easily plan your own trips to various destinations in a short amount of time if a travel consultant isn't a desirable option.

A. of B. to C. on D. in Giới từ đi với danh từ tạo ra bổ tố chỉ hệ quy chiếu không gian trừu tượng: trong lĩnh vực công nghệ (in technology) 15. As you travel, ____ about others and teach them about your ways of life, you also learn more about yourself than you could imagine.

A. not only you do learn B. do you learn not only C. not only do you learn D. do you not only learn Đảo ngữ khi trạng từ đưa lên đầu câu 16. Many places have ____ outdoor performances where you can dance and mingle with locals who enjoy sharing stories and meeting tourists.

A. live B. living C. lived D. lively Tính từ bổ nghĩa cho danh từ live performance: biểu diễn trực tiếp 17. If you want to feel like you've traveled back in time, you can tap into the feeling, the food, and the atmosphere of past places based on ____ you decide to visit.

A. that B. what C. which D. where Liên từ where tạo mệnh đề danh ngữ làm bổ tố cho động từ base on 18. Tourism is changing rapidly as nature, heritage, and recreational destinations become more important, and as conventional tourism is forced to ____ tougher environmental requirements.

A. meet B. impose C. lay D. set Cụm từ cố định: meet ... requirements (đáp ứng yêu cầu) 19. By increasing local capacity building and employment opportunities, ecotourism is ____ effective vehicle for empowering local communities around the world to fight against poverty and to achieve sustainable development.

A. a B. an C. the D. no article Mạo từ không xác định, có tính đến nghĩa chỉ lượng 20. With an emphasis ____ enriching personal experiences and environmental awareness through interpretation, ecotourism promotes greater understanding and appreciation for nature, local society, and culture.

A. to B. in C. on D. at Giới từ đi với danh từ emphasis on: nhấn mạnh tới

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

21. Infrastructure ____ to maintain attractive tourism destinations inevitably involves energy and resource consumption, putting added pressure on the local ecosystems.

A. require B. requires C. requiring D. required Phân từ hai rút gọn mệnh đề quan hệ thể bị động 22. Many observers feel that hunting is not ecotourism, but it ____ if it met the sustainability criterion.

A. will be B. would be C. can be D. must Câu điều kiện dạng hai 23. If the local people ____ the necessary skills to participate in the eco-tourism industry or interact with foreign tourists, the government may provide job training and education.

A. lack B. lack in C. lack of D. lack for Động từ lack không có giới từ đi kèm như danh từ lack 24. "Would you like to work in tourism?" – “____” A. I'm afraid I can't do a lot of travel.

B. The sooner, the better.

C. Not many people think about this that way.

D. I'd rather you didn't think so.

Tôi e là tôi không đi lại nhiều được. (ám chỉ là vì thế nên tôi không làm việc trong ngành du lịch được) 25. "What are the major tourist attractions in your city?" – “____” A. Half of the city has been rebuilt.

B. The more you know about my city, the more you like it.

C. We have a lot of historical buildings and ruins.

D. You should go on a city tour by bus.

Chúng tôi có những toà nhà và các khu tàn tích lịch sử (ám chỉ đó chính là những nơi thu hút khách du lịch của thành phố) 26. Fully aware of its significance, the government of Vietnam ____ ecotourism in its strategy for tourism development to ensure both sustainability and economic benefits.

A. prioritizes B. prioritize C. have prioritized D. has prioritized Thời hiện tại hoàn thành diễn đạt kết quả của việc nhận thức được tầm quan trọng của du lịch sinh thái 27. Though ecotourism in Vietnam is at a beginning stage of development, it ____ to grow strongly through support from government and international organizations.

A. expects B. is expected C. has expected D. is expecting Cấu trúc bị động + tường thuật (người ta mong rằng) 28. In recent years, the government of Vietnam has invested ____ improving infrastructure and investigating the floral, faunal, geological, and geomorphological characteristics of national parks.

A. to B. in C. on D. for Động từ đa thành phần invest in (đầu tư vào đâu đó/ lĩnh vực gì đó) 29. The Ecotourism and Sustainable Tourism Conference (ESTC), organized by The International Ecotourism Society (TIES), is ____ unique annual conference focused on the advancement of sustainability goals for the tourism industry.

A. a B. an C. the D. no article Mạo từ không xác định có tính nghĩa số lượng 30. Ecotourism is ____ by its emphasis on conservation, education, traveler responsibility and active community participation.

A. distinguished B. distinctive C. distinguishing D. distinction Hợp thể + hợp nghĩa V. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following sentences.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

1. Some people consider the terms 'ecotourism' and 'sustainable tourism' to be an oxymoron - you can't travel in a way that helps the environment.

A. a pair of words similar in meaning B. a pair of words opposite in meaning C. a pair of words closest in meaning D. a pair of words describing the same thing a pair of words opposite in meaning: một cặp từ trái nghĩa 2. Whether you call it ecotourism, green travel, responsible travel, nature travel or ethical travel, the ethos of traveling more sustainably has become an increasingly hot topic in the tourism industry over the past decade.

A. habit B. practice C. act D. tendency tendency: xu thế, xu hướng 3. If we all take simple strides towards being more conscious of our impact on the planet, collectively we can make a world of difference.

A. together B. altogether C. mutually D. completely together: đồng thời, tổng thể 4. Ecotourism is highly suited to tourism development in unspoilt locations as it can create jobs and income without destroying or degrading the natural or cultural assets that the visitor has come to see.

A. unexplored B. untouched C. unreachable D. inaccessible unexplored: chưa từng được khai thác 5. Like no other industry, ecotourism gives natural unspoilt areas an economic value, but this goes hand in hand with actively creating benefits for nature conservation and focusing on reducing environmental impacts.

A. stay together B. closely connected C. largely dependent D. share the same goal closely connected: Có mối liên hệ chặt chẽ VI. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following sentences.

1. Some people mistake any form of nature travel as ecotourism.

A. Any form of nature travel is sometimes mistaken as ecotourism.

B. Ecotourism can be sometimes mistaken for any form of nature travel.

C. Ecotourism can be sometimes mistaken as any form of nature travel.

D. Ecotourism is, to some people, mistaken as any form of nature travel.

Viết lại câu bằng cách đổi cấu trúc câu (chủ động → bị động giữ tác thể) 2. If those areas are damaged or destroyed, they will not be available to future generations.

A. Unless those areas are not damaged or destroyed, they will be available to future generations.

B. Because those areas are damaged or destroyed, they will not be available to future generations.

C. To keep them available to future generations, those areas must not be damaged or destroyed.

D. If damaged or destroyed, those areas will not be available to future generations any longer.

Viết lại câu bằng cách thu gọn mệnh đề điều kiện thành ngữ điều kiện sử dụng phân từ hai bị động 3. Ecotourism can support conservation and environmental management if properly carried out.

A. As ecotourism is properly carried out, it can support conservation and environmental management.

B. In order for ecotourism to support conservation and environment management, it is properly carried out.

C. Only when properly carried out can ecotourism support conservation and environmental management.

D. Supporting conservation and environmental management, ecotourism is properly carried out.

Viết lại câu sử dụng cấu trúc đảo ngữ nhấn mạnh khi đưa trạng ngữ lên đầu câu 4. If you weren't so negative, you would be able to see all the advantages of global warming.

A. If you were an optimist, you would be able to the all the advantages of global warming.

B. Global warming has a lot of advantages if you see it from a positive viewpoint.

C. Seeing global warming from a negative viewpoint, you would see its advantages.

D. If you wear a negative attitude towards global warming, you will see all of its advantages.

Viết lại câu sử dụng từ trái nghĩa, triệt tiêu phủ định từ 'not’

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

5. If we did not use alternative sources of energy more, we would destroy the planet.

A. Using alternative sources of energy more will mean saving the planet.

B. The planet would be destroyed if we stopped using alternative sources of energy.

C. If no more alternative sources of energy are used, the planet will be destroyed.

D. Not using alternative sources of energy more will destroy the planet.

Viết lại câu bằng cách đổi cấu trúc câu (chủ động → bị động) VII. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences given.

1. The world absolutely needs more ecotourism. It teaches travelers to be more responsible to the pristine areas of the world.

A. The world absolutely needs more ecotourism which teaches travelers to be more responsible to the pristine areas of the world.

B. The world absolutely needs more ecotourism as it teaches travelers to be more responsible to the pristine areas of the world.

C. The world absolutely needs more ecotourism so that it teaches travelers to be more responsible to the pristine areas of the world.

D. The world absolutely needs more ecotourism if it teaches travelers to be more responsible to the pristine areas of the world.

Kết hợp câu sử dụng liên tư xây dựng mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ nguyên nhân 'as' 2. If you must, travel by plane. If you can avoid it, try a train instead.

A. Whenever you can travel by train instead of plane.

B. Traveling by train is much better than traveling by plane.

C. You can never avoid travelling, so take the train or the plane.

D. Instead of travelling by plane, you can travel by train.

Kết hợp câu bằng cách thu gọn thông tin bằng sử dụng ngữ giới từ 3. Tourism allows us to do more than just learn facts about various locations. It allows us to immerse ourselves into the cultures and lifestyles of others.

A. Because tourism allows us to do more than just learn facts about various locations, it allows us to immerse ourselves into the cultures and lifestyles of others.

B. If tourism allows us to do more than just learn facts about various locations, it will allow us to immerse ourselves into the cultures and lifestyles of others.

C. Not only does tourism allow us to do more than just learn facts about various locations, it also allows us to immerse ourselves into the cultures and lifestyles of others.

D. When tourism allows us to do more than just learn facts about various locations, it allows us to immerse ourselves into the cultures and lifestyles of others.

Kết hợp câu sử dụng cấu trúc đảo ngữ khi liên từ tương liên Not only đứng đầu câu 4. Ecotourism educates visitors about environmental responsibility. Ecotourism can help raise awareness about political and social issues.

A. Ecotourism educates visitors about environmental responsibility, which can help raise awareness about political and social issues.

B. Ecotourism not only educates visitors about environmental responsibility, but it also can help raise awareness about political and social issues.

C. Ecotourism educates visitors about environmental responsibility by helping raise awareness about political and social issues.

D. Ecotourism educates visitors about environmental responsibility, hence helping raise awareness about political and social issues.

Kết hợp câu sử dụng liên từ tương liên nối hai mệnh đề đẳng lập thành câu ghép 5. Poaching is a big issue in Africa. Endangered animals are often killed for a single body part that is sold illegally on the black market.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. Poaching is a big issue in Africa where endangered animals are often killed for a single body part that is sold illegally on the black market.

B. Poaching is a big issue in Africa as endangered animals are often killed for a single body part that is sold illegally on the black market.

C. Poaching is a big issue in Africa, so endangered animals are often killed for a single body part that is sold illegally on the black market.

D. Poaching is a big issue in Africa when endangered animals are often killed for a single body part that is sold illegally on the black market.

Kết hợp câu sử dụng trạng từ quan hệ chỉ không gian xây dựng mệnh đề quan hệ xác định VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

The Greenbox emerged as Ireland's first and most (1) ____ integrated ecotourism destination with a set of standards based on sound environmental practices highlighting all (2) ____ the region and its people had to offer.

The Greenbox aimed (3) ____ environmentally sustainable tourism products, accommodation and attractions. Such tourism activity would have minimal impact (4) ____ the ecology of the area, be of maximum benefit to the local communities and (5) ____ the needs of the environmentally conscious visitor. The Greenbox encompassed an area (6) ____ all of Leitrim and Fermanagh and parts of Donegal, Sligo and Cavan.

The Greenbox promoted travel (7) ____ is small scale, low impact, culturally sensitive and community orientated, and provided a marketing tool (8) ____ businesses that were grounded in sustainable principles and (9) ____ within the Greenbox area. The concept was broader than (10) ____ established definition of tourism, embracing activities such as organic food production, rural transport, energy and waste management.

1. A. succeeded B. success C. successful D. successfully Tính từ ở dạng từ so sánh tuyệt đối hạn định làm bổ tố cho danh từ destination 2. A. what B. that C. how D. whose Đại từ quan hệ tạo mệnh đề tính ngữ bổ nghĩa cho đại từ bất định all 3. A. at delivery B. to deliver C. for deliveries D. by delivering Động từ nguyên thể to_infinitive làm bổ tố cho động từ aim 4. A. on B. at C. in D. to Giới từ đi với danh từ impact on 5. A. provide B. feel C. support D. meet Cụm từ cố định treet the needs: đáp ứng nhu cầu 6. A. cover B. covers C. covering D. covered Phân từ một của động từ tạo tính ngữ miêu tả danh từ area 7. A. what B. which C. it D. how Đại từ làm chủ ngữ của mệnh đề quan hệ xác định 8. A. with B. to C. in D. for Cấu trúc động từ provide smth for smb 9. A. practice B. practices C. practical D. practically Tạo cấu trúc song hành với principles 10. A. a B. an C. the D. that Mạo từ xác định (bởi tính từ established - đã được công nhận) IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

The biggest difference between an eco-lodge and a green hotel is the setting in which you'll find them.

Eco lodges tend to be more remote, located in relatively pristine natural environments such as beaches, jungles and mountains. Green hotels, on the other hand, are more often associated with cities and towns.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Eco lodges and green hotels both emphasize elements such as environmental responsibility and minimizing negative impact. The best ones offer renewable energy sources, recycling services, eco-friendly toiletries, energy efficient lighting, locally sourced food, organic linens and towels, non-toxic cleaning supplies, non-disposable dishes, water conservation methods and various other sustainability-focused initiatives.

But eco lodges tend to be more dependent on the natural environment than green hotels. They are also generally more active in nature and wildlife conservation, more focused on educating visitors about the flora and fauna of local ecosystems, and more deeply connected with the area's indigenous culture (whose influence is often incorporated into the lodge's decor and restaurant menu).

The best eco lodges also work to ensure positive relationships with the local people. They train and employ them at fair wages, take part in community development initiatives, offer activities that help visitors conserve and appreciate local customs, and contribute to the local economy. In this way, they reinforce the notion of ecotourism as a more sustainable long-term business model than altering or destroying habitats for quick financial gains.

1. The passage mainly discusses ____.

A. what eco lodges do to the environment B. what eco lodges are and how they work C. how eco lodges are similar to green hotels D. how eco lodge are better than green hotels Suy từ thông tin toàn văn bản, đặc biệt là đoạn đặt vấn đề (The biggest difference between an ecolodge and a green hotel is the setting in which you'll find them. Eco lodges tend to be more remote, located in relatively pristine natural environments such as beaches, jungles and mountains. Green hotels, on the other hand, are more often associated with cities and towns.; Eco lodges and green hotels both emphasize elements such as environmental responsibility and minimizing negative impact.; But eco lodges tend to be more dependent on the natural environment than green hotels; The best eco lodges also work to ensure positive relationships with the local people.)

2. The word "ones" in the passage refers to ____.

A. eco lodges B. green hotels C. elements D. eco lodges and green hotels Hồi chỉ (hư từ) (Eco lodges and green hotels both emphasize elements such as environmental responsibility and minimizing negative impact. The best ones offer...)

3. The word "initiatives" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. acts B. plans C. actions D. operations Suy từ ngữ cảnh của từ, đặc biệt những từ other, sustainability-focused (The best ones offer renewable energy sources, recycling services, eco-friendly toiletries, energy efficient lighting, locally sourced food, organic linens and towels, non-toxic cleaning supplies, non-disposable dishes, water conservation methods and various other sustainability-focused initiatives.)

4. According to the passage, all of the following are true about eco lodges EXCEPT that ____.

A. they are situated in small towns and cities B. they create job opportunities for local people C. they are closely connected with the local culture D. they educate tourists about the local ecosystem Thông tin trong toàn bài, đáp án nằm ở đoạn 1 (Eco lodges tend to be more remote, located in relatively pristine natural environments such as beaches, jungles and mountains. Green hotels, on the other hand, are more often associated with cities and towns.)

5. The word "they" in the passage refers to ____.

A. local customs B. visitors C. activities D. eco lodges Hồi chi (hư từ) (They train and employ them at fair wages, take part in community development initiatives, offer activities that help visitors conserve and appreciate local customs, and contribute

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

to the local economy. In this way, they reinforce the notion of ecotourism as a more sustainable long-term business model than altering or destroying habitats for quick financial gains.)

X. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

One of the biggest issues that eco lodges and green hotels face is the lack of a universal definition. How eco-friendly does a lodge or boutique hotel need to be to qualify? And who determines which accommodations will pass muster?

Unfortunately, some of the world's most well-known and respected "green" certification programs are cost-prohibitive for many eco lodges, which are often relatively small and owned and operated by independent entrepreneurs rather than corporations.

But there are numerous reputable certification programs that responsible travelers can look for before they book an eco lodge or hotel stay. Many - including Green Seal in the U.S. - are part of the Global Ecolabelling Network, a non-profit group comprised of 25 third - party organizations throughout the world.

They are all devoted to improving, promoting and developing labelling systems for eco-friendly products and services.

Arctic Tundra Lodge in Churchill, Manitoba Sponsored in part by the United Nations World Tourism Organization, the Global Sustainable Tourism Council (GSTC) Criteria are widely considered the gold standard in “green” certification. These criteria involve effective sustainability planning, maximizing social and economic benefits for the local community, enhancing cultural heritage, and reducing negative impacts on the environment.

Where the GSTC has guidelines for destinations, hotels and tour operators, Green Key Global is designed specifically for the lodging industry. Its flagship Eco-Rating Program, which evaluates properties on an environmental, social and economic level, has certified around 2,370 green hotels and eco lodges in 52 countries over the past 15 years.

Green Globe is another popular certification program, offering training and education for hotels/resorts, attractions, organizations, cruise ships, and various tourism industry suppliers. Their global network of independent auditors provides third-party inspection and an internationally recognized seal of approval that's become increasingly popular over the past 25 years.

1. The passage mainly discusses ____.

A. how eco lodges are universally green certified B. that eco lodges must be globally green certified C. why eco lodges are not universally certified D. how to certify eco lodges around the world Thông tin từ toàn bài, đặc biệt đoạn mở đề (One of the biggest issues that eco lodges and green hotels face is the lack of a universal definition. How ecofriendly does a lodge or boutique hotel need to be to qualify?; But there are numerous reputable certification programs that responsible travelers can look for before they book an eco-lodge or hotel stay., Arctic Tundra Lodge in Churchill, Manitoba Sponsored in part by the United Nations World Tourism Organization, the Global Sustainable Tourism Council (GSTC) Criteria are widely considered the gold standard in "green" certification; Its flagship Eco-Rating Program, which evaluates properties on an environmental, social and economic level, has certified around 2,370...., Green Globe is another popular certification program...)

2. The phrase "pass muster" in the passage mostly means ____.

A. being satisfactory B. meeting the needs C. reaching the limit D. being compulsory Suy từ ngữ cảnh của từ, đặc biệt các từ definition, qualify, determine (One of the biggest issues that eco lodges and green hotels face is the lack of a universal definition. How eco-friendly does a lodge or boutique hotel need to be to qualify? And who determines which accommodations will pass muster?)

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

3. The word "cost-prohibitive" in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.

A. cheap B. expensive C. bargain D. sale Suy từ ngữ cảnh của từ, đặc biệt các từ unfortunately, independent entrepreuneurs (Unfortunately, some of the world's most well-known and respected "green" certification programs are costprohibitive for many eco lodges, which are often relatively small and owned and operated by independent entrepreneurs rather than corporations.)

4. The word "They" in the passage refers to ____.

A. organizations B. travelers C. programs D. corporations Hồi chỉ (hư từ) (Many - including Green Seal in the U.S. - are part of the Global Ecolabelling Network, a non-profit group comprised of 25 third-party organizations throughout the world.

They are all devoted to improving...)

5. The word “Criteria” in the passage mostly means ____.

A. set of rules B. set of tools C. sets of regulations D. set of standards Suy từ ngữ cảnh của từ, đặc biệt các từ standard, certification (... the Global Sustainable Tourism Council (GSTC) Criteria are widely considered the gold standard in "green" certification. These criteria involve effective sustainability planning, maximizing social and economic benefits for the local community, enhancing cultural heritage, and reducing negative impacts on the environment.)

6. Which of the following belongs to the United Nations as stated in the passage?

A. Global Ecolabelling Network B. World Tourism Organization C. Green Globe D. Green Key Global Thông tin từ đoạn 4 (Arctic Tundra Lodge in Churchill, Manitoba Sponsored in part by the United Nations World Tourism Organization, the Global Sustainable Tourism Council (GSTC)...)

7. Which of the following provides official training and education as stated in the passage?

A. Global Ecolabelling Network B. World Tourism Organization C. Green Globe D. Green Key Global Thông tin từ đoạn 6 (Green Globe is another popular certification program, offering training and education for hotels/resorts, ...)

8. Which of the following is concerned about eco-friendly services as stated in the passage?

A. Global Ecolabelling Network B. World Tourism Organization C. Green Globe D. Eco-Rating Program Thông tin từ đoạn 3 (Many - including Green Seal in the U.S. - are part of the Global Ecolabelling Network, a non-profit group comprised of 25 thirdparty organizations throughout the world. They are all devoted to improving, promoting and developing labelling systems for eco-friendly products and services.)

9. It can be inferred from the passage that ____.

A. a hotel/resort can obtain more than one'green' certification B. no hotel/resort can operate without a'green' certification C. hotels/resorts with 'green' certification charge travelers high price D. the best hotels/resorts are those with 'green' certification Thông tin từ toàn bài: mỗi chương trình cấp chứng chỉ lại tập trung ở một khía cạnh khác nhau (như trong thông tin trả lời các câu hỏi 6,7,8) 10. The best title for the passage could be ____.

A. What is an eco-lodge?

B. How to find a responsibly managed eco lodge C. The greatest eco lodges around the world D. What makes eco lodges green?

Thông tin từ toàn bài: các chương trình cấp chứng nhận đảm bảo một nhà nghỉ sinh thái từ nhiều góc độ khác nhau giúp cho người đọc tiếp nhận thông tin để có thể xác nhận được thế nào là một nhà nghỉ sinh thái đủ tiêu chuẩn.

Y

DẠ M

KÈ QU Y ƠN

NH

FI CI A

OF

L